Home

Current and Savings Account User Manual

1. Branch Code The Branch Code to which the account belongs for which you are defining special conditions is displayed in this field Account The Account number of customer for which you are defining special conditions is displayed in this field Note You can click the Default button to default the Charge Products and the corresponding details applicable for the account You can then modify these values to define the special conditions Specifying Product Details Specify the following details 290 ORACLE 3 2 10 Product The system defaults a product when you click the Default button at the time of account creation You must modify it to identify the Charge product using which the applicable charges would be collected Currency The charges would be collected in the currency defined for the selected charge product and this currency is displayed on the screen Minimum and Maximum You must indicate the charge amount range representing the minimum and maximum charge that can be applied for the account Free Items You must indicate the number of free items for which the customer will not be charged The number of free items is derived based on the charge basis defined for the charge product in the IC module Open By default each charge consolidation charge setup that you set up is enabled and active You can also disable the setup by checking the Open box Waive Charges
2. Event CDIS Check discounted PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_TAG Cr Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr RIA lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Event PULL Cheque discounted PD_TAG Cr Customer PD_TAG Dr RIA lt interestcomp gt _Ref Dr Customer lt interestcomp gt _Ref Cr Customer PD_CHG_TAG Dr RIA lt interest comp gt _LIQD Dr PD_PULLINC PD_CHG_TAG Cr PDC_ISSUE PD_TAG Cr PDC_ISSUE_CONTR PD_TAG Dr Income lt interest comp gt _LIQD Cr RIA lt interest comp gt _LIQD Dr 124a ORACLE Event RETN Customer PD_TAG Dr Cheque discounted PD_TAG Cr RIA lt interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Income lt interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Event RADJ RIA lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Income lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr 12 11 1 3 Discounted Arrear charge collection with Accrual Event CDIS Cheque discounted PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_TAG Cr Event PULL Cheque Discounting PD_TAG CR Customer PD_TAG DR Income lt Interest comp gt _LIQD CR Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD CR PDC_ISSUE PD_TAG CR PDC_ISSUE_CONTR PD_TAG DR Customer PD_CHG_TAG DR PD_PULLINC PD_CHG_TAG CR 12 43 ORACLE Event RETN Customer PD_TAG Dr Cheque discounted PD_TAG Cr Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Interest Receivable lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Event ACCR In
3. Result Currency Year Month FreeAmount Free AmtUtilized Free AmtAvailable Notice Amount Notice Arr You can query the records based on any or all of the following criteria e Branch Code e Account Number e Year e Month Sia ORACLE 3 16 3 17 Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed The system displays the following details pertaining to the fetched records e Currency e Year e Month e Free Amount e Free Amt Utilized e Free Amt Available e Notice Amount Viewing Dummy Numbers Associated with CIF Number To recall in the Branch Parameters screen you can specify a number range based on which the customers of your bank will be assigned CIF numbers for identification You can also maintain a dummy CIF number range for a branch The dummy CIF range will be used for account number generation Refer the Core Services User Manual for details on maintaining dummy CIF number range and its usage for customer account number generation You can view all the dummy CIF numbers linked to a customer in the Dummy Customer Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSMAINT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button ct Advanced Search 9 Reset Customer Number az Dummy Number
4. Field Name Field Description Module Indicates ST for CASA Accounts CL for Loan Accounts Cl for Islamic Financing LE for leasing and MO for Mort gages Customer Number Indicates Customer Number Customer Name Indicates Customer Name Account Number Indicates CASA Loan Account Number Customer Previous CRR Indicates Previous CIF Status Customer Current CRR Indicates Current CIF Status Account Previous Status Indicates e Previous Account status for CASA accounts e Previous loan status for Loan accounts Account Current Status Indicates e Current Account status for CASA accounts e Current loan status for loan accounts Status Change Date Indicates e Status change date for CASA accounts e Effective date for Loan accounts Available Balance Out Indicates standing Balance e Available Balance in case of CASA accounts e Outstanding balance in case of Loan accounts CCY Indicates e Account currency for CASA Accounts e Loan currency for Loan Accounts 17 21 VAT Deduction Report Oracle FLEXCUBE generates a report that contains the details of VAT deduction from CASA account for every branch on a monthly basis For generating this report the following conditions should be met e Charge 1 needs to be defined as service charge and Charge 2 as VAT e f VAT needs to be computed based on the service charge Charge 1 must be the
5. Records per page 15 v First Previous KO Next Last Go Customer Number Dummy Number In this screen you can view the CIF number that is associated with each dummy number Withdrawal of Funds without Penalty No early withdrawal penalty is charged for the first six days from a time deposit account For this you must maintain an Interest and Charges IC period system data element SDE ca ORACLE 3 18 Days from Start which will indicate the number of days from deposit initiation to withdrawal date While maintaining the penalty formula you can specify a condition to charge penalty only if the value of the Days from Start SDE is greater than 6 days Closing Account When you close an account the system will check whether an IC product linked to the account is pending liquidation If an IC Product is pending liquidation you will be prompted to perform the liquidation before closing the account If any provisioning has been done in respect of the account the relevant amount is written back to the GL as specified in the maintenance on Closure If the account does not have any IC products pending liquidation the system will display list of Close Out modes in the Account Closure Details screen Account Closure Details Branch 000 Account Balance Account 00000560360 Interest 0 Closing Date 2011 01 04 Sequence Number Offset Branch las Close Mode Details Account Close Mode Accou
6. Reference Number Document Number Version Number Remarks RejectReason Message Trailer You can examine the message for ensuring the information entered is complete You can only view the details of the message no input of additional information is supported at this stage 3 2 32 Maintaining Notice Preferences for Withdrawal You can view and modify the notice preferences maintained at the account class level for the withdrawal of amount from savings account through the Notice Preferences screen Click Notice button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen The Notice Preferences screen is displayed as follows Notice Preference Account Description Advance Interest Monthly Free Amount Notice Days Validity Period 219 ORACLE Note This screen is applicable only for saving type of account The following field is displayed in this screen Description The following details are defaulted from the account class maintenance level However at the account level you are allowed to modify this Advance Interest Check this field to levy the advance interest on the account Note The customer is liable to pay this advance interest in case he she fails to provide the re quired notice to the bank The system deducts the advance interest from the credit Interest earned by the customer on his her credit balance in the account Month
7. ccceeeeeeeeees 17 4 CASAMBLE 0 ee 9 6 STDACRST coccccccccccccececceee 11 15 CASSTRUC oasian 8 3 STDACSTA cocccccccccccccccceeee 3 111 CODHOLDT 2 9 1 STDADINT cesccssesesenese 3 105 CORRAJDD 0 ee 17 66 STDCASAC cocccccccccccceceeseee 3 123 COSHOLDT uo ee 9 2 STDCRSMT a 41 12 CSSJOBBR 0 eesti 3 70 STDCULMT sosise 4 1 STDCULMT1 ee 4 1 D STDDEDUP 3 92 STDJHMNT eee 3 94 DDDPRMNT 006 13 1 STDNTPRD 3 104 PDDOUERY ssia Taral STRDOCL casievaianedin 17 62 STRERCAS 00008 17 63 STSACRST eeeeee 11 17 ICDRATES eeeeeeee 21 24 ee ORACLE STSACSTA ee 3 116 STSCASAC ee 3 129 STSCRSMMT ee 11 14 STSMAINT ee 3 106 eee ORACLE
8. 17 36 Customer Cheque Discounting Report You can generate Cheque Discounting Report using Customer Cheque Discounting Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDRCHDRF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Cheque Discounting Report Beneficiary Account Value Date From Date To Date Report Format r Printer At Client Report Output Printer Beneficiary Account Specify the beneficiary account from the adjoining option list Date Range From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar TBA ORACLE To Date Specify a valid date till when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates Current System Date Report Run Time Indicates Current System Time 17 37 Cancelled or Rejected Report You can generate Cancelled o
9. If All accounts Loans is selected for one plan ID then the system will display an override message on selecting the same for another plan id 11 3 1 Periodic Charges for Combined Statement Periodic charges are applied to the charge account maintained in the combined statement plan The charges are computed based on the slab details maintained and the number of combined statement generated The account class mapped to charge basis NUM COMB 1120 ORACLE 11 4 STMTS returns the number of combined statements generated The counter for the charge basis are COMB_STMNT_FMT is reset after the charges are collected during IC liquidation Viewing Combined Statement Details You can view the combined statement details maintained in the Combined Statement Maintenance screen using the Combined Statement Maintenance Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSCDSTM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Combined Statement Summary X E gt search Ct advanced Search Reset K Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status Ed Record Status E Statement ID faz Customer No laz Records per page 15 x 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Statement ID Customer No All Accounts Loans Format Frequency Statement Day Apply Charge Charge 4 LA In the above screen you can base your queries on any or all of the
10. 0 cccccessceceeesseeeeeceenneeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeenaeeeeenenaas 12 14 12 2 6 Specifying Project Details 0 cccccsscccceseeeeseeeceeeeeteeeeeeeeteeeaaeeeeeeenaeees 12 15 12 2 SPOCHYING LINUES t cisitescaadeirsseuth desta iag E ARE banat AEA ERAR 12 16 12 3 Viewing Summary of Post Dated Cheques Transaction 12 17 12 4 Bulk Input of Post Dated Cheques 0 ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesnssnsaeeees 12 19 12 4 1 Specifying Project Detalls 0 cccccsscceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeseeeeeeeeseeeaaeeeeteenanees 12 22 12 5 Viewing Summary of Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input 0 ceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 12 23 12 51 Liquidation OF PD GS viiisiscs sh a a a a a aaa ie ea SEARS 12 24 12 5 2 Cancellation and Reversal of PDCS 0 ceceesccccctnteeeeeentteteeeeenteeeeeeenaes 12 24 12 5 3 Bulk Cancellation Of POOS oiimi ardeiienc eiia ernia diania ia iaaii ea einai 12 26 12 5 4 Manual Realization Of PDCS 0 cccceccceccenseeeeeeenteeeeeeeenaeteeeeeenaeeeeeenaees 12 27 12 6 Maintaining Drawer Status Details 2 0 0 0 ce ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeaaeeeeeeenaeees 12 33 12 7 Maintaining Drawer Detalls ecoseririrr eena e E aA EE E EREE AAEE AR 12 34 12 8 Viewing Drawer Summary eesssssssessiseeeseriideninnnnetinnneneienaeastadaaaddtennenatinaaaateannna 12 36 12 9 Maintaining Post Dated Cheque Reject Code ssssssesrissseerrressrrrrrssrrerrrssrreens 12 37 12 10 Maintaining Customer Cheque Discount Details
11. Any number of stop payment instructions can be maintained for an account With each stop payment instruction enforced on an account the system displays the stop payment number This number denotes the number of the current stop payment records being maintained for this account For maintaining details of stop payment instruction the following parameters need to be maintained Account Number Specify the account number of the account for which you wish to enforce a stop payment The adjoining option list displays the list of account numbers maintained in the selected transaction branch Highlight the customer s account number for whom you are entering details Account Description The system displays the description of the specified account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level Stop Payment type This is either an amount or a cheque on which the Stop Payment instruction is based If the instruction is cheque based the customer would give you the number of that Cheque If the instruction pertains to a range of Cheques the customer would give you the number of the first Cheque and the last Cheque in the range Start Cheque Number This is the first cheque of the range If the instruction is specified for a range of Cheques the number of the first and the last Cheque of the range should be specified by the customer If the instruction is to withhold payment for one Cheque alone enter
12. List of Joint Holders You can add the joint holder details in this section if the selected account type is Joint Maintain the following details Customer Number Specify the customer Id for the joint holder The adjoining option list displays the list of all valid customer numbers Select the appropriate one Customer Name The system displays the customer name based on the selected customer number Joint Holder Type Specify the type of authority Select the appropriate one from the drop down menu The options are e Authorized Signatory e Customer Contact Person e Guardian e Custodian e Developer e Guarantor e Joint and First e Joint and Other e Joint or First e Joint or Other e Nominee e Related for Enquiry e Solicitor e Sole Owner e Third Party e Trustee e Valuer e Power of Attorney Start Date and End Date The Start Date and End Date display the validity of the joint holder of the account This is for information purpose only Note Note the following After the Joint holder expires the corresponding signature details of the joint holder will be deleted in the account signatory details and the same will be reflected in the Account Signatory History screen Ifthe end date expires the system does not allow you to save the customer account in case of amendment in the joint holder details If you modify a joint holder record from STDJHMNT screen and s not authorized
13. Report Run Time Indicates the time of report generation Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Level Indicates the level of the record Liability ID Indicates the liability ID Line ID Indicates the Line ID Main Line Indicates the Main Line Group Name Indicates the name of the group Availability Flag Indicates whether the line is available or not Line Currency Indicates the currency of the line Limit Amount Indicates the limit amount of the line Start Date Indicates the start date of the line Available Amount Indicates the amount available for the line Expiry Date Indicates the expiry date of the line Utilization Amount Indicates the amount utilized from the line 17 30 All Dormant Account Report You can generate Dormant Account Report using All Dormant Account Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARPDACC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 193 ORACLE All Dormant Account Report All Branches Single Branch Branch Date Range From Date To Date ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer Branch Code You can generate this report for all the branches or a single branch alone You can indicate the branch f
14. Error code The error override message Once you have captured and verified all the details save the record If the new customer number is not different from the old one then the system will display an error message Note Note the following Multi branch access is not supported for this operation This operation is considered as a customer account amendment External notifica tions that exist for the customer account modification will continue to work for this If there is any unauthorized primary party change record then the system will not allow amendment of that customer account The primary party change will be effected and updated in the customer account records only after authorization During authorization the system will repeat the validations If there is any error then you will not be allowed to authorize the record You need to manually handle the following situations Any correction in the relationships maintained at customer account level using Primary Party Change screen Modification of address at the account level Re submission of mandatory documents as part of customer change Change in the ICCF product rule or charge Change in the joint holders list or list of signatories required because of the customer change Customer spread Deactivation of ATM cards and debit cards Changes in the status of the customer or account due to primary party change ot ORACLE Checking uniniti
15. Linkage Details Transaction Reference El PDC Linkage Details Customer Number Linkage Type Linked Reference Linkage Percentage Linkage Amount Facility v Specify the following details Customer Number Specify the customer number The adjoining option list displays all the valid customer names maintained in the screen You can choose the appropriate one Linkage Type Specify the linkage type from the adjoining drop down list The list displays the following values 1231 ORACLE e Facility credit line e Pool e Collateral Linked Reference Specify the linkage reference number based on the type of linkage You can specify the following e Ifyou have selected linkage type as Facility then you have to enter facility code in the Linkage reference number e If you have selected linkage type as Pool then you has to enter collateral pool code in the Linkage reference number field e If you have selected linkage type as Collateral then you have to enter collateral code in the Linkage reference number field Linkage Percentage Specify the percentage of contribution that needs to be tracked for each Credit Line or Collateral Pool Note The total sum of Percentage of Contribution should be equal to 100 excluding the line for joint venture customers If the total sum is not equal to 100 then the system will raise an error message as Sum to
16. The screen also displays the Product Code and Description of all Billing Products applicable to the account Consolidating Account You can specify a consolidating account for the given account From the option list you can choose e Adifferent account number if you want to consolidate the charge under this account to a different account The Consolidation account selected for this account should be in the same currency as this account It also has to belong to the same branch as the spec ified account e The same account to indicate that there is no consolidation and an individual billing in voice is to be raised on this account Billing Liquidation You have two modes of liquidation i e Auto or Manual The preference you have maintained for the billing product will be defaulted here You can choose to change the mode for the specified account under the following scenarios e f Auto is chosen then you have to specify whether the settlement is through a settle ment account or through Direct Debit Instruction aa ORACLE 3 2 28 e Incase you want to raise Direct Debit instruction for the billing invoice amount irrespec tive of whether the liquidation mode is Auto or Manual you have to maintain the details for Direct Debit details viz Direct Debit Bank Code Account Name and Agreement ID fields e If you choose Manual option then manual liquidation is possible only under the following four modes By Cash through
17. Track Receivable C Referral Required C Project Account C Spend Analysis Customer Name Account Branch Statuses Status Details Status Since Account Derived Status Dormancy Parameters Intermediary Details 1 Of 1 Intermediary Code Private Customer C No Debits CI No Credits C Stop Payments C Dormant C Frozen Posting Allowed C Status Change Automatic C Overdraft NSF Blacklist Status Propagate Reporting Details C Account Auto Closed Credit Debit Manual Any Intermediary Required Intermediary Descript Escrow Transfer Details _ Escrow Transfer Applicable Branch Code Escrow Account Escrow Percentage Provisioning Details C Auto Provisioning Required Exposure Category Risk Free Exposure Amount Provisioning Currency Account Local Positive Pay Positive Pay Funding C Mod 9 Validation Required Stale Days Fund Branch C Deferred Reconciliation Funding Account Validation Digit Sweep Required C Enable Sweep in C Enable Reverse Sweep in Passbook Details Passbook Number Passbook Status Turnover Limit Preferences Turnover Limit Code Interest Charges Consolidated Charges BIC Instructions Standing Instructions LinkedEntities Reg AccountStatus Restrictions Currency Limits MIS Statement Limits JointHolders Fields Deposits Instruction Billing Parameters
18. pre Address 4 C Waive account Opening Charges Address 3 Address 4 LJ Minor m r MIS Fields Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request Change Log Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status You need to specify the following information Customer No Specify the customer identification number allotted by the bank It is a mandatory field Customer Name Specify the customer s name Currency The system defaults the local currency as the account currency However you can change the currency if required Account By default the system displays the account number Account Class Specify the account class of the customer Click Fetch button to fetch the account number The system will fetch the account number in the following ways s sa ORACLE e Ifthe Auto Account Generate option is enabled in branch parameter the system will de fault the auto generated account number e If the Auto Account Generate option is disabled in branch parameter the system will popup the account window You can specify the account number and it will be defaulted in the main screen Branch Code The system defaults the local branch as the account branch SD User Reference The system displays the SD user reference for the account Private Customer The system displays a check in the box if the customer is a private customer 3 25 1 Specifying the Main details In the Main
19. Date Balance No Previous Statement Details Date Balance No Exclude Same Day Reversal Transactions from Statement C Exclude Same Day Reversal Transactions from Statement The system displays the account number for which you are setting the statement details Primary A c Statement This refers to the type of statement to be generated periodically by the system for this account You can specify whether you want a detailed or summary statement or if you do not want a statement for this account at all Cycle You can specify the frequency for generating the account statements To specify the frequency of the statements click on the adjoining drop down list The following list is displayed e Annual e Semi annual e Quarterly e Monthly e Fortnightly e Weekly e Daily 3 50 ORACLE On For a weekly statement you specify the day of the week on which account statements should be generated and for fortnightly and monthly statements the dates of the month To specify for weekly statements click on the adjoining drop down list The following list of days will be displayed e Monday e Tuesday e Wednesday e Thursday e Friday e Saturday e Sunday To specify for monthly statements enter a number between 1 and 31 corresponding to the system date If you set the statement date to 30 then account statements will be generated on e The last working day for months with lt 30 days e For months with 30
20. Deposits Instruction Branch Account Deposit Account Class Customer Account Currency Sweep Branch Deposit Currency Sweep To Account Sweep Amount Sequence Number Years Months Days Sweep Multiple Of Minimum Required Balance Source Code External Reference Number Here you can capture the following details e Branch The branch code of the branch which is to be associated with the account e Account Number Specify the account number of the customer Select the account number from the adjoining option list e Deposit Account Class The system defaults the default Auto Deposit account class specified in CASA Account class However you can modify if needed The adjoining option list displays all active authorized and allowed list of auto deposit account classes specified in CASA account class Select the appropriate one If you need to restrict auto deposit at account level remove the default Auto Deposit account class and save the account e Customer The customer for whom you are maintaining the deposit instructions e Account Currency Specify the currency of the particular account The adjoining option list displays valid currencies of the selected auto deposit account classes which are ac tive and authorized e Sweep Branch Indicate the branch to which the sweep is carried out e Deposit Currency The currency in which the deposit is made e Sweep To Account Indicate the account
21. SDE Maintain the following SDEs e AC_DORMANCY_DAYS e AC_DORMANT UDE Maintain the following UDEs e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 Type For each of the UDEs select the option Amount from the adjoining drop down list Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain one booked formula Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Leave this box unchecked Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions alig ORACLE 21 3 Case Result AC_DORMANT 1 AND AC_DOR AC_DORMANCY_ MANCY_DAYS gt 1 AND AC_DOR DAYS DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 MANCY_DAYS lt 30 AC_DORMANT 1 AND AC_DOR AC_DORMANCY_ MANCY_DAYS gt 30 DAYS DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 UDE Value Maintenance You can maintain UDE values for the rules using the Interest and Charges User Data El
22. Stop Payment Input screen by typing CADSPMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Click the new button on the Application toolbar Stop Payment Input H save Account Number Account Branch 000 Account Description Account Currency Stop PaymentType Cheque Reason Start Cheque Number End Cheque Number Cheque Amount Stop Payment Number SP999 confirmed advice Required Effective Date E2 Apply Charge Expiry Date Fields Charges Events Maker DOCTEST4 Date Time 2011 01 04 Checker Date Time Mod No 1 Record Status Authorization Status Unauthorized In this table you maintain all stop payment orders enforced for a customer account The sequence number of the present stop payment instruction is displayed in the field Stop Payment No 10 1 ORACLE 10 2 1 Here you define the following e Account number on which you are enforcing a stop payment e Whether stop payment is being defined against Cheque Cheques or an amount e lf stop payment is based on Cheque then the start and end Cheque numbers e If stop payment is based on amount then the Cheque amount e Amount for which the stop payment has been enforced e Period for which this stop payment should remain effective e Any reason applicable to this stop payment It could be the purpose for which it has been enforced Maintaining Stop Payment Instructions
23. The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Report Run Time Indicates the report generation time Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Branch Indicates the branch code Branch Name Indicates the name of the branch Account Number Indicates the customer account number Currency Indicates the account currency Amount Block Number Indicates the amount block number Hold Code Indicates the hold code Customer Name Indicates the name of the customer Maker Indicates the maker ID of the record Maker Date Indicates the date when the record was created Checker Indicates the checker ID of the record Checker Date Indicates the date on which the record was authorized Blocked Date Indicates the blocked date Expiry Date Indicates the date of expiry of Block Amount Indicates the blocked amount Reason Indicates the reason of Block Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name Indicates the date on which the report was generated 17 25 Account Closure and Reason Report You can generate Account Clo
24. When a Sweep in transaction is initiated due to shortfall in Primary CASA account the system will identify the linked accounts and the amount to be debited during sweep in The system will post two sets of accounting entries in a single transaction to complete the debit transaction This debit transaction involves online funding of Primary CASA account and then debiting of Primary CASA account The following accounting entries are posted Set 1 Debit Linked Accounts To the extent of shortfall amount Credit CASA Account To the extent of shortfall amount Set 2 Debit CASA account Transaction amount Credit Target account Transaction amount Both sets of accounting entries are passed in a single transaction so that the amount swept in to primary account will be utilized to honour the debit transaction When the TD account is linked in sweep in structure the system imposes amount block on linked TD accounts to the extent of linked amount If the available balance is not sufficient to meet the shortfall in Primary CASA account then the system will only consider available balance of cover account and proceed with next linked account The system performs few validations for sweep in at account level and account class level The following validations are performed for sweep in at account class level e If Sweep in amp Reverse Sweep in check boxes are not checked at Auto Deposit Account Class level then the system will n
25. You can indicate the following preferences for generating the report Report For Select the option Selected Account if you want to generate the cheque book details report for a selected account Select the option All Accounts if you want to generate reports for all accounts Account If you have selected the option Selected Account select the account for which the cheque detail report has to be generated from the adjoining option list Contents of the report The options that you specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The contents of the Cheque Book Details Report are discussed under the following heads Header The Header carries the title of the Report information on the branch code branch date the date and time of report generation the user ID of the user generating the report module page and the event date rs ORACLE Body of the report Account The account number of the customer wig The description of the account Description leaf Check Number The Cheque leaf number The status of the cheque Status The amount for which the cheque is issued Amount The date on which the cheque is presented in the bank Presented On The date as given on the cheque Date on Cheque eE The name of the person in whose name the cheque is issued Beneficiary 17 4 CASA Stop Payment Report This report gives details of th
26. DEDDRISD Tia ORACLE in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Bankers Checks Demand Drafts Issuer Banks Details E New amp Enter Query Bank Code Bank Description Currency Instrument type Draft Details 1 Of 1 Branch Code Branch Description DAO Branch DAO Account Payable Limit WELGI Checker Date Time Date Time 13 3 1 Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Entering the Details In this screen you can enter certain basic details of the instrument They are e The Bank Code and the description of the bank e The Currency in which the instrument is being issued e The instrument type e The DAO Draft Advice Outstanding branch where the instrument is being issued from e The DAO account which will get credited for the instrument issued as per the currency and DAO branch e The parameters for the instruments issued by another bank The code for the branch issuing the instrument The description for the branch The DAO branch where the instrument is being issued from The DAO account which will get credited for the instrument issued as per the cur rency and DAO branch The payable limit for the instrument issued on behalf of another bank You can set a limit for each instrument type Any instrument of this type which has denomination above this limit will be rejected by the syst
27. Viewing the Accounting Entries To view the accounting entries and overrides for the transaction click Accounting Entries button in the Instrument Type Detail screen The Accounting Entries and Overrides screen is opened Any overrides that occurred when each transaction was passed are also displayed Charges for the Instrument The charges that you have specified for the instrument branch and currency combination that you have chosen for the transaction in the ARC Maintenance are applied by default Click on the Charges tab in the main Instruments Transaction Query screen to view the charges instruments Transaction Query New Enter Query Transaction Details TenEWES Charge Details Charge Account Charge Branch 10f1 lt Amount Currency General Ledger Their Account Netting Transaction Code Account Currency MI Ki m G MIS Clearing Accounting Entries Maker ID Date Time Checker Id Date Time Contract Status Authorization Status The following details are displayed in this screen based on the ARC record for the instrument branch and currency chosen for the transaction e The charge account typically the income account specified in the charges section of the ARC Maintenance e The details of the charge such as currency and the transaction code used to post charge entries and whether netting is required The amount of t
28. W Open Format Text Specify the following format BANK NAME COPY AS OF ASOFDT CUSTNAME Account Branch BRNAME ADDRESSONE Branch Address BRADDR1 Tia ORACLE ADDRESSTWO BRADDR2 ADDRESSTHREE BRADDR3 ADDRESSFOUR Cust ID CUSTNO Account No ACCOUNTNO Account Desc ACCOUNTDESC Account Class ACLASSNAME Account Currency ACYNAME Statement From FROMDATE To TODATE OPENBALANCE Account Open Date OPENDATE OPENING BALANCEDRCR OPENBALANCE AVAILABLE BALANCEAVLBALANCE2 ORACLE STATEMENT OF ACCOUNT ACCOUNTNO Statement From FROMDATE To TODATE PAGE 1 Trn Code NarrativeREFERENCEBook DateValue DateWithdrawalDepositClosing Balance F TAGVAL E TD F TAGVAL E RC F TAGVAL E BT F TAGVAL E VD FTAGVAL E FTAGVAL E F TAGVAL E TD ACC NOREFERENCEDATELOAN CHARGES DESCAMOUNT CL F TAGVAL E CL CL F TAGVAL E CL CL F TAGVAL E CL CL F TAGVAL E CL CL F TAGVAL E CL 11 4 ORACLE Totals DEBITVALUE CREDITVALUE CLOSING BALANCE DRC CLOSEBALANCE AVAILABLE BALANCE AVLBALANCE2 UNCOLBALANCE UNCOLLECTED BALANCE UNCOLBALANCE BLOCKED BALANCE BLOCKEDBALANCE UNCOLBALANCE UNAUTH ENTRY R REVERSAL End Of Statement If the trust account credit transaction is from FT module then system will show the following details as part of TRNCODEDESC e Debit Account Number e Unit ID e Transfer Request Number If the trust account credit transaction is fro
29. You can choose to waive charges for an account Specifying Consolidated Charge Details You can capture details of consolidated charges for the account using the Account Level Consolidated Charges Conditions screen To invoke this screen click the Consolidated Charge button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen b Account Level Consolidated Charges Conditions Account Details Branch Code Account Product Details Product Code Currency Minimum Maximum Waive Charges Open Discount Discount Percentage Discount Amount Branch The Branch Code to which the account belongs for which you are defining special conditions is displayed in this field oat ORACLE 3 2 11 Product You must identify the consolidated charge product using which the applicable charges would be consolidated The charges would be consolidated in the currency defined for the selected consolidated charge product and this currency is displayed on the screen When you opt for a consolidated charge product all the consolidated charge parameters defined for the selected product are defaulted to the account for which the product has been linked You can change the default in respect of the following parameters e Minimum and maximum charge e Discount percentage and discount amount Currency The charges would be consolidated in the currency defined for the selected consolidated charge product and this currency is dis
30. e If the message is not identified then the status of the Instrument transaction gets marked as U Un Reconciled Else the Reconciliation status gets updated as N Not Applicable Refer heading Specifying Clearing Cheque Details in the Utility Payments Manual for further details on Clearing Transaction Query screen Processing Escrow Sweeps Escrow Sweep is a process in which the system automatically transfers a predefined percentage of amount that is credited to project account to the Escrow account maintained at the Customer Account Maintenance level When a transaction is saved at the Customer Account Maintenance level the system verifies for the following at different levels e Escrow Processing enabled at the Transaction Code Maintenance level e Escrow Process enabled for the Credit account If Escrow Process is enabled for Transaction code and Credit account then the system calculates the value of the amount to be blocked for Escrow transfer based on the Percentage maintained at the Customer Account level The system then saves these amount blocks as Escrow type Amount Blocks with an unique original transaction reference number Note On modifications transaction the block amount would be recomputed accordingly During EOD batch process CASABAT Escrow amount blocks with block expiry date on or before the application date are transferred to the Escrow account maintained at the customer a
31. tab the system provides some information and you also need to specify few details Customer Accounts Maintenance E New E3 Enter Query Customer No Customer Name Currency Account Branch Account Class SD User Reference Private Customer ET Check List Account Description Options C Replicate Customer Account Type Single Signature Joint C Salary Account Mode of Operation Account Open Date List of Joint Holders 1 Of 1 Account Facilities C Cheque Book Passbook aT Customer Number Customer Name Joint Holder Type Start Date EndDate Alternate Account Number Authorized Signatory More Preferences Auto Debit Card Reques C Auto Cheque Book Requ Cheque Book Name 1 Cheque Book Name 2 ATM Account Number Ki Nominee Details Initial Funding Guardian Name Account Opening Amount Relationship Pay In Option Pay In By Account Address 1 Pay In By GL Address 2 Offset Branch Address 3 Offset Account Address 4 Waive account Opening Charges Name Date of Birth Relationship Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 MIS Fields Cheque BookRequest Debit Card Request ChangeLog EL ig Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status The system displays the following basic details of the customer Account Description The system displays the customer s complete name You can modify it if r
32. Cheque s drawn on nostro accounts DDs MCKs etc with the settlement instruction Multiple deals can be settled with a single Cheque if the same counter party module and instrument type is associated with the settlement instructions for the deals Defining Instrument Types You can define the various instrument types with the relevant details in the Instrument Type Maintenance screen You can invoke the Instrument Type Maintenance screen by typing ISDINSMS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button You can view the details of all the existing instrument types from the summary screen instrument Type Maintenance E New amp Enter Query Instrument Master _ FT Upload Instrument type _ LPAD Reqd Branch Account Account Branch Cheque Book Number No Of Leaves FT Details FT Upload Account FT Upload Product FT Account Branch Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status 13 1 ORACLE You need to maintain the following details for an instrument type Instrument Type Specify a name for the instrument type that you are defining There will a list of values for the instrument type that will show all the instrument types from the DD status maintenance screen Instrument number is picked from the Instrument type level Branch Code Indicate the name of the branch to which the Cheque b
33. End Point Issuer Bank Bulk Transaction Reference Clearing Product Issuer Branch alls Clearing Bank Clearing Branch Sector Code Bs Amount Activation Date E Cheque Status Normal Location Of Cheque Operation Limits Tracking Required To Date From Date Charge Payable Details Charge Account Number Purpose ej Currency Charge Branch Charges Accounting Entries Cancel MIS ICCF ProjectDetails Limits Input By Authorized By Contract Status Date Time Date Time I Authorized i227 ORACLE You can initiate the movement of funds to collect manually and can enter the Reference number of the clearing transaction Transaction Reference Number Specify the Transaction Reference Number of the post dated cheque Product Code From the option list of product codes that you have created in the Product Definition screen specify the PDC product code that has to be used for the Cheque Remitter Account Number This is the account which has to be debited for clearing the Cheque Depending on the PDC type you can select the following values for the remitter account e Ifthe PDC type is Own A c PDC the remitter account should be a valid customer ac count e Ifthe PDC type is PDC issued by the bank the remitter account can either
34. External Deal gets dis played here For more details related to external deal maintenance refer Core Services User Manual Viewing Amount Block You can view a summary of Amount Blocks maintained at the Amount Block Input level using Amount Block Summary screen You can invoke the Amount Block Summary screen by typing CASAMBLK in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Amount Block Summary Advanced Search Reset Authorization Status Record Status Account Amount Block Number Expiry Date Effective Date Amount Reference No Branch Amount Block Type Records per page 15 v 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Account Amount Block Number Expiry Date Effective Date Amount Refe You can view records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Record Status 0 ORACLE e Account Number e Sequence Number e Amount e Effective Date e Expiry Date e Reference No Note The system generated original transaction Reference No of Escrow amount blocks will also be displayed Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Account Number e Sequence Number e Amount e Effective D
35. FORMULA 3 IOSR ACCR 1 IOSR ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 1 IOSR ACCR 2 IOSR ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 2 IOSR ACQUIRED 1 IOSR ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 IOSR ACQUIRED 2 IOSR ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 2 IOSR ACR_ADJ 1 IOSR ACR ADJ FORMULA 1 IOSR ACR_ADJ 2 IOSR ACR ADJ FORMULA 2 IOSR PNL_ADJ 1 IOSR PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 IOSR PNL_ADJ 2 IOSR PNL ADJ FORMULA 2 IOSR PNL 1 IOSR INCOME EXPENSE A C FORMULA 1 IOSR PNL 2 IOSR INCOME EXPENSE A C FORMULA 2 IOSR TPBL_ADJ 3 IOSR TAX PAY ADJ A C FORMULA 3 IOSR TPBL 3 IOSR TAX PAYABLE A C FORMULA 3 PAST_DUE_ACCOUNT Past Due Account CLG_BRIDGE_GL Clearing Suspense GL Event wise Accounting Entries for Products You can set up various IC products for handling customer accounts Some representative products are listed below Interest e Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer e Debit Interest on Current Accounts e Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer e Interest Liquidation before month end on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer e Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer e Charge on Less Average balance e Dormancy Charge On Accounts Charge e Ad Hoc Statement Charge e Cheque Book Charges a ORACLE e Cheques Returned e Credit Turnover e Debit Card Blocked e Debit Card Issued e Deb
36. Indicates Current System Time Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Account Number Indicates the customer account number Account Description Gives a brief description on the account Passbook Number Indicates the number of the passbook Passbook Status Indicates the status of the passbook Issue date Indicates the date when passbook was issued Status Indicates the status of the passbook Status Change Date Indicates the status change date Charge Component Indicates the charge component Charge Amount Indicates the charge amount Charge Currency Indicates the charge currency Charge Amount in Local Currency Indicates the charge amount in local currency Exchange Rate Used Indicates the exchange rate used 17 28 Account Balance List Report You can generate Account Balance Report using Account Balance List Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARPBALC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 17 50 ORACLE Account Balance List Report 5 All Branches Single Branch Branch Code Report Format PDF Printer At Report Output Print Printer Branch Code You can generate this report for all the branches or a single branch alone You can indicat
37. Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Credit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NOR VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE1 DAYS MAL_RATE1 DAYS YEAR 100 YEAR 100 atts ORACLE 21 2 6 Case Result VD DLY CR BAL M gt VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE3 DAYS AMOUNT2 YEAR 100 Formula 2 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result VD_DL
38. Specify the complete address of the guardian oy ORACLE Options Options consist of the additional preferences that you would like to opt for You can select the following facilities if required Replicate Customer Signature The system will select the Replicate Customer Signature by default However you can uncheck it if required Salary Account Check the box if the account is a salary account Account Facilities Account Facilities consists of the facilities provided for the corresponding account You need to specify the following information Cheque Book Check the box to avail the facilities of a cheque book Passbook Check the box to avail the facilities of a passbook ATM Check the box to avail the facilities of an Anytime Teller Machine ATM Alternate Account Number Specify an alternate account number if any More Preferences More Preferences consists of the additional facilities provided by the bank You need to specify the following facilities that you prefer Auto Debit Card Request Check the box to raise a request for debit card If the Auto Debit Card Request check box is selected the system will invoke the Debit Card Details sub screen You need to specify the required details in that screen Auto Cheque Book Request Check the box to raise a request for cheque book If the Auto Cheque Book Request check box is selected the system will invoke the Cheque Book Req
39. Status Details screen To invoke this screen click the Account Status button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Status Details Account Branch Code Account Account Status 4 100f01 gt Status Description Reporting Lines GL Lines Credit Debit Central Bank Lines Credit Debit Head Office Lines Credit Debit Here you can capture the following details Branch The system defaults the code of the current branch Account Number The system defaults the account number from the main screen Status You can select the different status codes applicable to the account in this field Use the Add icon to define each status and the attributes for the same You can use the navigation icons to move from one status to the other On selection of the status the associated description will be displayed alongside Dr and Cr GL Line Select the debit GL account to which all debit balances within a specific account class will report to when it moves to the status being defined You can identify the debit GL from the Fa ORACLE 3 2 17 list of existing GLs Likewise all credits within a particular account class will report to the GL account that you have identified to track credits Dr Central Bank Line Specify the Central Bank line to which this account will report to if it is in debit This line is maintained in the Reporting Lines Maintenance screen Cr Central Bank Line Specif
40. _EFFECTDT_ Effective date _EXPIRYDT_ Expiry date _REMARKS _ Remarks _AUTHDT_ Authorization Date Time For further details on Charge and Event button refer the sections Viewing Charge Details and Viewing Event Details in the chapter titled Maintaining Cheque Book Details in this User Manual 10 4 ORACLE 11 1 11 2 11 2 1 11 Generating Account Statements Introduction An account statement is the record of transactions and their effect on account balances over a specified period of time for a given account An account statement lists the debits and credits that have taken place over a time period A detailed statement gives minute details of the transactions that have occurred on a given account including the order of details ultimate beneficiary payment method etc On the other hand a summary statement shows all transactions but gives only limited details of individual transactions like the reference number date and the amount with a debit credit indicator SWIFT account statements are statements generated for NOSTRO type of accounts i e for a bank type of a customer MT940 is generated for an account with its primary statement as detailed and a MT950 is generated for an account with its primary statement as summary Maintaining Statement Preferences You need to maintain a basic set up at the following levels to generate account statements e Advice Formats e Account Class e Me
41. all valid rate codes maintained in the system Link to Group If an MIS Group is linked you can indicate whether the linkage with the group should always be maintained If yes any change to the MIS Group will automatically apply to the customer to whom the MIS Group is linked If not the entities defaulted for the customer will continue even if they are changed subsequently for the group Calc Method System displays the calculation method Rate type If you have indicated that rates maintained for the individual account should be picked up for MIS refinancing you have to specify the Rate Type that is to be used The options available are e Fixed e Floating Automatic indicating that the system should pick up the refinancing rate as sociated with the account Since the account number is linked to a Rate Code the sys tem picks up the rate code associated with the account when the EOD processes are run to refresh the various rates 348 ORACLE Select the appropriate Pool Code Account Level The Pool Code Account Level to which the account class or product belongs should be defined Pool Code For an account the pool code will be picked up from the account class Transaction MIS Group For an account the transaction type of MIS class will be picked up from the account class Composite MIS Group The composite type of MIS class will be defaulted from those defined for the customer Cost Code For an account th
42. credit line e Pool e Collateral Linked Reference Specify the linkage reference number based on the type of linkage You can specify the following e f you have selected linkage type as Facility then you have to enter facility code in the Linkage reference number e f you have selected linkage type as Pool then you have to enter collateral pool code in the Linkage reference number field e If you have selected linkage type as Collateral then you have to enter collateral code in the Linkage reference number field Linkage Percentage Specify the percentage of contribution that needs to be tracked for each Credit Line or Collateral Pool 12 16 ORACLE Note The total sum of Percentage of Contribution should be equal to 100 excluding the line for joint venture customers If the total sum is not equal to 100 then the system will raise an error message as Sum total of Limits Percentage should be 100 Linkage Amount The system displays the amount contributed for the credit line 12 3 Viewing Summary of Post Dated Cheques Transaction You can query view and delete the transaction details of the post dated cheques in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDSONLIN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button et Advanced Search 5 Reset Transaction Ref
43. for instance if interest is calculated on the average daily balance for the calendar month and account statement is provided from 16 of one month to the 15t of next month Interest used for APY calculation will be the interest liquidated for the previous period and you must maintain the APY basis as LIQD Average Balance Statement frequency is lesser than liqui dation frequency for instance if interest is paid on a quarterly basis for the quar ter and account statements are provided monthly APY is printed only when the inter est is liquidated i e the account statement for first two months of the quarter does not print APY and APY is printed in the account state ment only for the third month For such cases you must maintain the APY basis as LIQD 14 1 ORACLE Basis Case APY Logic Average Statement frequency is more than liqui APY calculation is based on the lat Balance dation frequency for instance if interest est interest liquidation that is paid on a monthly basis and account occurred within the statement statements are provided annually period For such cases you must maintain the APY basis as LIQD Daily Statement frequency is less than liquida APY calculation includes the inter Balance tion frequency for instance interest is est accrued till the current state calculated using the daily balance ment date For such cases you me
44. into the selected account Interest Statement You can also indicate if you would like to generate an interest statement for the account The Interest Statement will furnish the values of the SDEs and UDEs and the interest rule that applies on the account Consolidated Charge Branch By default it will be same as the current branch However you can select the branch of the consolidated charge account from the adjoining option list Consolidated Charge Account The consolidated charge will be a group of charge products that are linked to one IC product Select the account that is identified as the master account for collecting the consolidated Fall Below Fee The Fall Below Fee is a kind of fee that is charged if sum of average monthly balance of all the accounts is less than the minimum required balance Notes The master account should be in the same currency as of the other account curren cies oa ORACLE For the master account the field should be left blank This master account is main tained as consolidated charge account on the other set of accounts All the accounts should be belonging to the same customer The Fall Below Fee is waived if the master account or any one of the account has overdraft facility Dr Cr Advices You can indicate whether you want to generate an interest liquidation advice for a customer account Check the Debit Credit Advices box to indicate that the system must
45. number if the payment is made by a debit to the remitter s account It is the number of a clearing account GL if payment is made through Cheque or other GL for cash pay ments The Expiry Date of the instrument transaction This is defaulted as the instrument date the tenor as defined for the instrument type You can change this date Exchange Rate If the account currency is different from the currency in which the in strument amount is expressed you can specify the exchange rate that will be used in the Exchange Rate field The exchange rate maintained for the two currencies is de faulted you can change it SSN this is the social security number which is displayed if maintained on selecting the remitter If not maintained this has to be entered here Reissued Cheque the box if the instrument is being reissued for some reason Reissued Draft No Specify the draft number for the instrument that is reissued 136 ORACLE e The Original Draft Number This is populated with the instrument number of the contract that is re issued e Reissue remarks can be the reason due to which the instrument is being reissued Tanked Transaction The system checks this option when the Branch Available status is No or when the branch date is ahead of the host date Accordingly accounting entries are passed with the tanked status The transaction status of the Instrument Transaction is changed to Active when the bra
46. of accounts The structure of the account number is defined in the customer account mask maintained in the Account Parameters sub screen of the Branch wide parameters screen The account number can be a combination of the account class customer code CIF Number serial number or currency as defined in the customer account mask The last constituent of the account number is always a system generated check digit it could be alphabetical or numeric depending upon the mask defined You cannot alter the relative position of the constituents of customer account as defined in the mask while maintaining actual customer accounts Account Class In Oracle FLEXCUBE you can classify the customer accounts of your bank into different groups Each group is referred to as an account class and is maintained in the Account Class Maintenance screen For each class you have to define certain common attributes applicable to all accounts in the particular class While maintaining a specific account you have to identify the class to which the particular account belongs You can select the appropriate account class from the list of all the valid account classes maintained in the system Account classes that have surpassed their end date expired will not be displayed in the option list Refer the chapter Maintaining Mandatory Information in the Core Entities User Manual for details about maintaining account classes Fetch Fetch button is use
47. the appropriate value will be computed A Spread is a positive or negative value that you add or deduct to the value specified for the Rate Code If you do not specify a spread the rate maintained for the Rate Code will be picked up If the type of UDE is an amount the value that you enter will be in the currency that you specified in the UDE Amounts Currency field in the Interest Product Preferences screen If you specified the UDE amounts currency as the local currency and the account is in a foreign currency the currency conversions will be on the basis of the mid rate for the day Note The UDE values that you specify here will only be applied to this account The Customer Credit Rating field at the Customer level will be used as a SDE CUSTOMER_CREDIT_RATING for defining status change rules This will also be available for provision rule definition at the CL product level Waive Product Check this box if you want to waive of a particular interest or charge product that has been specified Open More than one product may be applicable on an account class at the same time You can temporarily stop applying a product on an account class by closing it You can achieve this by un checking the box Open The product will cease to be applied on the account class You can make the product applicable again by checking the Open box Effective Date The Effective Date of a record is the date from whi
48. the bulk input The individual contracts become active when you authorize the bulk input and can be viewed through the PDC contract online screen The actions allowed in this screen are Add and Delete Delete is allowed only before authorization Other actions are performed on individual PDCs through the PDC Online screen as explained above Specifying Project Details Click the Project Details button in the Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input screen to invoke the Project Details screen You will have to capture project details in this screen only if the beneficiary account is a Trust account Project Details Project Name Unit Payment Unit Id Deposit Slip Number Specify the following details Project Name Specify the developer project name for which payment is being made The adjoining option list displays all valid projects maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Input to this field is mandatory If you specify the Unit ID the system will display the corresponding project name here Unit Payment Indicate whether the transaction is a unit payment or not by choosing the appropriate value from the adjoining drop down list The following values are available e Yes e No 12 28 ORACLE 12 5 Unit ID Specify the unit ID of the project This field will be enabled only if you have selected Yes against Unit Payment The adjoining option list di
49. Address Line 2 Beneficiary Institution 4 Beneficiary Address Line 3 ee ORACLE Common Payment Gateway Field Instruments Field Beneficiary Institution 5 Beneficiary Address Line 4 Payment Details 5 Columns Not mapped Sender to Receiver Information 5 Columns Not mapped Bank Operation Code Not mapped Instruction Code Not mapped Related Reference Number Not mapped Reject Code Not mapped Reject Details Not mapped UDF_1 Instrument Number UDF_2 DD MICR Number UDF_3 Instrument Status UDF_4 Identifier Name 1 UDF_5 Identifier Value 1 UDF_6 Identifier Name 2 UDF_7 Identifier Value 2 UDF_8 Identifier Name 3 UDF_9 Identifier Value 3 UDF_10 Identifier Name 4 UDF_11 Identifier Value 4 UDF_12 Identifier Name 5 UDF_13 Identifier Value 5 UDF_14 Identifier Name 6 UDF_15 Identifier Value 6 UDF_16 Charge Account UDF_17 Expiry Date Modification Number Modification Number UDF_18 SSN UDF_19 Reissued Flag UDF_20 Original Draft Number UDF_21 Reissue Remarks 15 8 ORACLE Common Payment Gateway Field Instruments Field UDF_22 Reissued Draft Number UDF_23 Transaction Date UDF_24 Beneficiary Customer Number UDF_25 Print Status UDF_26 Payable Bank UDF_27 Copy of instrument printed UDF_28 Offset Account UDF_29 Offset Currency UDF_30 Narrative Maker Id Maker Id
50. CIF Number Indicates the customer number Account Number Indicates account number Account Type Indicates the type of account Account Currency Indicates the account currency Customer Name Indicates customer name Account Open Indicates the date when the account was opened Date Customer DOB Indicates the date of birth of the customer Maker Indicates the Identification of the maker of the record Maker Date Indicates the date when the record was created Checker Indicates the Identification of the checker who authorized the record Checker Date Indicates the date on which the record was author ized 17 33 Non Resident Account Report You can generate Non Resident Account Report using Non Resident Account Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARPNRAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 199 ORACLE Non Resident Account Report Branch Code From Date To Date Report Format Report Output Branch Code Printer At Client v Printer Specify the branch code from the adjoining option list From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report a
51. CIF should be as part of the account number as per the length of CIF in the mask If you have included the CIF Number of the customer as part of the Account Mask the system automatically defaults the CIF code of the customer in the respective field You can modify this code However while defining the Account Mask in the Account Parameters section of the Bank wide Parameters screen if you have specified that the CIF Number should not be a part of the account mask you will have to specify the customer code manually A list of all the valid customer codes is displayed in the available option list You can select the appropriate Customer Name The name of the customer is displayed based on the CIF ID that you have mentioned in Customer No field Currency You have to identify the currency of the customer account A list of all the currencies maintained in the system will be displayed in the available list You can select the currency of transaction for the respective account If the currency of the account is not defined for the current period in the Turnover Limit Maintenance screen you will not be able to save the account Refer the section Maintaining Turnover Limits in the chapter titled Maintaining Mandatory Information in this User Manual for details about the Turnover Limit Maintenance screen 2 ORACLE Account You can indicate the account number of the customer One customer can have any number
52. Charge Amount Computed charge amount e Waiver If this box is checked then charge will be waived Waiver Check this box to waive the charge Charge Amount System displays the calculated charge amount here You can amend this if required 1 14 ORACLE 17 6 2 Viewing Events 17 7 Click on Events button to invoke Events screen Reference No 1 0f1 Event Number Event Date Event Code Account Description Accounting Entries Reference Number System displays the reference number here Events System displays the following details under this section e Event Number Event sequence number e Event Date Date of the event e Event Code event code of the transaction e Description event code description PDC Summary Report PDC Summary report displays the details of all the cheques discounted for an account You can generate report for post dated cheque details using Customer Cheque Discounting 17 13 ORACLE Report screen by typing PDRCHDRF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Cheque Discounting Report Beneficiary Account Value Date From Date To Date Report Format Printer At Client Report Output v Printer Specify the following details here Beneficiary Account Specify the beneficiary account The adjoining option list displays the lis
53. Cheque Date Schedule Date Remitter Account Description Beneficiary Account Description Authorization Status Clearing Details Routing Number Clearing Product End Point Issuer Branch Issuer Bank Bulk Transaction Reference Clearing Bank Clearing Branch Sector Code Amount Activation Date Cheque Status Normal Location Of Cheque Operation Limits Tracking Required To Date From Date Charge Payable Details Charge Account Number Purpose e Currency Charge Branch Charge Account Description Charges Accounting Entries Cancel MIS ICCF Project Details Limits Input By Authorized By Contract Status Date Time Date Time Authorized let ORACLE Transaction Reference Number Specify the Transaction Reference Number of the post dated cheque Product Code From the option list of product codes that you have created in the Product Definition screen specify the PDC product code that has to be used for the Cheque Remitter Account Number This is the account which has to be debited for clearing the Cheque Depending on the PDC type you will have to select the following values for the remitter account e Ifthe PDC type is Own A c PDC the remitter account should be a valid customer ac count e Ifthe PDC t
54. Code Report Format PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code for the Branch in which the customer has an account from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The other content displayed in the Post Dated Cheques Due Today Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates Current Branch Date Report Run Time Indicates Current Branch Time Branch Date Indicates the date of Branch in which report is taken Page No Displays Page No out of total No of pages in report 28 ORACLE Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Instrument Type Indicates PDC Type Clearing Type Indicates Clearing Product description of the PDC Account No Indicates Account Number Beneficiary Account Number Acct Name Indicates Description of the Account if it is FCUBS account If it is
55. Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services Contents b gt lt n ee ee eee ee 1 1 Wes MMMOMUGHON space les oticet bezdt a Dhalden tc laaeiddet katy leads eeabiccedts baa Micintidadel AEN 1 1 V2 AUJERO T A dieters EA T 1 1 1 3 Documentation Accessibility seeaeessineeeeesnieesnnueeininnnestennnnsnnnnaddinannnnenananeniannnnana 1 1 TA Organizator nin ana a AET e A A A OARE A 1 1 1 5 Related DOCUMONIS orc suroren seve na a A 1 2 16 Glossary of ICONS aiia a e et aight inh A N 1 3 CASA An Overview assssssssssssusnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 2 1 2 1 Introduction naeia a AEAEE O A NE A 2 1 22 Major Features ennenen a te A A T 2 1 Zao MAJOR FONCIONS er a A O A Sa 2 2 Maintaining Customer Accounts ssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 3 1 Sil Fodion niens R a a a R 3 1 3 2 Maintaining Customer Accounts 0 ececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeseeeeaaeeeteeeaeeeeeeeeeaees 3 1 3 2 1 Capturing Main Details sereiredariseee eaii a araara eii ahai ii a ER 3 4 3 2 2 Viewing Details of Amounts and Dates eeeeisseesiinneeennnnneernnsneerrenneeeenne 3 7 3 2 3 Capturing Auxiliary Detallls sireeni raen a EE E a E EEE 3 12 3 2 4 Sweep In and Sweep Out Batch ProCeSSing ccccccecceeeeteeteeneensees 3 23 3 2 5 Specifying Nomi
56. Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 10 ORACLE 20 5 1 11 Credit Turnover CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 12 Debit Card Blocked CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 13 Debit Card Issued CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 14 Debit Turnover CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 15 Number of Transactions CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_INCOME CHARGE Debit CHG_BOOK CHARGE Credit 20 11 ORACLE 20 5 1 16 No of Account Statements CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_INCOME CHARGE Debit CHG_BOOK CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 17 Stop Cheque Charges 20 5 1 18 Turnover CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_INCOME CHARGE Debit CHG_BOOK CHARGE Credit CLIQ Accounti
57. Fields Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Specify the following details Reject Code Specify a unique reject code This code can be used to identify the reason for rejecting or cancelling a post dated cheque Description Enter the reject reason Once you have captured the details save the maintenance Tarar ORACLE 12 10 Maintaining Customer Cheque Discount Details You can maintain the customer cheque discounting details using Customer Cheque Discounting Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDDCHDMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Cheque Discounting Detail E New amp Enter Query Customer Details Customer Identification Customer Name Account Details Liability Account Branch Liability Account Liability Account Currency Total Available Amount Past Due Account Branch Past Due Account Past Due Account Currency Available Amount Drawer Details 1 Of 1 Drawer Identification Drawer Name Customer Drawee Line ID Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You can enter the following details Customer Details Customer Identification Specify the customer identification This adjoining option list displays all valid customer ids maintained in the system You
58. Module for details about rate maintenance ates ORACLE 22 Function ID Glossary ICDRESTR ooien 21 23 ICDRLMNT oniinn 21 1 A ICDUDVAL ooann 21 19 ACDADCRP 000000 0 3 71 IFDCLGDT ceeeeeee 15 14 ACDMUNCL cee 15 10 IFSCLGDT uw eee 15 21 ACDOPTN ccccscesseeeeees 17 8 ISDINSMS oniinn 15 1 ACDSTORY oo eeececescecsees 3 110 g LMDCUSLT 2 3 83 B BADEODFN onsin 11 10 M BADIDBAT csceseeee 15 11 MSDADVFT 0 000000e 11 1 MSDCUSAD 00 11 9 c MSDMSTYP ssceccsseecseeeees 11 8 CADAMBLC oniinn 9 7 CADCHBOO LL eee 7 1 CADCHKDT ccsccsssensesesensieensc 7 9 P CADLOGB K jn 3 108 PDDBULKI 12 19 CADSPMNT oesie 10 1 PDDCHDMT eee 12 38 CADST RUG cciicxetacsiaves 8 2 PDDDWRMT eee 12 34 CARPAACC Oa 17 44 PDDDWRST 00 12 33 CARPACCB ccccccccccceeee 17 46 PDDMANLG 2 08 12 27 CARPACCL cccccccece 17 47 PDDONLIN 00 12 7 CARPAOCR ja 17 49 PDDPRMNT 55 12 1 CARPBALLC ccccccccceeeeee 17 52 PDSBULKI 05 12 23 CARPCKDT eieiei 17 3 PDSCHDMT eee 12 40 CARPCSLM cccccccceeee 17 54 PDSDWRMT secsiesenienczs 12 36 CARPDACC ccccccceceeceee 17 55 PDSONLIN 000 12 17 CARPDCRD oniani 17 57 CARPMACC osisssa 17 58 s CARPNRAC Lu eee 17 60 CARPSPMT
59. New amp Enter Query Account Block Details Branch Amount Block Number Account Amount Amount Block Type FLEXCUBE Hold Code Effective Date Expiry Date Reference No Hold Description Remarks Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Escrow Transfer Applicable This box is checked by default if the customer account belongs to an account class for which Escrow transfer is enabled Note This box should be checked for Project Trusted account s only Branch Code Select the branch code in which the Escrow account has to be created from the adjoining option list Escrow Account Select a valid account to be used as an Escrow account from the adjoining option list The list displays all valid accounts based on the selected Escrow branch and the currency of the project account Note The system does not allow the circular linkage of Project account and Escrow accounts Escrow Percentage Specify the percentage of the credited amount which has to be transferred to the Escrow account oe ORACLE 3 2 3 8 Note The Escrow percentage specified here will be same for all transactions and will not vary for different credits like cash cheque draft etc Capturing Provisioning Details An account inherits the provisioning parameters defined for the account class it uses You can change the defaulted parameters and make the following speci
60. Parameters Basis Percent Basis Amount Option Method Decimals Units Formula Number Debit Credit Debit v Accruals Required Local Currency Basis Book Flag Days in a Month Booking Tax Payable Currency Flag Tax Amount Option Method Decimals Units Periodicity Daily v Booked DaysinaYear Actuals v Actuals v Rounding Required Interest Method Default From Currency Definition Book Tax To Expense Account X Formula Wizard You need to maintain two booked formulae and one tax formula Formula 1 Specify the following details Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Credit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box 21 3 ORACLE Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen Formula Wizard Formula Wizard Expression Result a BITI Element Functions Operators Logical Operators In this screen specify the following
61. Previous Statement The system displays the number of combined statement generated till date Note You can modify the combined statement plan during any stage of the maintenance You have to maintain atleast one account or loan to generate the combined state ment If Apply Charge is checked and the Charge Account is not maintained then the system displays an error message as Apply charge is checked Please map Charge Account for the statement plan lt Plan ID gt Ifthe charge basis NUM COMB STMTS is not mapped to the IC product of the charge account then the system displays an override message as Charge Basis not mapped for the charge account If different charge accounts are mapped to different plan IDs of the same customer then the system displays an override message as Different charge account is mapped for the plan id ids lt plan id name gt Ifany closed accounts are maintained in the statement plan the system displays an override message You can manually delete the records of the closed accounts Charge accounts can be changed during any stage The charges applicable for the existing charge account will be liquidated during its IC liquidation cycle You cannot close an account if it is mapped as charge account for the statement plan If All accounts Loans is selected then you cannot delete or add any records in the CASA TD or Loan Details block
62. Queue You can view referral transactions in the Referral Queue Summary screen For further details on Referrals refer to the Processing Referrals in Oracle FLEXCUBE chapter of the Core Entities User Manual Project Account Check this box to track the working capital of the project a ORACLE 3 2 3 4 This account will have a temporary overdraft line attached and banks will use this feature to fund working capital The system will calculate the interest based on the T OD used in the commitment contract Whenever project account is credited or debited utilization transaction will be triggered in limits based on the limit with lowest interest bearing If no interest rate is available it will use the first available line This transaction will cascade to joint venture holder limits tracking which will utilize respective lines to the ratio of their share Spend Analysis Check this box to enable spend analysis for the account If you check this box the system will consider all debit transactions from this account for spend analysis If you do not check this the system will not consider the transactions for spend analysis Specifying Statuses No Debits No debits can be posted to the account For example Silas Marner a customer of your bank going abroad for a year instructs you not to debits his account till his return You can execute this instruction by checking this box No Credits No credits can be posted to th
63. Record Status Branch Code AccountNo Account Description AccountClass Customer No You can search for the records based on one or more of the following parameters e Authorization status e Record status e Branch code e Account number Once you have specified the parameters click Search button The system displays the following details of all records that match the search criteria e Authorization status e Record status e Branch code e Account number e Account description e Account class Sraa ORACLE e Customer number Note Following are some additional information related to primary party change The system does not validate the usage of the account in the any retail transactions Retail transactions includes following modules RT UP CG IS and DE Ifthe account is used in corporate transactions the system validates whether the account is maintained as a settlement account in any of the authorized or unauthor ized contracts If it is used the system displays an override message listing the transaction reference numbers Corporate transactions include the transactions from the modules other than those mentioned above After the primary party change the customer balance report to the MIS codes of the new customer For existing transactions the related customer or customer in MIS will not change 3 7 Maintaining Customer De duplication You can frame the rule to avoid the duplicate the
64. Serial Number Currency Instrument Instrument Currency Routing Number Instrument Amount Bank code Account Currency Amount Branch Code Exchange Rate Sector Code DIN C Late Clearing Document Identification Number Date Instrument type Date Details Module Details Transaction Date Module List Instrument Date Module Description Bank Value Date Reference No Customer Value Date ESN Reg CC Detail Reject Reason gt Consider For Reg CC Status j M Special Avail Remarks MT110 Reconciliation Detail seraanoratiie n ae G w Accounting Entries Maker ID Date Time Checker Id Date Time Contract Status Authorization Status The information you capture in this screen is required to route outward clearing transactions to the appropriate clearing house In this screen you have to capture the following information for clearing e The End Point e The Bank Code e The Branch Code as identified in the network e The Sector to which it belongs e Whether Reg CC is applicable e Whether special cheque is governed by the Reg CC schedules e Whether late clearing is required e The reason for rejection Depending on your Bank Code Branch Code and Sector Code combination the system displays the Routing Number Bank Value Date and the Customer Value Date After you maintain the above details for clearing click Exit or Cancel button to return back to the Instrument Type Details screen 138 ORACLE 13 4 1 13 4 2
65. The system displays the description of the selected account here Customer ID The system displays the Customer ID based on the selected account Click Populate button to view charge and history details of the passbook Charge Tab In Charge tab you can capture details of charges associated with the issuance of a new passbook Charge Component The system displays a short charge description Waiver Check this box if you want to waive charges associated with issuance of new passbook Charge Amount The system computes and displays the charge amount associated with the issuance of passbook However you can edit it Currency The system displays the currency used It need not be same as account currency Charge in Local Currency The system displays the charge amount in local currency on successful Issuance of passbook You cannot modify it Exchange Rate The system displays the applicable exchange rate if the currency used is different from the local currency during SAVE operation Based on the exchange rate maintained for the cross currency charge will be calculated and deducted from the customer account You cannot modify the value History Tab In History tab you can view the details of the entire passbooks issued for the account Ga ORACLE New Passbook Issue Branch Date 2013 06 03 H Save M Hold External Reference Number FJB1315400010458 Branch 001 Passbook Type Account Passbook Number Account Descri
66. This specification will be defaulted from the account class to which the account belongs However you have the option of changing it at the customer account level If you check this option the status of the account will be changed automatically by the system as per the conditions maintained in the Status Rule Definition screen invoked from the Account Class 19 ORACLE 3 2 3 5 Maintenance screen If you do not select this option you have to change the status manually through the Manual Status Change screen For details on conditions maintained in the Status Rule Definition screen refer the chapter Maintaining Mandatory Information in the Core Entities user manual Overdraft The system displays a check in the check box if the customer account has overdraft facility The system checks or un checks the check box based on the information available in Account Class Maintenance Note If you want to amend any of above statuses you can do only via Manual Status Input screen Specifying Status Details Status At the time of maintaining a customer account for the first time the account status will be NORM Normal by default The Status Since field will display the current system date i e the date on which the account is maintained in the system The system will update the status whenever a status change occurs Therefore at any point of time this field will display the current s
67. View Cheque Status table is invoked a ORACLE 7 2 3 View Cheque Status 1 0f1 E Cheque Book No Cheque No Status Here you can view the status of all the leaves in this Cheque book The Cheque Number on display is the number of the first leaf on this Cheque book and is defaulted from the Cheque Book Details screen The Cheque leaf status can be viewed in a matrix form The column number should be suffixed to the row number to arrive at the Cheque number whose status you want to view For example in the matrix above the second row number 000000000000001 when suffixed with O would give the status of the Cheque number 0000000000000010 which is under a stop payment order To move up and down the matrix click on the upward and downward arrow respectively on the side of the matrix You have the option of manually changing the status of any of the Cheque leaves except a Cheque which has been used or a Cheque under a stopped payment order The stop payment order can be for a Cheque or a series of Cheques and is maintained in the stop payment table from where it gets updated in the status table Viewing Details of a Cheque and changing its Status To change the status of any leaf in a book go to that leaf s status block in the status matrix and double click on the block You will be returned to the Cheque Details table The Cheque Details table is invoked from the Applic
68. Viewing Details of a Cheque and changing its Status cesses 7 6 7 2 4 Viewing Charge Details 0 ccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeceeeaeeeeceeenieeeeeseaaeeeeeeeaaas 7 7 Feo Miewing Events EnA RTO a eet eel ede eee ee 7 8 7 2 6 Maintaining Cheque Details 0 cccccscceceeteeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeneeeeesenaeeteeeeaaaes 7 10 7 2 7 Retrieving Cheque Detallls 0 cccccccceccecsesteeeeeeesnneeeeeeeeneeeeeeenaeetesseaaes 7 11 7 3 Archiving Cheque BooK israe eea aa ae a ier e 7 12 7 4 Viewing Archived Cheque Books ssessessssssessssrrnesernnneesnnaneesnennnestnanneeenennenenannee 7 14 7 5 Querying Archived Cheque Details aeeeeseeeessrreesersneesrirneesninnneeeninnesenennneerennnee 7 15 Maintaining Account Structure cccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 8 1 81 Introduction assspida E e E a e ated 8 1 8 2 Defining Account Structure eee ceeeceeeeeeeeee eee seneeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeteeaeeeeseeaaeess 8 1 8 3 Debiting Transaction into the Primary Account ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeeteeaeeees 8 1 8 3 1 Processing AMOUNT BIOCK biirr trenani ETE EROA EA ee EEES 8 1 8 4 Maintaining Account Structure esseeeeeeseeerrseseerrrssettrrsssttrrrtsttrnnsnsttnnsnsttnnnanenn nnt 8 2 8 5 Viewing Account Structure Maintenance Summary seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerrseseerrrssreens 8 2 Maintaining Amount BIOCKS ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 1 9 1 Deming Amount Block
69. You can choose the appropriate one Note It can be FLEXCUBE FLEXBRANCH ACUMEN and so on Charge Details Charge Event Specify the charge event The adjoining option displays all the valid Oracle FLEXCUBE Function ids or products available in the system You can choose the appropriate one Description The system displays a brief description of the product or function id Charge Product Specify the charge product The adjoining option displays all the valid the valid charge product maintained at arc level You can choose the appropriate one Action Select the action you want the system to perform from the option list The options available are as follows 19 17 ORACLE e New e Auth e Modify e Close Note You can link a retail teller charge product to the host function id STDCUSAC using the Online Charge Product Maintenance screen if the action is Close You can link a retail teller charge product to the branch screens Close Out Account Withdrawal 1301 Close Out Account Withdrawal by Multi mode 1350 Close out Account Withdrawal by Bankers Cheque 1300 and Close out withdrawal by FT 1320 using the Online Charge Product Maintenance screen if the action is New The RT product linked with the account closure related host and branch function ID in Online charge screen should have the charge basis as NUM ACC OPN DAYS at ARC level When this basis is used Slab type should be m
70. You can invoke this screen by double clicking on a record in the Status of Cheque screen Navigate to the desired Cheque book number by using the previous and next arrow buttons in the toolbar The following operations are not allowed e Creating a new record e Copying a record 153 ORACLE 15 3 e Deleting a record e Reopening a record e Closing a record The Messaging Subsystem of Oracle FLEXCUBE populates the following details whenever a Cheque is printed e Amount for which the Cheque is drawn e Currency of the amount e Beneficiary of the Cheque Date for which the Cheque was issued e Date on which the Cheque was printed You cannot change any of the above details However you are allowed to change the status of a Cheque Select Modify from the Actions Menu in the Application toolbar or click unlock icon to make the changes The status of Cheque is modified through the Change Instrument Status screen Click Change Status To button to display this screen You will be allowed only the following status changes e A Used status to a Cancelled status e A Not Used status to a Cancelled status Note You cannot change the status of a Cancelled Cheque FT Upload You can configure Ft upload function to be run as part of the EOD operations 194 ORACLE 15 3 1 15 4 You can invoke the Instrument Type Maintenance screen by typing ISDINSMS in th
71. a group will facilitate retrieval of information of a class of products at one stroke You can maintain Product Groups in the Product Group Definition screen invoked from the Application Browser Start Date End Date The period during which you wish the PDC product to be current you specify this by entering a Start and an End Date Remarks Enter any additional remarks about the product Exchange Rate Variance in Exchange Rate Variance particulars for any currency conversion is involved the extent of variance that will be allowed without requiring an override the extent beyond which the transaction will not be allowed the rate code and the rate type Specifying Accounting Entries and Advices for Events Click Accounting Roles button to invoke the Product Event Accounting Entries amp Advices Maintenance screen For PDCs accounting entries can be maintained for the following events e INIT Contingent entries if required are to be maintained for INIT Charges can also be linked to this event e LIQD Liquidation entries for the PDC and reversal of contingent entries are to be main tained for this event Charges can also be associated with liquidation e CANL Cancellation charges for the PDC can be maintained here If contingent entries have been passed the reversal entries also need to be specified here le ORACLE Click Accounting Roles button to invoke the Accounting Roles scree
72. adjoining option list displays all valid projects maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Input to this field is mandatory If you specify the Unit ID the system will display the corresponding project name here Unit Payment Indicate whether the transaction is a unit payment or not by choosing the appropriate value from the adjoining drop down list The following values are available e Yes e No Unit ID Specify the unit ID of the project This field will be enabled only if you have selected Yes against Unit Payment The adjoining option list displays all unit IDs along with the unit holder names corresponding to the project name chosen You can select the appropriate one Schedule Date Select the due date of the schedule from the adjoining option list The list displays all the future dated unpaid schedule of the loan account for which the debit settlement mode of the component is PDC 12 21 ORACLE 12 4 1 Deposit Slip Number Specify the deposit slip number for the payment If you enter the fields instrument number frequency no of entries for a bulk input where the check in series flag is not selected an error would be thrown on saving You will be able to upload bulk cheque transactions using file upload Once you have entered all the details and saved the contract individual PDC contracts are created based on the activation date and instrument number frequency you have specified for
73. amount will be updated in receivable amount in the CASA account up front during tracking Once the receivable amount is updated the available balance will get affected The receivable amount is deducted from current balance while arriving at the available balance The receivable amount will be displayed in the Amounts and dates tab of customer account screen Viewing Interest details Accrued interest Dr Cr shows the amount accrued till date on the account System displays the outstanding interest due amp charge due in these fields If the check box Liquidation Using Receivable is checked at the account class level and if the account has insufficient balance then system debits interest and charges from the receivable GL and the same will be displayed in these fields Viewing Unposted Entries When this branch is under EOD processing the inter branch transactions originated from other branches are tanked The funds are made available automatically after BOD and till such time they are treated as unposted items Viewing Turnover Limit Details You can view the account balance status with respect to the turnover balance limit set for the financial period You can view the financial period currency total deposited amount and the permissible limit for deposits The period and limit details are inherited from the limit code associated with the parent account class 39 ORACLE 3 2 2 5 3 2 2 6 During every credit tra
74. an override message indicating the same NSF Blacklist Status Non Sufficient Fund NSF Blacklist Status indicates that the customer account is blacklisted due to NSF rejection If cheque is rejected or returned due to NSF the blacklisted formula is executed to get the new NSF level of the customer If the new NSF level is a blacklisted level then the customer account will be marked as a blacklisted and check book facility of all the customer s accounts will be revoked KY ORACLE 3 2 2 7 In case the new NSF level is not a blacklisted level then the customer is marked as a non blacklisted customer and check book facility will be enabled for that customer account For Joint account e f cheque is rejected due to NSF in a joint account all of the customer s NSF level will be changed from Level 1 to Level 2 and so on Corporate or individual accounts e Ifthe blacklisted customer is an authorized signatory in a corporate account then the corporate account will not be frozen e Ifa corporate customer is blacklisted due to cheque return then the authorized signa tories are not blacklisted and their individual accounts will not be blacklisted Note NSF blacklist status is an indicator in the account to indicate the blacklist status System will continue to support the credit or debit transaction of the account Specifying Nominees First Nominee You can nominate two persons who would have the right to the ba
75. and MT111 Generation MT110 and MT111 will be generated from Instruments module e MT110 is generated whenever a foreign currency draft is issued from Instruments mod ule and the message is sent to the bank on which the draft is drawn e MT111 is generated whenever a foreign currency draft is marked for stop payment and is sent to the bank where the draft is payable Processing MT110 and MT111 Message type DD_ISSUE will be used to generate MT110 and DD_STOP_PMNT for MT111 You can link these message types to products in the DD status maintenance In the DD status maintenance these message types will be input across the INIT and the STOP statuses If 158 ORACLE DD_ISSUE is linked to an INIT product the existing message DEMDRAFT also will get printed along with MT110 Since this messages are going to be generated only for DD s issued in currencies other that USD and CAD separate instrument type has to be maintained for issuing DD s in other currency This is because the message and product linkage is in the DD status maintenance The receiver of the message will be the BIC code for the customer of the NOSTRO account Credit Account The receiver will be obtained in the following way e The credit account specified as the DAO account would be picked as the receiver The offset account is credited along with the debit of remitter account e A DAO account needs to be maintained in the Teller gt Demand draft details for each bank
76. and can be modified Liquidation option should be selected from the toolbar menu to activate liquidation process Charges for the Instrument The charges that you have specified in the ARC Maintenance for the instrument branch and currency combination for the transaction are applied by default 1910 ORACLE 13 4 5 13 5 Click the Charges tab in the main Instruments Transaction Query screen to view the charges instruments Transaction Query amp Enter Query Transaction Details Charges Charge Details Currency Amount General Ledger Their Account Transaction Code MIS Head Currency Amount General Ledger Their Account CHARGE DETAILS 1 CHARGE DETAILS 4 Currency Amount General Ledger Their Account Transaction Code MIS Head Currency Amount General Ledger Their Account CHARGE DETAILS 2 CHARGE DETAILS 5 Currency Amount General Ledger Their Account Transaction Code MIS Head CHARGE DETAILS 3 Netting Transaction Code MIS Head Transaction Code MIS Head 4i MIS Clearing Accounting Entries Maker ID Date Time Checker Id Date Time Contract Status Authorization Status The following details are displayed in this screen based on the ARC record for the instrument branch and currency combination chosen for the transaction e The charge account typically the income account that you have specified in the charg es section of t
77. and the options to define the same Maintaining Passbook describes the information required for issu Chapter 6 ance of passbook to customers 1 1 ORACLE Maintaining Cheque Book Details gives information pertaining to Chapter the maintenance of Cheque books issued to customers Chapter 8 Maintaining Account Structure gives details about maintaining account structures Maintaining Amount Blocks gives details on maintaining amount Chapter 9 blocks placed on customer accounts Maintaining Stop Payment Details explains how you maintain Chapter 10 details of stop payment instructions on Cheques issued by cus tomers Generating Account Statements explains the maintenances for Chapter 11 account statement generation Chapter 12 Processing Post Dated Cheques describes how Oracle FLEX P CUBE processes post dated Cheques Instrument Details explains how the reference information needed Chapter 13 for entry of instrument based transactions in the Oracle FLEX CUBE Branch system can be maintained Annual Percentage Yield for CASA accounts explains how Annual Chapter 14 Percentage Yield APY on customer accounts is processed in Oracle FLEXCUBE Instrument Type Maintenance amp Consolidated Cheque Printing Chapter 15 ae explains how codes for different instrument types are maintained Batch Processing describes the various batch operations done in Chapter 16 this
78. at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the CASA Overdraft Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Indicates Bank Name Branch Indicates Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User Id Indicates Operator ID Run Time Indicates Run Time Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Branch Code Indicates the branch code Account Class Indicates the account class 134 ORACLE Field Name Field Description Customer ID Indicates the customer identification number Customer Name Indicates the name of the customer Account Number Indicates Customer Account Number Account Currency Indicates the account currency Book Balance Indicates Account current balance Line details for each account Line Start Date Indicates the line start date Line Expiry Date Indicates the line expiry date Line Currency Indicates Line Currency Line Amount Indicates Line Amount Overdraft Start date Indicates Temporary Over draft limit start date Overdraft End Date Indicates Temporary Over draft limit expiry date OD Currency Indicates Over draft currency OD Limit Indicates Temporary Over draft Limit in LCY Latest Debit Date Indicates Latest debit transac
79. basis for Charge 2 e If Charge 3 is defined as another service charge and VAT needs to be computed on this charge then Charge 4 must be defined as VAT with Charge 3 as the basis You can use the UDF TRNCODE_TYPE to define the type of charge vs VAT service charge or other charge ae ORACLE 17 21 1 The VAT deduction report is generated during end of day operations at the month end based on the following parameters e Branch Code e VAT Deducted Date Based on the above details the system generates the report Contents of the Report The report contains the following details Header Field Name Field Description Report Name Report name Bank Code Bank Name Bank code and bank name Branch Code Branch Name Current branch code and branch name Report Run Date Current branch date Report Run Time Current branch time Body Field Name Field Description Product Code Product code Product Name Product description Currency Account currency Account Number Account number Customer Name Customer short name SC Basis Percentage Fixed Amount Service charge rule method will be provided Fixed Amount or Rate SC Applicable Percentage Fixed Amount Percentage or fixed amount applicable for service charge Service Charge Service charge in local currency VAT Basis Percentage Fixe
80. be a GL or Nostro account e Ifthe PDC type is External PDC the remitter account should be a valid GL Beneficiary Account Number This is the number of the account in favor of which the PDC is drawn If the customer draws a PDC on his account for depositing into another account held in your bank then you can enter the beneficiary account number here The beneficiary account can either be a valid customer account or a valid GL Amount and Currency From the option list select the currency in which the PDC is denominated Also specify the amount of the PDC Value Date Specify the date on which the PDC was deposited Loan Account Number Specify the unique loan account number The adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers of the CL MO and LE maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Drawer Identification Specify a drawer Id here Cheque Date Specify the date on which the cheque is issued User Reference Specify the user reference number This is a mandatory field Remarks Specify the explanation for the cancellation of post dated cheque Event Sequence Number Specify the event sequence number for processing a post dated cheque Source Code Specify the source code for processing a post dated cheque External Reference Number Specify the external reference number while processing a post dated cheque ees ORACLE 12 5 4 1 12 5 4 2 Branch Code Specify the code for the b
81. calculating the Advance Interest For more details on maintaining this SDE refer to the section Maintaining SDEs for Computing Advance Interest in the chapter Maintaining System Data Elements of the Interest and Charges User Manual au ORACLE 3 14 Maintaining Notice Period for Withdrawal You can specify the notice for withdrawal of amount from the accounts using Notice Period Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDNTPRD at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Notice Period EX New E3 Enter Query Branch Code Customer Account Number laz Initiation Date Notice Id Activation Date Validity Period End Date Notice Amount Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Wi Authorized W Open The following details are captured in this screen Branch Code The current branch code is defaulted here Account Number Specify the account number for which you wish to maintain the notice period Initiation Date Specify the date on which the notice is initiated Note After specifying the initiation date click Default to display the Notice Id Activation Date Validity Period End Date and Notice Amount The system defaults the following fields based on the Notice Preferences you maintain at the Customer Account level Activation Date
82. can choose the appropriate one This is a mandatory field Customer Name On selecting customer Id the system displays the corresponding customer name Account Details Liability Account Branch Specify the customer liability account branch code This adjoining option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Liability Account Specify the customer liability account PDC settlement account This adjoining option list displays all valid customer accounts maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one This is a mandatory field 1238 ORACLE 12 11 Liability Account Currency Specify liability account currency Total Available Amount The system displays the total available balance inclusive of limit amount for the selected account Past Due Account Branch Specify the past due account branch code This adjoining option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Past Due Account Specify the customer past due account This adjoining option list displays all valid customer accounts maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one This is a mandatory field Past Due Account Currency Specify the past due account currency Available Amount The system displays the available balance for the selected account Drawer Details Drawer Identification Specify the drawer identification Thi
83. cannot modify it Customer Number The system displays the customer number based on the customer account number selected You cannot modify it Account Class The system displays the account class based on the customer account number selected You cannot modify it Note You can also capture the account limits in the Account Limits of the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Daylight Limit Specify the daylight limit amount Notification Percentage System displays the notification percentage TOD Renewal Renew TOD Check this box to indicate that TOD is renewed Renew Frequency Specify the renew frequency Renew Unit Specify the unit of renew Next Renewal limit Specify the next renewal limit For more information on maintaining account limits for customer refer the section Specifying Account Limits in this chapter aay ORACLE 3 3 3 4 Viewing Customer Accounts You can view the details of all accounts maintained for a specific customer using Customer Account screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDACCDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Accounts E New E3 Enter Query Customer No 1 Of 1 Account Number Account Description Branch Code Customer Name Account Type Customer Number Specify the customer number On search the system
84. cheque book facility in account class screen Passbook System checks the box by default if you have selected the option for availing passbook facility in account class screen This shall be defaulted from the account class screen where you had defined this facility for all accounts belonging to a class The option specified at the account level will supersede that specified for the account class CAS Account Check this box if you wish to have CAS account facility ATM System checks the box by default if you have selected the option for availing ATM facility in account class screen Specifying Initial Funding You can maintain the following details here Account Opening Amount Specify the amount being deposited to open a customer account While saving the record the system checks whether this amount is equal to or greater than the minimum limit maintained 39 ORACLE 3 2 1 3 for the linked account class If the amount is less than the applicable limit the system will display an error message If it is equal to or greater than the limit amount the system will proceed with saving Input to this field will be mandatory if limit amount has been maintained for the linked account class Pay In Option Select the method for initial funding during account creation Choose one of the following options e Pay In By Account e Pay In By GL Offset Branch Specify the branch code of the account for redemption Offset Acc
85. choose to allow the posting of back valued entries into the account by enabling the Back Period Entry Allowed option If you choose not to restrict back period entries you will be allowed to post journal entry transactions to past periods as long as the account is open ai ORACLE This specification is defaulted from the account class linked to the account You can choose to change it for a specific account Note While posting back valued transactions the System verifies whether the Back Period En try Allowed option has been enabled for the account If the option has not been enabled an error message is displayed This check is also performed while uploading journal entry transactions CRS Statement Required Check this box to indicate that CRS statement is required MT110 Reconciliation Required Check this box to indicate that the MT110 reconciliation is required for the cheques received for the account If the Positive Pay option is selected then MT110 reconciliation is not applicable To know more details about MT110 reconciliation refer heading Processing MT110 Incoming Message in this chapter Default Waiver This field allows default waiver of charges for clearing related transactions Track Receivable During liquidation of loan contracts as well as processing of retail teller contracts if the system detects insufficient funds in the settlement account then you can choose to block the subsequent c
86. customer are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Customer Number Indicates Customer Identification ID Account Details Account Number Indicates Account Number Account Description Indicates Account Details Account Open date Indicates Account Opening Date Mode of Operation Indicates Operation Details Signatory Details Maintained Indicates Account Signature Account Status Status code Indicates Status Code Status description Indicates Status Description Minor Details Is Minor Indicates Customer Minor status Guardian Name Indicates Guardian Name Nominee Name Indicates Nominee Name Maker ID Indicates Maker ID 17 31 ORACLE 17 17 Minor Customer Details Report Customer documentation standards for Minor Account are different from a regular Account Minor accounts are also restricted to certain classes of transactions based on the set up maintained at Bank Parameters level You can generate Minor Customer Details Report to view list of minor customers which aid the Bank while auditing and controlling the account This report lists details of all Minor Accounts available in the system for a given branch code maturity type days to attain age and date of attaining the age You can invoke the Minor Customer Details Report screen by typing CARMICUS in the
87. days on the 30th if 30th is a holiday on the next working day If you set the statement date to 31 then account statements will be generated on e The 31st for month with 31 days if 31st is a holiday on the next working day e The last working day for months lt 31 days For a fortnightly statement you could specify 1 and 15 For all other cycles account statement will be generated on the last day of that cycle Generate Stat Only On Movement You can indicate that an account statement should be generated for the customer s account only when there has been a movement of funds into the account or when funds have been transferred out of the account For instance let us assume that on the August 21 2001 you have set the account statement generation frequency as Daily for the account LI020804 On the September 5 2001 there has been no movement of funds in the particular account If you have opted for the Generate Only on Movement option the system will not generate a statement message for September 5 2001 If you choose not to enable this option account statements will be generated regardless of whether there has been a movement of funds or not Display IBAN in Advices If you would like to print the IBAN number of the customer on advices sent to the customer you can enable the Display IBAN in Advices option by checking it This specification will be defaulted from the account class linked to the customer account You will be all
88. deposit exists while closing the CASA account the system will display the error message as Account has slave accounts Cover Account e When you specify cover accounts for a primary account The system validates if the cover account is frozen dormant debit restricted If yes then the system displays an appropriate override error message as The cover account is frozen dormant debit restricted The system validates if holding patterns of cover account and primary account are same If not equal then displays the override error message as Holding Pattern Mismatch This validation is enable only during linkage of cover accounts If there is a change in holding pattern of primary cover accounts after the linkage of cover account then the system will not validate during the process of changing the holding pattern This process needs to be handled manually The system validates if primary customer number of cover account and primary ac count are same If not equal then displays the override error message as Custom er Number Mismatch This validation is enable only during linkage of cover accounts If there is a change in primary customer of primary cover accounts after the linkage of cover account then the system will not validate during the process of changing the primary customer This process needs to be handled manually e You can configure the message as either override or error depending If i
89. do so you can employ any of the following means Select the operation you want to perform by selecting the appropriate radio button in the Fund Selection section Select the release option either Automatic or Manual in the Option section If you spec ify an automatic release option specify a To Date 171g ORACLE 15 5 1 2 15 5 1 3 15 5 1 4 15 6 Selecting a Transaction for an Operation After you have retrieved the transaction the following details of the transaction are displayed e The Available Date e The Account pertaining to the specified Uncollected Fund e Reference Number e Amount of the transaction e Release details such as the user that released the transaction and time of the release In the list Cheque the Select box in the row of the transaction for which you want to perform the selected operation and then click Exit button Making uncollected Funds available before the Available Date You can use the Uncollected Funds Manual Release screen to indicate that uncollected funds must be made available before the available date In this screen you must first display the record of the transaction with uncollected funds unlock it and make funds available on the application date in the manner described above The system sets the available date for such a transaction as the application date thereby ensuring the release of funds Changing the Available Date for a Transaction with uncollected F
90. documents are not confirmed as Checked Upload Click on this button to upload the selected document type Delete Click on this button to delete the selected document View Click on this button to view the selected document Document Notification Details System defaults notification details from the Account Class Maintenance screen Send Notification This check box indicates whether to send notifications or reminders for not submitting the mandatory documents Reminder Frequency Notification System defaults the frequency of notification to be sent The frequency can be one of the following e Daily 320 ORACLE Weekly Monthly Quarterly Half yearly Yearly Notes Notification will be sent only if The check box Send Notification is checked in Account Class Maintenance screen The account status is active and authorized The mandatory documents are not submitted Notifications will be sent based on the frequency specified First notification will be sent on the expected date of submission or expiry date If notification date falls on a holiday then system will send the notification on next working day Days Reminder System defaults the number of days left for the expiry or submission due date of the documents for sending the reminder System will send the following reminders Reminder prior to the submission due date of the document Reminder prior to t
91. events associated with a PDC Charge Account Description The system displays the description of the specified charge account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level Purpose You have the option of specifying the purpose for which the PDC is issued This is for information only Currency Specify the currency in which the charge should be calculated Activation Date Enter the date on which the PDC becomes a normal Cheque that is the maturity date of the PDC or the loan linked to PDC Therefore this can also be viewed as the value date of the normal Cheque The value that you enter here is validated as per the holiday treatment maintained at the PDC product level This date should be greater than or equal the current date amp less than the end date specified for this PDC product Location of Cheque Specify the location where the PDCs are held till activation This is for reporting purposes only Actions allowed in the PDC Online screen e Add Entering details of a new PDC e Unlock Changing details of an unprocessed PDC You can only modify an unauthor ized and unprocessed PDC If during modification you change the amount activation date currency remitter account number or charge payable details then the contingent entries passed during initiation gets deleted and new entries are passed based on the modification done e Delete Deleting a PDC prior to its first authorization
92. expressions Case Result AND VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M lt YEAR 100 AMOUNT2 VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M gt 0 VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE1 DAYS VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M gt VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE3 DAYS AMOUNT2 YEAR 100 Formula 2 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box 21 4 ORACLE 21 2 2 Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE1 DAYS YEAR 100 gt AMOUNTS3 VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE4 DAYS YEAR 100 lt AMOUNT3 Formula 3 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Tax from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop dow
93. following types of PDCs e Own account PDCs issued against the customer s account e External PDC PDCs from other banks deposited in the customer s account e Bank issued PDC PDCs issued against the bank s Nostro accounts Track Drawer Limits Check this box to track the drawer limits at the PDC transaction The Drawer limits will be tracked at the PDC transaction only if this checkbox is checked Pass Contingent Cheque this box if you wish contingent entries to be passed during PDC initiation Depending on the type of PDC the following contingent entries should be defined When a customer deposits PDC into own account Accounting Role Dr Cr Head Amount Tag Indicator Contingent Asset PDC_RECEV Dr Contingent Liability PDC_RECEV_CONTRA Cr 128 ORACLE Bank Issues PDC Accounting Role Head Amount Tag Dr Cr Indicator Contingent Asset PDC_ISSUE_CONTRA Dr Contingent Liability PDC_ISSUE Cr Discount Purchase Check this box to allow discounting purchasing for the PDC instrument Discounting purchasing will be allowed for the PDC instrument only if the product is defined for this change of operation Bulk Input Allowed Cheque this box to indicate that this product can be used for bulk inputs If this box is not checked this product is available only for single online contracts Oracle FLEXCUBE supports bulk input of PDCs where a single contract is entered for mult
94. functional Daylight Limit The daylight limit is the limit up to which an overdraft is allowed for the business day The daylight limit will be added to temporary overdraft to calculate the available balance if EOD is not in progress Daylight limit is not considered during EOD Note You can specify the daylight limit only if Daylight Limit option is checked in linked Account Class Preferences screen By default the system will display the value as zero You can however change it SOD Notification Specify the consolidated percentage utilization used for notification of the limit breach under the SOD secure overdraft For more information on SOD Alert Generation refer topic Generating Alert for SOD Utilization later in this chapter Cr Transaction Limit This is the limit for credit transactions in the account currency When a transaction exceeds this limit an override is displayed The override requires a dual authorization to save the transaction Fap ORACLE 3 2 21 1 3 2 21 2 Credit Start Date This is the date from which this monitoring comes into effect The check will be performed for all entries to customer accounts with transaction booking date greater than or equal to the start date Credit Rev Date This is the date on which you would wish to revise this limit The limit check will continue irrespective of the date maintained here The revision date must be greater than the st
95. g to view the account balance information and account status of the credit account that you have selected in the Funds Transfer Contract Input screen place your cursor in the credit account field and press F11 Funds Transfer Contract Input E New amp Enter Query Product Product Description Contract Reference Number User Reference Source Reference number Message Reference Number JEI Party Details Additional Details Settlement Route Debit Debit Currency Debit Branch Debit Account Debit Account Description Debit IBAN Debit Amount Debit Value Date Debit Spread Debit Spread Date Exchange Rate Details Spread Code 1Spread Spread Definition FX Contract Reference Rate Date Rate Serial Rate Type Base Rate Customer Spread Exchange Rate Transaction Type Code Source Code Instruction Code Book Date Version Number Credit Currency Credit Branch Credit Account Credit Account Description Credit IBAN Credit Amount Credit Value Date Credit Spread Credit Spread Date Transaction Details Local Currency Equivalent Charge Bearer Message As Of Rate As Of Accounting As Of Message Date Accounting Date Rate Pickup Date Other Details Receiver Events Charge Claim Settlements Advices Charges Tax MIS Fields CustomerCover Details ELCs Date Time Checker Authorization Status Process Status Date Time Status The system
96. in respect of a check a single check or a range of checks t1 ORACLE 19 1 19 2 19 Annexure A Introduction This section details format of PD_PDC_CAN message Format of PD PDC CAN Message Type The following is the format of PD_PDC_CAN message type Date 02 Feb 2010 Drawee Bank Citi Bank Branch M G Road Customer Account Number 123456789 Cancellation details Cheque NoStatus 524163Cancelled 524164Cancelled 524165Cancelled 524166Cancelled 524167Cancelled 524168Cancelled The above said Cheques has been cancelled 1971 ORACLE 20 Annexure B Accounting Entries 20 1 Accounting Entries and Advices for CASA This Annexure lists the suggested event wise accounting entries that can be set up for the Interest and Charge product applicable for the CASA module of Oracle FLEXCUBE 20 2 Events You need to set up the following events for an Interest product Event Code Event Description ILIQ Interest Liquidation IACR Interest Accruals UDCH UDE Values Change CDIS Cheque Discount You need to set up the following events for a Charge product Event Code Event Description CLIQ Charge Liquidation 20 3 Amount Tags The following amount tags are available Amount Tags Description IACR Interest Accrued CHARGE Charge Accrued IACQUIRED IACR_ADJ Interest Accrual Adjustment ILIQ Interest liquidation T
97. in this screen For a post dated Cheques product in addition to these generic attributes you can specifically define other attributes These attributes are discussed in detail in this section You can define the attributes specific to a PDC product in the PD Product Definition Main screen and the PDC Product Preferences screen In these screens you can specify the product type and set the product preferences respectively For further information on the generic attributes that you can define for a product please refer the following Oracle FLEXCUBE User Manuals e Products e Interest e Charges and Fees e Tax e User Defined Fields e Settlements In the Product Definition screen you can also enter the following Product Code Specify the code for the product This is a code for the specific PDC product that you are creating Product Description Specify a brief description for the product code Product Type Select the type for the product from the option list provided The first attribute that you define for a product is its type For a PDC product the product type is PD 122 ORACLE 12 2 1 Description Specify a brief description for the product type Slogan Select a slogan or a marketing punch line for the product Product Group Select the product group to which you wish to assign the PDC product Products can be categorized into groups based on the common elements that they share Associating a product with
98. invoke this screen by selecting Messages in the application browser Hereafter select Detailed under Account Balance and Interim Report Alternatively you can invoke this screen by typing ACDADCRP in the upper right corner of the application toolbar and clicking the arrow adjacent it os ORACLE E New Enter Query Balance Branch Code SWIFT Message Type 941 v Account Generate Statement Branch Code The branch to which the account marked for balance report generation belongs is displayed you cannot change or modify this value Account Select the account which has been identified for generation of a balance statement from the option list The account balance of this account is generated as an outgoing statement Swift Message Type Select the type of message required to be sent As the message is a balance statement select MT941 MT942 Click on the Generate Statement to initiate the generation of balance statement for the account you have selected This process would pick up the entire debit and credit component accounts created since the issue of a previous MT941 MT942 MT950 or MT940 are included in the generated statement ale ORACLE You can examine the details of the generated message to ensure that all details entered are correct Click on the View button to observe the outgoing message Message Details SWIFT Message Type
99. list of valid accounts maintained in the system Select the appropriate one Once you specify the deposit account the system defaults the following details e Deposit Branch e Maturity Date e Original Deposit Amount e Available Amount e Utilized Amount Linkage Percent Specify the linkage percent for the linked deposit account Linked Amount Specify the linkage amount The linked amount should not be greater that the available collateral amount Note Specify the Linkage percentage Linked amount only during new operation You cannot maintain both Linked amount and Linkage percentage of the deposit amount during new linkage of Deposit a4 ORACLE 3 2 39 3 2 39 1 Generating Alert for Secure Overdraft Utilization Secure Overdraft SOD facility is given against collaterals for an account Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates generation of alert when SOD utilization is closer towards the consolidated limit amount of the collaterals Oracle FLEXCUBE runs a batch process to identify such breached SOD accounts and generates alerts as per the maintained percentage parameter at SOD account level and decides the breach limit for every account The system sends the generated alerts as ADVICE format email or ASCII flat file It defines the message format for email and captures the following key information to send these alerts to OD customer e Email ID e Mobile number The system runs a CASA batch adding the following proces
100. main screen e Branch Code e Account No You can also maintain the linkage details for the following e Cover Account e Auto Deposit e Term Deposit Cover Account Details You can maintain the following cover account details 82 ORACLE Sequence Number The system defaults the sequence number of the specified parent cover account when you save the sweep structure record This number is used to identify the preference level of the cover account Cover Account Specify the cover account that should be linked with the specified sequence number The adjoining option list displays a list of valid accounts maintained in the system Select the appropriate one Once you specify the cover account the system defaults the following details e Cover Account Currency e Cover Account Branch e Utilized Amount 3 2 38 2 Auto Deposits Click Auto Deposits tab in the Sweep Structure Maintenance screen to verify auto deposit details gt Sweep Structure Maintenance Branch Code Account No Cover Account Auto Deposits Term deposit 1 Of 1 E Linkage Order DepositBranch DepositAccount Original DepositAmount Linkage Percent Linked Amount Available Amount Utilized Amount 1 If both Primary Account and Auto Deposit account classes are enabled for Sweep in then the system by default includes auto deposits of a primary account in Sweep structure maintained for the primary CASA account and allocates 100 of Aut
101. module which are required for batch processing Reports gives the list of reports that can be generated for this Chapter 17 nodule in Oracle FLEXCUBE Chapter 18 Glossary gives a list of important terms used in the manual Chapter 19 Annexure A details format of PD_PDC_CAN message Annexure B Accounting Entries gives the event wise accounting Chapter 20 entries for CASA module Chapter 21 Annexure C IC Rule Set up gives the IC rule set up for CASA module Chapter 22 Function ID Glossary has alphabetical listing of Function Screen ID s used in the module with page references for quick navigation Related Documents e The Procedures User Manual e The Settlements User Manual ie ORACLE Glossary of Icons This User Manual may refer to all or some of the following icons Icons Function J Exit Add row Delete row a Option List ORACLE 2 1 2 2 2 CASA An Overview Introduction Current Account and Savings Account commonly referred to as CASA is one of the modular sub systems in the Oracle FLEXCUBE system Through this system your bank can execute the following functions e Create a customer account e Capture details of a Cheque book issued to a customer e For each Cheque book the details of which you have maintained the system generates a status matrix This matrix stores the status of each leaf of the Cheque book When no transactio
102. not then it is left blank Bank Code Indicates Bank Code of the Issuer Cheque No Indicates Cheque number CCY Indicates the Currency of the Transaction Cheque Amount Indicates Cheque Amount Transaction Seq No Indicates Transaction Sequence No Deposit Date Indicates Cheque Deposit Date Instr Date Indicates Activation Date Value Date Indicates Value Date of the Cheque Total Amount Branch Indicates the total amount 17 13 Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Report Oracle FLEXCUBE provides customers a facility to open an account in the branch of their choice You can generate Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Report to enable the branch to have a control over all the accounts opened on other branches This report lists the accounts created by the Bank Staff who have Multiple Branch Operational Rights However the account branch and the Maker s home branch should not be the same You can invoke the Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Report screen by typing STRIBRAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Wet ORACLE inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Branch Code ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Date Report Output Print Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being genera
103. respect of the same account with these numbers However you can start a book with the same numbers in respect of another account in the branch Number of Leaves You can specify the number of leaves that the lodgment book is to have Order Date and Issue Date By default the order date and the issue date of the lodgment book is considered to be the application date you can change the dates and specify them as required Order Details You can specify order details as required for the lodgment book oe ORACLE 3 20 Order Details for Lodgment Printing If you wish the order details to be sent to the lodgment book printing agent you can indicate so If you indicate this by checking the Include for Lodgment Printing box the issue date for the lodgment book will be updated by the printing interface Querying for Account Statistics You can view period wise statistics for an account in the Customer Account Statistics Query screen You can invoke this screen by typing ACDASTQY in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Statistics Query E New E3 Enter Query Branch Account Number Currency Account Open Date E Linked Customer Linked Customer 7 Customer Account Number Customer Number Branch Code C C Period Financial Year Balances And Turnovers C Financial Cycle Period Low Ba
104. retail teller product By Clearing through outward clearing product By Transfer debit account in CASA module By Direct Debit through PC module Note If the consolidation account is different from the present account then the system uses the liquidation parameters specified at the consolidation account level and liquidation param eters specified if any at this account level is ignored Settlement Account As mentioned above you need to specify the settlement account to enable automatic liquidation of billing For liquidating the billing amount and also for collecting the bill amount the system makes use of the account specified here Maintaining direct debit details If you have maintained the mode of settlement for auto liquidation of bills as Direct Debit instructions you need to specify the following details e Bank Code Choose the bank code from the option list This indicates the bank code of the settlement account e Account Number Specify the account number for the settlement account e Name Specify the name of the debtor e Agreement ID Specify the agreement id on which the DD is to be generated During liquidation the direct debit contract is uploaded into the system in case you have maintained the settlement mode as direct debit transaction The upload happens for both automatic liquidation and manual liquidation Closure of accounts with outstanding Billing Invoices In
105. run to process the message generation based on the statement cycle maintained in the Combined Statement Maintenance screen You can generate the message from the outgoing message browser once the EOD batch is processed If the customer account in the statement plan belongs to different branches then the statement plan will display the account balance from the customer local branch During EOD combined statement will be generated monthly whereas system applies charges to charge account based on the IC liquidation frequency Ipa ORACLE 17 1 17 Reports Introduction During the day or at the end of the day you may want to retrieve information on any of the several operations that were performed during the day in your bank You can generate this information in the form of reports in Oracle FLEXCUBE For every module you can generate reports which give you data about the various events in the life of a specific contract or across contracts at a specific point in time You can have analysis reports daily reports exception reports reports on events that ought to have taken place on the contract but have not due to various reasons and history reports and so on From the Application Browser select the Reports option A list of all the modules to which you have access rights are displayed in the screen When you click on a module all the reports for which you have access rights under the selected module are displayed Clic
106. screen by typing CODHOLDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Hold Code Maintenance E New E3 Enter Query Hold Code Hold Description Hold Type None Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status a ORACLE You can capture the following details here Hold Code Specify a code for the amount block reason you are maintaining in the system Note The Hold Code can be a maximum of 15 characters alphanumeric type in length Hold Description Provide a brief description of the hold code Hold Type In case you are defining amount hold reasons for automated system hold select the hold type from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Salary Hold e Overdue Hold e Guarantor Recovery Hold e External Deal Hold e None e Discounted TD Note Except None for all other Hold Types mentioned above only one Hold Code each can be maintained in the system 9 1 2 Viewing Hold Code Summary You can view a summary of Hold Codes maintained in the system using the Hold Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing COSHOLDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Hold Code Summary C advanced Search Reset Authorization Status Record Status Hold Code Hold Type Records per page 15
107. system checks or unchecks the check box based on the status maintained at Account Class Maintenance level Viewing Passbook Details System displays the passbook details here Passbook Number The system displays the latest passbook number You cannot modify the value Passbook Status The system displays the current status of the passbook You cannot modify the value Note Passbook details get populated once the passbook is issued for the customer account with the latest status and latest passbook number issued Specifying Turnover Limit Preferences The account inherits the turnover limit code linked to the parent account class Turnover Limit Code The system displays the turnover limit code applicable to the account Specifying Other Options Default Waiver for Maintenance Screen The system checks this box by default to indicate that maintenance charge is waived Sweep In and Sweep Out Batch Processing The Sweep In and Sweep Out process is handled by an EOD batch STSWEEP All the utilized deposit accounts in a day are fetched by the batch STSWEEP due to CASA linkage The amount block is then released to the CASA account by breaking the deposit Sweep In Process During Sweep In Process the system a8 ORACLE e Releases the amount blocked for the deposit accounts for the utilized amount e Transfers the amount to relevant CASA account e Updates the deposit account balance Note Other d
108. the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Stop Payment Report Branch Code From Date To Date Stop Payment Type Cheque Amount ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code for the Branch in which the customer has an account from the adjoining option list From Date Specify a valid date from when the report is generated from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till when the report is generated from the adjoining calendar Stop Payment Type Select stop payment type for which you wish to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Cheque e Amount Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The other content displayed in the Stop Cheques Maintained Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Branch Date Indicates the branch date Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User ID Indicates User ID 1 21 ORACLE Field Name Field Description Module Indicates the module code Run Time Indicates the time on which the report is generate
109. the account as well you have the option of maintaining the status codes and the reporting lines exclusively for an account ou ORACLE 3 2 3 6 3 2 3 7 You can achieve this through the Status Details screen Click the Account Status button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to invoke it Account Auto Closed The system checks this box to indicate that the account has been closed automatically through the auto account closure feature You will not be allowed to modify this Account Derived Status The system displays the current status of the account here This is applicable for CASA accounts current accounts and savings accounts Dormancy Parameters If Transaction Code associated with the account has the Consider for Account Activity option enabled the dormant status of the account will be updated to Active Apart from this you can specify the parameter that is required for re activating the account Choose from the following options to indicate the re activation parameters for the dormant account e Debit If you do any debit transaction the dormant check box will be unchecked auto matically e Credit If you do any credit transaction the dormant check box will be unchecked auto matically e Any If you do any credit debit transaction the dormant check box will be unchecked automatically e Manual The dormant check box needs to be unchecked manually from the Manual Status Change screen In c
110. the application toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button Customer Change Report ey Branch Code a Account ae From Date E gt Account Description To Date E Report Format PDF Printer At Client x Report Output Print _ Printer az Specify the following details Branch Code Specify the branch code for which you need to generate the report The report will contain the details of the customer changes specific to the selected branch if you do not specify the branch code the report will contain primary party changes happened in the system across all branches Ves ORACLE 17 40 1 Account Specify the account number whose details should be available in the report The report will contain details pertaining to the customer changes happened on the selected account If you do not specify the account number the report will contain the details of the primary party changes happened in all the accounts in the selected branch Account Description The system displays the account description based on the account selected From Date Specify the start date of the report period This can be the To date or a date prior to that By default the system displays the current date To Date Specify the end date of the report period This can be the From date or a date later than that By default the system displays the current date Contents of the Report The report contains the fo
111. the balances and turnovers for the combined account for calculation purposes Charge Booking Branch By default the customer s account in the current branch will be displayed in this screen in the Interest Charge Booking Account and Interest Charge Booking Branch fields However you have the option of booking interest charge to a different account belonging to another branch also You can select the Interest Charge Booking Branch from the option list available The accounts maintained in the selected Booking Branch will be available in the option list provided for Interest Charge Booking Account You can select the account from this list Interest Charge will be liquidated into the selected account Charge Booking Account You can select the accounts for booking charges on transactions processed at your bank At the time of creating an IC product if you have maintained the booking account type as Charge in the Interest and Charges Product Definition screen the charge will be liquidated into the Charge Booking account By default the customer s account in the current branch will be displayed in this screen in the Charge Booking Account field However you have the option of booking charge to a different account belonging to another branch also The accounts maintained in the selected Charge Booking Branch will be available in the adjoining option list You can select the appropriate account Charges will then be liquidated
112. the customer number Customer Acc No Specify the customer account number oe ORACLE Branch Code Specify the branch code Cumulative Account Statistics You can view the following cumulative account statistics of the account Total Balance Monthly Average Simple Average Balance Maximum Balance Minimum Balance No of Debit Transaction No of Credit Transaction No of Returned Cheques No of Overdrafts Monthly Credit Average Debit Average Credit Average Days in Debt Days in Credit Monthly Debit Average Monthly Account Statistics You can view the following monthly account statistics of the account Run Date Customer Number Account Number Branch code Customer Name Total Balance Maximum Balance Minimum Balance Simple Average Balance Debit Average Credit Average Excess OD Average Currency No of Returned Cheques No of Debit Transaction No of Credit Transaction Closing Balance Debit Interest Non Sufficient Funds Charges Amount 3 120 ORACLE 3 22 e Debit Check Returned e Visa Debit Details e Last Debit Transactions e Last Credit Transactions e Last Overdraft Transaction e Days in Debt e Monthly Debit Average e Days in Excess OD e Monthly Average e Noof Overdrafts e Days in Credit e Monthly Credit Average Querying Account Details You can query and view the account details using Transaction Enquiry screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDBLINQ
113. the event of account closure the system allows closure only after all invoice are generated and payment of outstanding bill amount is made Before closing the account you need to e Manually liquidate the billing amount through the Manual Liquidation screen in case the payment is yet to be done The system displays a message for the unpaid amount e Generate the pending invoices for all Billing Products applicable to that account using the Account Based Invoice Generation screen and also liquidate the bill amounts under each of the Billing Products manually e Refund the amount if the overdue amount is in negative one ORACLE 3 2 29 3 2 30 Initiating manual liquidation for bills All the components of a bill can be liquidated automatically or manually In the Product Preferences screen you can indicate whether the mode of liquidation of bills is to be automatic or manual The system automatically liquidates those bills marked for auto liquidation If the bills are marked for manual liquidation you have to liquidate them through the Billing Liquidation screen The liquidation is triggered differently for each of the following scenarios e Account Based e Adhoc Based e Batch Based Refer the section Defining parameters for settlement liquidation of bill for an account in Billing User Manual under Modularity for details about this screen Specifying Account Signatory Details You can capture details of signat
114. the format in which you want the report to be generated from the options provided in the drop down list The following options are available e HTML e RTF e PDF e Excel Output Select the output for the report from the options provided The following options are available e Print select this option if you wish to print the report e View select this option if you wish to view the contents of the report e Spool select this option if you wish to spool the report for further use Printer At Select location where you wish to print the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Client Select if you need to print at the client location e Server Select if you need to print at the server location Printer Specify the name of the printer or select it from the option list provided All the configured printers are displayed in the list This is applicable only if you have specified the output as Print re ORACLE 17 3 Account Cheque Details Report This report gives details of the Cheques used cancelled and rejected for an account You can invoke this screen by typing CARPCKDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button CASA Cheque Details Report Report For Type Selected Account All Accounts Account Report Format Printer At Client Report Output Printer Selection Options
115. to cheques using Cheque Details Summary screen You can invoke the Cheque Details Summary screen by typing CASCHKDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Cheque Details Summary Advanced Search Reset Authorization Status Record Status Branch Account Cheque Number Records perpage 15 v 10f1 g Authorization Status Record Status Branch Account Cheque Number Amount PresentedOn Mod Numb mM ORACLE 7 3 You can query based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Record Status e Branch Code e Account Number e Cheque Number Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Branch e Account Number e Cheque Number e Amount e Presented On e Mod Number You can acquire access rights to operate in multiple branches by checking the Multi Branch Operational check box at User Maintenance level When the record is selected the system validates your access rights of the branch and function If you do not have appropriate rights on the branch then the system displays an error message If the branch is a valid branch then the system updates the same as transaction branch and then queries it in the maintenance screen Archiving C
116. to the number of such cheques which are in a sequence The cheque details for individual cheques will also be updated with the new cheque book numbers is ORACLE 7 4 Viewing Archived Cheque Books You can view the archived cheque book details maintained in the Archive Cheque Book screen using the Archive Cheque Book Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing CASCHARC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button amp Archive Cheque Book Summary mN E Search Advanced Search Y Reset D Clear Al Case Sensitive Authorization Status X Record Status X Branch aa Archival Reference Number la Records per page 15 v 10r A Authorization Status Record Status Branch Archival Reference Number issued Before Date Presented Before Date Start mt In the above screen you can base your queries on any or all of the following parameters and fetch records e Authorization Status e Branch Code e Record Status e Archival Reference Status Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed e Authorization Status e Record Status e Branch e Archival Reference Number e Issued Before Date e Presented Before Date e Start Cheque Number e End Cheque number ee ORACLE 7 5 Querying Archived Cheque Details You can query all the archived cheque det
117. transaction code for which the Intraday Release option has been enabled and are due for release on or before the current date are released This takes place after all the End of Transaction Input EOTI validations are performed The EOD batch processing ensures that if the Intraday Release batch is not run or the transactions are posted after the Intraday Release batch is run and the funds are due to be released the same is done This is done just after performing all pre EOTI validations 19718 ORACLE 15 6 1 Querying for Details on Overdrawn Accounts You can query for details of accounts that are overdrawn over limits through the Overdrawn Accounts Query screen Overdrawn Accounts Query ELNew E3 Enter Query _Customer Number Customer Account Number z Facility Identifier 23 Currency Linked Customer Linked Account z Liability Number Result Customer Number Branch Code Customer Account Number Currency Facility Identifier Liability Number You can view the following information in this screen Customer Number Account Branch Account Number Account Currency Facility Identifier Line ID Liability Number Payable Balance This is the available balance after taking limits into account This is the sum of the temporary overdraft and the minimum of the available amount for the line and the sub l
118. v Authorization Status Record Status Hold Code Hold Description Hold Type You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Hold Code 2 ORACLE e Record Status e Hold Type Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Hold Code e Hold Description e Hold Type Maintaining Individual Amount Blocks You can maintain amount blocks on individual accounts of a customer using the Amount Block Input screen You can invoke this screen by typing CADAMBLK in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Amount Block Input E New amp Enter Query Account Block Details Branch Amount Block Number Account Effective Date Amount Expiry Date Amount Block Type FLEXCUBE Reference No Hold Code Hold Description Remarks Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You can capture the following details here Account Number Specify a valid account number of the customer for which you wish to maintain an amount block The adjoining option list displays all valid customer accounts maintained in the selected transaction branch You can select the appropriate one Sequence Number The system automatica
119. values for the following UDEs under this product NORMAL_RATE1 NORMAL_RATE2 NORMAL_RATE3 NORMAL_RATE4 AMOUNT 1 AMOUNT2 AMOUNT3 TAX1 21 3 2 Debit Interest on Current Accounts You need to maintain values for the following UDEs under this product NORMAL_RATE 1 NORMAL_RATE2 NORMAL_RATE3 21 3 3 Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer You need to maintain values for the following UDEs under this product RATE1 RATE2 AMOUNT 1 AMOUNT2 TAX1 TAX2 21 3 4 Interest on Liqd Before Month End on Saving and Current Bank Ac counts For Retail Customer You need to maintain values for the following UDEs under this product NORMAL_RATE 1 NORMAL_RATE2 NORMAL_RATE3 NORMAL_RATE4 AMOUNT 1 AMOUNT2 AMOUNT3 TAX1 etre ORACLE 21 3 5 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer You need to maintain values for the following UDEs under this product NORMAL_RATE1 NORMAL_RATE2 NORMAL_RATE3 NORMAL_RATE4 AMOUNT2 AMOUNT3 21 3 6 Charge On Less Average Balance You need to maintain values for the following UDEs under this product AVSLAMTS5 AVSLAMT4 AVSLAMT3 CHGAMT3 CHGAMT2 CHGAMT1 AVSLAMT2 CHGAMT4 CHGAMT3 CHGAMT2 AVSLAMT1 TAX3 CHGAMTS5 CHGAMT4 CHGAMT3 CHGAMT2 CHGAMT1 TAX3 CHGAMTS5 CHGAMT4 AVSLAMTS5 AVSLAMT1 TAX3 CHGAMTS5 AVSLAMT4 AVSLAMT3 AVSLAMT2 CHGAMT2 CHGAMT1 CHGAMT4 CHGAMT3 AVSLAMTS5 21 21 ORACLE 21 3 7 e AVSLAMT2 e AV
120. will open the Customer Balance View screen containing the brief information about the credit account selected S129 ORACLE Branch Code WB1 Customer Account 0000000000021 CustomerID WB1004303 R Account Currency GBP Account Current Balance Account Available Balance Local Currency Current Balance Details 231 692 53 228 049 67 231 692 53 The Customer Balance View screen would contain the following information Branch Code Customer Account Customer ID Account Current Balance Account Available Balance Local Currency Current Balance Click the Details button on the Customer s Balance View screen to open the Customer Account Balance screen This screen consists of detailed information on customer s balance The system displays the detailed balance information of the selected customer account if it is 3 126 ORACLE a valid customer You can also invoke this screen by typing STDCUSBL at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Account Balance amp Enter Query Basic Details Branch Code Account No Currency Account Open Date Ownership Memo Details 1 Of 1 Instruction D Instruction Description Cheque Date Account Description Account Class Customer No Mode of Operation Instruction ExpiryDate Display Type Name Balances Current Balance Uncollecte
121. 0 eceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 12 38 12 11 Viewing Customer Cheque Discount SUMMALY 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeteeeneeeees 12 39 12 11 1 Events and Accounting ROIOS 0 cccccceseteeeeeenteeeeteeeeaeeeeeteeanaeeeeteeenaees 12 40 12 14 2 PUICHASG 360 ae en a ni ae ae 12 46 Instrument Detail S case csci ons ccceccecdcencesnencancsccee dies celec ccs cuedaetieesecsacetssacteeetcene 13 1 13 1 Introduction p cac0 eein eta ee ae ANE E AEEA T ANE 13 1 13 2 Maintaining the Details of the Instrument eseeesssesseesssesrrssserrrsserrnssrerrrrssrrrnne 13 1 13 2 1 Entering DD Detalls aiiin EEn EREE CERE AAE RATAS APERE T 13 2 13 2 2 Maintaining Instrument Types for Outward Clearing Cheques 13 3 13 3 Maintaining Instrument Types for Other Banks c ccc eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeea 13 3 13 3 1 Entering the Details oecnsrstriiiiriniiariiidi anie ii iE ALEAR EA 13 4 13 4 Entering Instruments TransactionS sseeeeeseeeeeeseeeirssetrresttrtrrsstttrnssstrrnssrn nnne 13 5 13 4 1 Viewing the Accounting Entries cccccccsseceeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeteseneeeeeteneatees 13 9 13 4 2 Charges for the INStrUMONt 0 cece cette eee eneeeeeeeteeeeaeeeetenaaeeeeetennaeeees 13 9 13 4 3 Liquidating the DANS oer aa a AE E AE A O ECAT 13 10 13 4 4 Charges for the Instrument sssseeeesrreserrrrnrnnrrrnnnrrrrnnnererrnnrrrnnnnnennes 13 10 13 4 5 Processing Outward Clearing Instruments esissseeeeeseeeeeene
122. 1 ILIQ Debit IOCM BOOK 1 ILIQ Credit IOCM ACQUIRED 1 IACQUIRED Debit IOCM BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Credit IOCM ACCR 2 ILIQ Credit IOCM BOOK 2 ILIQ Debit IOCM ACQUIRED 2 IACQUIRED Credit IOCM BOOk 2 IACQUIRED Debit 20 5 1 6 Charge on Less Average balance ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHAV TPBL_ADJ 2 TAX_ADJ Credit CHAV BOOkK 1 IACQUIRED Debit CHAV BOOK 2 TAX Debit CHAV TPBL 2 TAX Credit CHAV PNL 1 ILIQ Credit ORACLE Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHAV BOOK 1 ILIQ Debit CHAV PNL_ADJ 1 IACQUIRED Credit CHAV BOOK 2 TAX_ADJ Debit 20 5 1 7 Dormancy Charge On Accounts ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator DORM PNL 1 ILIQ Credit DORM BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Debit DORM BOOK 1 ILIQ Debit DORM PNL_ADJ 1 IACQUIRED Credit 20 5 1 8 Ad Hoc Statement Charge CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 9 Cheque Book Charges CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 10 Cheques Returned CIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE
123. 9 2 Format of PD_PDC_CAN Message Type 2 ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeenaeaeeeeeeeeeess 19 1 Annexure B Accounting Entries ccccccceeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeneneeeees 20 1 20 1 Accounting Entries and Advices for CASA c ccccccceceeeeeeetteeeeeeetieeeeeeenneeeeeeeaes 20 1 20 25 EVENS ssid tas stares ct ain edt ct ae a ea a a e alee a a a Oa sck tated tetas 20 1 2073 AMOUNT FAQS r ete eee ee a eee ee ee 20 1 20 4 ACCounting Role aieri shite enaatigceds baayachdedi lad ices seazeacedeaadt ecdt E aetiatiage 20 1 20 5 Event wise Accounting Entries for Products 0 cccccceeeeeseeeeeeeestreeeeeeenieeeeeeeenaees 20 4 20 5 1 Accounting Entries for Interest Products 0 eccceceeeteeeeeetnneeeeeeetnaeeeeetene 20 5 20 5 2 Accounting Entries for Discounted Che qQueS ccccccceteeestieeeeteeneeees 20 13 Annexure C IC Rule Set up cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 21 1 211 MntrOduGtiOn 4 nen a a E he Otis shal ts Yoke etal ale tie 21 1 21 2 IC Rule Maintenance 20 ccc ccceceecececenee cee ee eee eee cece cee eeaaaecaecaeeeeeeeeseesesesncensaeeeeeeees 21 1 21 2 1 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer 21 2 21 2 2 Debit Interest on Current Accounts 1 0 22 ccecceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeteeeeteteeeneeneeaeeess 21 5 21 2 3 Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer 2 12 00eeeees 21 8 21 2 4 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Acc
124. ACLE 3 6 Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed If you are allowed to query sweep details for the account then system displays the details pertaining to the Sweep and Sweep History Sweep Details Order of Linkage Branch Account Number Account Type Linked Percentage Linked Amount Utilized Amount Account Structure Sweep History for the customer account Branch Account Number Account Type Displays the linked account types Cover Auto deposit Term Deposit Operation Displays the process of the transaction Sweep in Sweep out Transaction Date Transfer Amount Changing Primary Party of an Account You can change the primary customer of a specific account using Primary party Change Maintenance screen To invoke this screen type STDCUSCH in the field at the top right corner of the application toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button Primary Party Change Maintainance Screen H save Linked Entities Account Signatory Customer Change Details Account No az Account Description Branch Code 000 Currency Customer No az Account Class Name Remarks Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status oe ORACLE 3 6 1 3 6 2 Specify the following details Account Specify the account number for which you need to change t
125. AX Tax Accrual TAX_ADJ Tax Adjustment 20 4 Accounting Roles Accounting roles for CASA are defaulted by FLEXCUBE in a following manner SAXX accounting role type X 201 ORACLE SAXX represents the IC rule ID you have maintained and attached to the particular IC product This is based on your own convention Accounting role type is for example the accrual P L or tax payment For creation of role type system uses standard abbreviations across FLEXCUBE X is a number which is the number of the formula for which the accounting role is created If you have maintained more than one formula at rule level FLEXCUBE will default accounting roles for each of your accounting roles For Example SAAB ACCR 1 accounting role for accrual pertaining to SAAB product formula 1 for example credit interest accrual which was defined in formula 1 SAAB PNL 2 accounting role for income or expense booking pertaining to SAAB product formula 2 for example debit interest posting against income GL You should select the appropriate accounting role on the Role to head mapping tab Note SAXX BOOK X represents the settlement account where the amount is credited or debited against P L account This role cannot attached to any GL on Role to head mapping screen but it is used while event wise entries are maintained Accounting roles for Sample IC Product with rule ID like CHAV are given below The
126. Account Remitter Branch Beneficiary Account Instrument Number Transaction Date Routing Number Status Entry Number Rejected Code Advice Required Module Reference Instrument Type 15 19 ORACLE 16 1 16 2 16 3 16 Batch Processing Introduction The events that are to take place automatically are triggered off during what is called the Batch Process The batch process is an automatic function that is run as a mandatory Beginning of Day BOD and or End of Day EOD process During EOD the batch process should be run after end of transaction input EOTI has been marked for the day and before end of financial input EOFI has been marked for the day This chapter details the various batch operations that are done in this module Batch Process for Liquidating PDC Linked Schedules You can configure the batch process for liquidating PDC linked schedules to process the payment of loan account components if the debit settlement mode is opted as PDC This batch PDDLNLIQ is run either as EOD or as an intraday batch The batch processes the liquidation of all accounts for which the schedule date or PDC activation date and customer value date is less than the application date On the cheque date the clearing transaction triggers the following accounting entries Debit Credit Amount Accounting Role Description Debit Cheque Amount CLRNG_ACCOUNT Clearing Account Credit Cheque Amount CLRNG_OFS ACCOUNT Ben
127. AccountSignatory Interim Transactions Report Notice Cards Statistics Cheque BookRequest DebitCardRequest SweepinSetup Documents ChangeLog Maker Checker Date Time Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status 3 2 3 1 Capturing Cheque Book Preferences Auto Reorder of Cheque Book Check this box to automatically generate a reorder for chequebook based on the number of leaves outstanding This field will be enabled only if you have checked the Cheque Book Check box Reorder Cheque Level This field specifies the level at which the re order of cheque book happens Re ordering of the check book is possible only if the unused cheque leaves is equal or less than the re order level This field will be enabled only if you have checked the Auto Re order of Cheque book check box Sig ORACLE 3 2 3 2 Reorder No of Leaves This field specifies the number of leaves which should be ordered for the new cheque book This field will be enabled only if you have checked the Auto Re order of Cheque book check box Cheque Book Name1 amp Cheque Book Name 2 Specify the name mentioned in the cheque book while printing the cheque leaf Note It is mandatory to specify cheque Book Name if the cheque book box is enabled in main screen Max No of Cheque Rejections The system defaults the value of maximum number of cheque rejections that can be allowed for an account from the acco
128. Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates the date on which the report was generated 17 46 ORACLE Field Name Field Description Report Run Time Indicates time of report generation Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Branch Code Indicates the branch code Branch Name Indicates the name of the branch Closure Date Indicates the closure date of the Account Account Number Indicates the customer account number Account Currency Indicates the account currency Customer Name Indicates the name of the customer Accrued Profit Amount Indicates the accrued profit amount Account Current Balance Indicates the current account balance Reason Indicates the reason of the closure Approved By Indicates by whom the account closure is approved Maker ID Indicates the Maker ID of the record Checker ID Indicates the Checker ID who authorized the record 17 26 Account Open or Close Report You can generate Account Open or Closure Report using Account Open or Close Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARPAOCR in the field at the top right corner of the A
129. Charge Details 10f1 E Charge Components Waiver Currency Charge Amount Charge in Local Currency Exchange Rate External Reference Number The system generates and displays the reference number Passbook Type If inventory tracking is allowed at bank level then you will be asked to enter the passbook type The list of values for passbook type selection will be the list of valid stock catalog codes with instrument type as Passbooks Passbook Number If inventory tracking is allowed at bank level then system will retrieve the next available instrument number based on the passbook type The retrieved passbook number will be displayed to the user only after the passbook issue is saved Note Passbook issuance is allowed despite the value selected for inventory tracking in bank pa rameter level on ORACLE Previous Passbook No The system displays the previous passbook number for the account Previous Passbook Status The system displays the previous passbook status issued for the account Status The system displays the status as active or Reissue amp Active Remarks Enter a short remark about the passbook issue Branch Code The system defaults the code of the current branch here Account Specify the Account Number for which you need a new passbook The adjoining option list displays the accounts for which the check box Passbook was checked at the account level Account Description
130. Code e Branch Code e Remitter Account Number e Beneficiary Account Number e Instrument Number e Currency e Issuer Bank e Issuer Branch e Charge Branch e Charge Account Number e Charge Currency e Account Number e Remarks e Processing of PDCs that you have entered Oracle FLEXCUBE initiates unprocessed PDCs as per product definition on authorization The status for the PDCs is set to Active and contingent entries are passed Liquidation of PDCs PDCs that have reached or are past their activation date are liquidated as part of beginning of day batch process in Oracle FLEXCUBE For PDCs with Active status the system performs the following actions on liquidation e Reverse contingent entries if any were passed e Update status to Liquidated e Log the instrument with Clearing if necessary e Call Accounts Rates Charge ARC upload to create a Cheque deposit transaction as per the ARC product set up for the PDC e Failed transactions are logged as exceptions An active PDC can also be manually liquidated on or after its activation date To manually liquidate a PDC select Liquidate in the Application toolbar or click liquidate icon Cancellation and Reversal of PDCs An active PDC can be cancelled before liquidation You can cancel a post dated cheque using Post Dated Cheques Reject screen Invoke Post Dated Cheque Reject Summary screen by 224 ORACLE typing PDSONREJ in the f
131. Count 3 23 Viewing Month Wise Customer Account Statistics You can view month wise statistics for an account in the Monthly Account Statistics screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSACSTA at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Statistics q4 Advanced Search Reset Customer No m Customer Acc No Currency az Customer Name Branch Code az Records per page 45 v 10f1 Customer No Customer Acc No Currency Customer Name Branch Code Simple Average Balance Minimum B Using this screen you can search for month wise account details based on one or more of the following parameters e Customer number e Currency e Branch code e Customer account number e Customer name Click Search button Based on the search criteria the system displays the following month wise account details e Customer number e Customer account number e Currency e Customer name e Branch code e Simple average balance e Minimum balance ia ORACLE 3 24 e Maximum balance e Number of debit transactions e Number of credit transactions e Debit average e Credit average Viewing Customer Account Balance You can view the balance and account status of a customer account from any customer account field of any screen in Oracle FLEXCUBE To view the balance and account status you need to select the customer account and press F11 For e
132. Customer Account Account BIC Codes 1010 BIC Code Description o L Account Number The system defaults the account number of the customer in this field BIC Code Specify the BIC here You can choose any valid BIC maintained in the BIC Code Maintenance screen Description The system displays the description for the corresponding BIC that you have specified Specifying Account Operating Instruction Details You can capture details for operating the account using the Account Operating Instructions Maintenance screen To invoke this screen click Instructions button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen The screen is shown below Account Operating Instructions Maintenance Date of Last Maintenance Maintenance Instruction Conditions 1 Instructions 1 Conditions 2 Instructions 2 Conditions 3 Instructions 3 Conditions 4 Instructions 4 Conditions Elements Operators Value Sraa ORACLE 3 2 13 Date of Last Maintenance The current system date is also displayed Instructions Specify the instructions to be borne in mind when operating a customer account Conditions You can maintain the instructions using the above screen during the account opening The maintained instructions can be viewed from the Account Maintenance screen invoked from Signature Verification screen For more details on Signature Verification screen refer c
133. Customer Number e Remarks e Date and Time e Maker Id Detailed Under detailed section you can view the following details e Error Code e Error Type e Error Message Based on the possible error information received you can resolve such issues and proceed to save the customer change Customer Change Log Tab Under this tab you can see the history of all customer changes that has happened for the selected account Customer Change Details Branch Code 000 Account No Validate Customer Change Log Customer Change Details 1 Of 1 Date ofLogging Old Customer New Customer MakerID Checkerld Verified Authorized 220 ORACLE In this tab you can view the history of all customer changes happened on a given account Against each customer change information you can view all the overrides triggered during the change process This screen will display the details of unauthorized customer changes if any The authorizer can view the overrides and take a decision whether to authorize the change or not For each primary party change you can view the following details Date of change Old customer number New customer number Remarks entered by the user The user ID of the maker The user ID of the checker authorizer The user ID of the verifier Whether the change has been authorised or not For every selected change record you can view the following details of the errors overrides
134. Indicates Contact Number Status Indicates Customer status No of Days for maturity Indicates the number of days for maturity 17 18 CASA Overdraft Report Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates to view the overdraft accounts details in the system The overdraft account can be a current or saving account which will have the limits attached Each limit will have the Limit amount limit start and end date You can generate CASA Overdraft Report to view the operative overdraft limit and current outstanding for each account This report lists customer accounts which have the overdraft facility and limits that are associated to them The transaction details are grouped based on the Account Class You can invoke CASA Overdraft Report screen by typing CAROVDFT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Eee ORACLE CASA Overdraft report Branch Code Account number ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being generated from the adjoining option list Account Number Specify a valid account number maintained in the specified Branch for which you wish to generate report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed
135. LA 1 Balance Define a non booked formula FORMULA3 as YEAR DAYS Define a non booked formula FORMULA4 as FORMULA2 FORMULA3 Define a non booked formula FORMULAS as 100 FORMULA4 1 which will be the computed APY If rounding is required specify rounding at formula level 9 Inthe Regulation Parameters Maintenance screen specify PROD RULE FORMULAS5 as APY type on oO a F WN D gt Ve ORACLE 15 Instrument Type Maintenance and Consolidated 15 1 15 2 Cheque Printing Introduction Your bank may issue Cheques to customers from the nostro accounts maintained with other banks To facilitate this you need to maintain the details of all the Cheque books issued by those banks institutions to your bank in Oracle FLEXCUBE Apart from these your bank would be issuing other instruments such as Drafts DDs MCKs and so forth which also need to be maintained in Oracle FLEXCUBE Each instrument type is identified by a unique instrument type code which can be captured in Oracle FLEXCUBE Further depending on the number of leaves and the book number the system automatically generates the serial number for all the Cheque leaves associated with the book for a particular instrument type You can view these numbers and the status of the Cheque s in the Status of Cheque screen You are also allowed to change the status of a Cheque if a Cheque is cancelled You can settle a contract by associating an instrument type example
136. Local Reversal Inter Pay Account Cash Deposit Limit on C Dual Currency Deposit Exposure Category Trust Account Natural GL Debit Event Class Code Credit Dormancy Parameters Any Debit Interest Charge Liquidation Initial Funding Applicable Customer Not Applicable C Liquidate Using Receivable Event Class Code Status Verify Funds Charge Role To Head Charges kan Code M Debit Notice M Charge Start Advice Sweeps Required Liquidation Days 0 Advice Days Liquidation Mode Free Period oO Enable Reverse Sweep in C Enable Sweep in Restrictions Branch and Currency Restriction Customers Categories MIS Preferences Reg Deposit AutoDeposit GLLines Status Rule AmtBlock Statement Notice Fields Denominated Deposit Date Time Mod No Record Status Date Authorization Status You need to maintain the following details Account Type You need to maintain two records for one choose Savings and for the other choose Nostro Account Statement Format Choose ACST_DETAILED for Savings type of account class and Nostro type of account class Ue ORACLE 11 2 3 Maintaining Message Types You can invoke the Message Type Maintenance screen by typing MSDMSTYP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Message Type Maintenance E new E Enter Query Module Message Type Descri
137. Maker Date Stamp Maker Date Stamp Authorizer Id Authorizer Id Chequeer Date Stamp Chequeer Date Stamp Record Status Record Status Authorization Status Authorization Status Authorized Once flag Authorized Once flag Message Type Not mapped Branch Code Payable Branch Version Number Version Number Latest Version Number Not mapped Customer Account Branch Account Branch Counterparty Account Branch Offset Branch 15 5 Manual Processing for Uncollected Funds Typically uncollected funds on a payment instrument will be actually cleared after a specified time interval depending upon the type of instrument This is referred to as the availability information for uncollected funds The availability information is maintained for each kind of transaction in your bank represented by transaction codes in Oracle FLEXCUBE You can manually make available or release uncollected funds before the available date for credit transactions 199 ORACLE 15 5 1 15 5 1 1 Operations that you can Perform You can invoke the Uncollected Funds Release screen by typing ACDMUNCL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Uncollected Funds Release E New 5 Enter Query Branch To Date Fund Selection Release From Date Authorize View All Option Auto
138. Movement Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Branch Date Indicates the branch date Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User ID Indicates User ID Module Indicates the module code Run Time Indicates the time on which the report is generated Page No The page number of the report Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Account Class Indicates Account Class of the Account Account Number Indicates Account Number Customer Id Indicates Customer Number Customer Indicates Customer Short Name Checker ID Indicates Checker ID No of Days Indicates Number of Days the account is in the current status Account Status Indicates Account Status From Status Indicates the Status from which the account moved to the current status 17 15 Variances Maintained Today Report When a customer opens an account the system updates interest rates based on those maintained at the Product level However branches can have an account level variance Wer ORACLE You can generate Variances Maintained Today Report to inform branches about the variances maintained for that day This report lists details of CASA and TD accounts for which the interest vari
139. Note You can query the other branch transactions only from the summary screen Defining Cheque Book Details The following details need to be maintained for a Cheque book Branch Code System displays the branch code Account Number Specify the account number of the customer to whom you are issuing a Cheque book in the Account Number field The adjoining option list displays all customer account numbers maintained in the selected transaction branch which are enabled for cheque book issuance You can choose the appropriate one Highlight the customer s account number and click Ok button to select Cheque Leaves Specify the total number of leaves in the Cheque book you are issuing the customer First Cheque Number When issuing a Cheque book you have to capture the number of the first leaf of the Cheque book You need not specify the first cheque number if cheque book number is auto generated If you specify the First Cheque Number the system displays an error message as Input of First check number is not allowed for automatic cheque numbering scheme If the number of check leaves and the first check number is specified for manual cheque numbering scheme the system will issue the cheque book as per the requested series If the number of check leaves is specified and the First Cheque Number is left blank then the system displays an override message as First Check Number has not been input do you wan
140. Number Date Of Change 4 Cheque Details 1 Of 1 Account Number Instrument Number Cheque Status Cheque Amount 4 Fields ELCs Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status rization Status You can enter the following details Drawer Identification Specify a unique drawer Id here Customer Identification Specify the customer Id if the drawer belongs to the same bank This adjoining option list displays all valid customer ids maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one This is a mandatory field 1234 ORACLE Liability Identification The system displays the liability Id if the drawer is a bank customer However you can specify the liability Id for a drawer when a cheque discounting transaction is input the limit utilization for the drawer will be tracked against this liability Drawer Status Specify the drawer status This adjoining option list displays all valid drawer statuses maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Drawer Name Enter the drawer name However If drawer is bank s customer then the name will get defaulted here Drawer Black Listed The system defaults this field The drawer will be blacklisted based on the number of times the cheque gets returned The cheque return count will be maintained at Bank parameters screen If the number of cheque returns is greater than or equal to the count then drawer will be marked
141. ORACLE Current and Savings Account User Guide Oracle FLEXCUBE Universal Banking Release 12 0 2 0 0 Part No E49740 01 January 2014 Current and Savings Account User Guide January 2014 Oracle Financial Services Software Limited Oracle Park Off Western Express Highway Goregaon East Mumbai Maharashtra 400 063 India Worldwide Inquiries Phone 91 22 6718 3000 Fax 91 22 6718 3001 www oracle com financialservices Copyright 2007 2014 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Oracle programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation delivered to U S Government end users are commercial computer software pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs No other rights are granted to the U S Government This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for u
142. Payable Limit Fields Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Entering DD Details In this screen you can enter certain basic details of the instrument They are e The instrument type e A description of the instrument e The other preferences which include Whether auto authorization is allowed for the instrument type Whether you need a print of the instrument details as and when the details are en tered and authorized Whether online authorization is allowed for the instrument Whether the instrument type allows to create demand drafts payable at other banks Whether revalidation is allowed for the instrument type Whether duplication of issuance allowed for the instrument type Taa ORACLE 13 2 2 13 3 The expiry frequency of the instrument in days months or years Revalidation frequency of the instrument in days months or years The advice format applicable under this instrument type The status of the instrument and the product codes associated with the same The currency in which the DD is being issued The dao branch where the DD is being issued from The dao account which will get credited for the DD issued as per the currency and dao branch The payable limit indicates the limit for the issuing an instrument for the bank You can set a limit for each instrument type All the instruments under the instrument type is sued by your
143. R ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCC ACR_ADJ 2 IOCC ACR ADJ FORMULA 2 IOCC PNL_ADJ 1 IOCC PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCC PNL_ADJ 2 IOCC PNL ADJ FORMULA 2 IOCC PNL 1 IOCC INCOME EXPENSE A C FORMULA 1 IOCC PNL 2 IOCC INCOME EXPENSE A C FORMULA 2 IOCC TPBL_ADJ 3 IOCC TAX PAY ADJ A C FORMULA 3 lIOCC TPBL 3 IOCC TAX PAYABLE A C FORMULA 3 IOCM ACCR 1 IOCM ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 1 IOCM ACCR 2 IOCM ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 2 IOCM ACQUIRED 1 IOCM ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 IOCM ACQUIRED 2 IOCM ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 2 IOCM ACR_ADJ 1 IOCM ACR ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCM ACR_ADJ 2 IOCM ACR ADJ FORMULA 2 IOCM PNL_ADJ 1 IOCM PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCM PNL_ADJ 2 IOCM PNL ADJ FORMULA 2 IOCM PNL 1 IOCM INCOME EXPENSE A C FORMULA 1 IOCM PNL 2 IOCM INCOME EXPENSE A C FORMULA 2 IOCP ACCR 1 IOCP ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 1 IOCP ACCR 3 IOCP ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 3 IOCP ACQUIRED 1 IOCP ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 IOCP ACQUIRED 3 IOCP ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 3 IOCP ACR_ADJ 1 IOCP ACR ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCP ACR_ADJ 3 IOCP ACR ADJ FORMULA 3 20 8 ORACLE 20 5 Accounting Role Description IOCP PNL_ADJ 1 IOCP PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 IOCP PNL_ADJ 3 IOCP PNL ADJ FORMULA 3 IOCP PNL 1 IOCP INCOME EXPENSE A C FORMULA 1 IOCP PNL 3 IOCP INCOME EXPENSE A C
144. RACLE 20 5 2 4 On Re Presentation LIQN Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator Clearing Suspense PD_TAG Debit GL Past Due Account PD_TAG Credit 20 14 ORACLE 21 1 21 2 21 Annexure C IC Rule Set up Introduction This Annexure lists the Interest and Charge IC rules that need to be maintained for the CASA module of Oracle FLEXCUBE It also gives the UDEs and rates for which values need to be maintained IC Rule Maintenance The components required to calculate interest the principal period and rate are broadly referred to as Data Elements Data elements are of two types e System Data Elements SDEs e User Data Elements UDEs In addition to specifying how the SDEs and UDEs are connected through the formulae you also define certain other attributes for a rule using the Interest and Charges Rule Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing ICDRLMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button EbNew E3 Enter Query Apply Interest Rule Id On Account Opening Month Rule Description On Account Closure Month i ILM Parameters Primary Element az Integrated LM Integrated LM Type System Elements User Elements E System Elements User Elements Type Get Latest Amount v Use Effect
145. SLAMT1 e AVSLAMT4 e AVSLAMT3 e CHGAMT5 e AVSLAMT4 e AVSLAMT3 e CHGAMT1 e AVSLAMTS5 e AVSLAMT2 e AVSLAMT1 e TAX3 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY1 e DORM_CH_PER_DAY2 Stamp Duty Taxation You need to maintain value for the UDE STAMP_DUTY under this product In addition to specifying how the SDEs and UDEs are connected through the formulae you also need to define certain other attributes for a rule using the Interest and Charges Rule Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing ICDRLMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Specify the following parameters in the Formulas section of the Interest amp Charges Rule Maintenance screen Debit Credit Select Debit from the Debit Credit list Book Flag Select Booked from the Book Flag list Periodicity Select Quarterly from the Periodicity list akez ORACLE 21 4 Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression Case Result CURRENT_BAL lt 0 CURRENT_BAL STAMP_DUTY 1 IC Rate
146. SweepinSetup Documents ChangeLog ELCs Checker Mod No Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Date Time l ORACLE Note You can query or modify the account details of the customers whose accounts are permit ted to you for the query modification in the Group Code Restriction screen Details maintained in this screen are classified into three broad heads Here you maintain the main attributes of each customer account like the account number customer code the account class account cur Main a rency type of account single or joint account status other statuses applicable Cheque Book preferences etc Auxiliary Under Auxiliary you can view other details like provisioning etc Nominee Nominee details are maintained under Nominee head Document details like document type expiry date expected date of Check List ae wg et submission and so on are maintained under Check List The Customer Accounts Maintenance Main screen is displayed by default when you invoke the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen The Branch Code of the sign on branch is on display Customer No To create an account you need to input the CIF number of the customer for whom the account is to be created The adjoining option list displays all the valid customer codes You can select the appropriate one If the CIF number is a part of the account mask the specified
147. T AVG QTRLY BAL CREOIT 5 830 33 UNAUTH ENTRY R REVERSAL Rollover Type P PRINCIPAL I PRINCIPAL INTEREST OF PRINCIPAL PROFIT T INTEREST OF PROFIT S SPECIAL AMOUNT es End Of Statement 11 2 6 Maintaining Ad Hoc Statement Requests You can maintain ad hoc requests for consolidated statements raised by customers using the Adhoc Consolidated Statement Request Statement screen You can invoke this screen by 11 11 ORACLE typing STDCRSMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Ad hoc Consolidated Statement Request Maintenance fF New E3 Enter Query Reference Number E Statement Branch Code Charge Account Branch Customer No Charge Account Customer Name Charge Account Description Request Type Consolidated 7 From Date To Date Request Date Process Status Process Status Details ELCs Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You can capture the following details here Reference Number Specify a 16 digit unique code to identify the record with You can leave the field blank to have the system generate it automatically upon saving the record Branch Code The system displays the branch code Customer No Specify a valid customer number who has raised an ad hoc request for statement The adjoining option list displays all valid customer numbers maintained in the syste
148. The activation date gets defaulted based on the account number and initiation date entered This is the date from which the notice period becomes active However you can modify this date Validity Period The validity period of the notice as maintained in the Notice Preferences screen at the account level gets defaulted here However you can modify this period og ORACLE Notice Amount Specify the amount to be withdrawn within the Notice Period The amount you specify here should be in account currency The following fields are displayed in this screen e Branch Code The branch code of the current branch e Notice Id The identification of the notice e End Date The end date of the notice period Notes You can unlock the record and modify details but you cannot make retrospective changes You can modify only the inactive notices i e only when application date is less than acti vation date of the notice You can close and reopen the Maintenance 3 15 Viewing Utilization of Free Amounts You can view the utilization of free amounts with respect to advance interest for the accounts using Notice Utilization Query screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDADINT at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Notice utilization query EX New 5 Enter Query Branch Code Year Month Customer Account Number az
149. The bank code and account number that you specify in this field will be validated against the Bank Code and Account Number masks maintained in the Branch Parameters screen If the account Number that you capture is less than the length of the mask and the mask oe ORACLE 3 2 2 happens to be numeric the system automatically appends a zero to get the required length After you specify the Bank Code as well as the Account Number the system calculates the check digit based on the Country Code Bank Code and Account Number combination Alternate Account Number You have to define an alternate account number for the account you are defining The alternate account number that you specify should be unique for each customer You can capture the old account numbers used by your bank before installing the Oracle FLEXCUBE system The old account numbers would be mapped with the new account numbers This would facilitate quick tracking of the account and generating queries In the Data Entry Module you can input a transaction using the alternate account number instead of the actual account number Clearing Bank Code Specify the external bank s code that should be used for clearing maintenance The adjoining option list displays the valid banks maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Clearing Account Number The clearing account number for the customer account is generated automatically if you have opted for auto gen
150. XCUBE facilitates linking a new TD or collateral and de linking the existing TD or collaterals Also you can modify the linked amount and spread for existing collaterals The modified linkages will be effective from the start of the current liquidation cycle Here you can specify the following collateral details Collateral Type Select the collateral type from the options available The options available are as follows e Term deposit e Collateral e Unsecured collateral Note If collateral type is chosen as TD or unsecured collateral then the system first cre ates collateral for the TD s or unsecured collateral automatically and then creates the collateral pool during authorization of the OD Account On automatic rollover of TD s linked to the OD Account the latest rate of the asso ciated float rate code will be applied The fields Applicable interest rate Rate of Interest for the OD account will be updated automatically during rollover of TD Sroa ORACLE If collateral type is chosen as collateral during creation of OD account and if interest rate is not available in collateral then the interest spread entered by the user will be considered as Rate of interest for the OD account If TDis linked as collateral then during auto creation of collateral pool the expiry date will be considered as the maturity date of the TD During auto rollover of the linked TD the expiry date will be automaticall
151. Y_DR_BAL_M VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE2 DAYS YEAR 100 gt AMOUNT3 VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE4 DAYS YEAR 100 lt AMOUNT3 Charge as Dr Interest when the Balance is Less than Minimum Average Balance Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Check this box SDE Maintain the following SDEs e MIN _BAL_REQD aiT ORACLE e MON_AVG_BAL UDE Maintain the following UDEs User Defined Type Elements AVSLAMT 1 Amount AVSLAMT2 Amount AVSLAMT3 Amount AVSLAMT4 Amount AVSLAMT5 Amount CHGAMT 1 Amount CHGAMT2 Amount CHGAMT3 Amount CHGAMT4 Amount CHGAMT5 Amount TAX3 Rate Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain one booked formula and one tax formula Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Leave this box unchecked alig ORACLE 21 2 7 R
152. a day Auto Debit Card Request Check this box if you want the system to create a request for the debit card automatically for the account during account creation 18 ORACLE 3 2 3 3 When you check this box the system allows you to capture debit card request details in the Debit Card Request Details screen as part of account creation Specifying Other Options Euro Cheques Euro chequebook can be issued to a customer whose account has checked for Euro cheques option in the customer account maintenance screen the account should be a account with EUR currency only MT210 Required Notice to Receive message MT210 is an advance notification to your account servicing institution that it will be receiving funds that are to be credited to your bank s account with that institution For a nostro account you can specify whether the nostro agent your account servicing institution prefers to receive a Notice to Receive SWIFT message i e MT 210 when it is debited in the case of a funds transfer To indicate that the message MT 210 is to be generated by default whenever the Nostro account is the debit account for a funds transfer select the MT 210 Required check box in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen for the relevant Nostro account If you indicate so an MT 210 is generated by default whenever this nostro account is being debited during the posting of accounting entries in any transaction This preference t
153. aeeaeeneees 17 37 17 21 VAT Deduction Report s eea e e ea ra aa aeea dea aa ara iaaa araa 17 39 17 21 1 Contents of the Report ccccceeeeeeneeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeensennecaeenseeseeeteettees 17 40 17 22 Customer De duplication Report cccccccecceceeeeeeeeeeececeeceeeeeeeeeeeesetecnsecsunaeeees 17 41 17 22 1 Contents of the Report cccceceeeeecneecceeeeeeceeeeseceeennesnecaeeneeeeeeeetettess 17 41 17 23 Account Opened and Activated Report eccccceceeeeeeeeeeeetecesecnaecaeeeeeeeees 17 42 18 19 20 21 17 24 Account Block and Reason Repott ccecceeeeceecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecsuceeaeeeeeeeeess 17 44 17 25 Account Closure and Reason Repott ccceeeeeeeeeceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeetenncnsnenaeeees 17 45 17 26 Account Open or Close Report ccccccecceceeeeeeceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecsanecaeeeeeeeees 17 47 17 27 Passbook Details 55 23 a a eth ada ha dae eae bea ERAR 17 49 17 28 Account Balance List Report c ccccccecceeeeeeeeeceeecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteesecsancaesaeeeeeeeeess 17 50 17 29 Customer Limit Position Tracking Report ccecceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeeeetteeeeenee 17 52 17 30 All Dormant Account Report cccccccccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecsncaaecaeeeeeeeeess 17 53 17 31 Debit Card Issued Report cecceceeeececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaecaeeeeeeeeeeeseeseesecnieaaees 17 55 17 32 New Minor Account Repot
154. ails for a customer account in the Archive Cheque Details Query screen To invoke this screen type CADCHARQ n the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Archive Cheque Details Query Enter Query Branch Archival From Date Account Number Archival To Date Archived Cheque Book Summary F Archival Date Branch AccountNumber Cheque Book SerialNumber Archived Quantity 1 Of 1 You can base your queries on any of the following parameters Branch Code Archival From Date Account Number Archival To Date Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Execute Query button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed Archival Date Branch Account Number Cheque Book Serial Number Archived Quantity Select a record and click on Details button to view the following details of the archived cheque Cheque Number Status Presented On Amount a ORACLE e Remarks 716 ORACLE 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 3 1 8 Maintaining Account Structure Introduction Oracle FLEXCUBE repays loan from multiple accounts In Oracle FLEXCUBE the loan account is the primary account and all the other accounts linked to it are cover accounts While paying the settlement if the primary account has insufficient amount the system will check the cover accounts for the remaining amount according to the preference In cas
155. aintained as SLAB and Rate Type as FLAT RATE The main offset accounting entry check box should be unchecked 15 9 Viewing Interface Clearing Summary You can view the summary details of the clearing transactions using Interface Clearing Summary screen by typing IFSCLGDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Interface Clearing Summary oq Advanced Search f Reset Authorization Status Record Status Source Code External Reference Number Product Remitter Account Beneficiary Account Instrument Number Transaction Date Status Rejected Code Module Reference Number Instrument Type Batch Number Records per page 15 v 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Source Code External Reference Number Product Authorize You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Source code e Product 15 18 Remitter Account ORACLE Beneficiary Account Transaction Date Entry Number Module Reference Batch Number Record Status External Reference Remitter Account Instrument Number Status Rejected Code Instrument Type Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them Authorization Status Record Status Source Code External Reference Product Branch Remitter
156. aintaining Online Charges for Products ececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeaeees 15 17 15 9 Viewing Interface Clearing Summary s ssseeesssssesesrnressssrnnesrennnnsrtnnnesseenneasnnnnneenne 15 18 Batch Processing frisereide nenaad aa aana caceee cee dautdesacasSeagdeeceavecstes 16 1 16 1 IntrodUCt ON sini a ee So ae ee ee 16 1 16 2 Batch Process for Liquidating PDC Linked Schedules 0 eeecccceeeeseeeeeeeeenees 16 1 16 3 Processing of Customer De duplication Batch cc eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeereeea 16 1 16 3 1 Processing Message Generation for Combined Statement 0 00 16 2 SoLo p i AE E A E A E 17 1 17 1 Introduction aii nae eth aea eee eae dda eed 17 1 17 2 Maintaining Printing Options for Reports cccceceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeneeeeeneeaas 17 2 17 3 Account Cheque Details Report 0 ccccccceceeseseeeececneceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesececenaesaeeneeeeeess 17 3 17 4 CASA Stop Payment Repott eee aaee a S ea a e a E a 17 4 17 5 Customer Statistics Datars aeai aidas a oduan Rih LAr ERa AATA dira A iranl TAAA 17 6 17 6 Account Statement Reports cccccccceccecceceeeeeeeeeeeenceaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseecscecaeeeeeeeeess 17 8 17 6 1 Viewing Charge Detallls 0 ccccccccccsseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeenaeeeeesenaeeeeeseaaas 17 12 17 6 2 Viewing Events ri rara a EEE E Aa E E eel es 17 13 TP PEC Summary REPOM eren e A E EE AAA 17 13 17 8 Cheque Cancellation Report cec
157. ame Short name SSN Social Security Number of the customer Full Name Full name 17 23 Account Opened and Activated Report You can generate Account Activated Report using Account Opened and Activated Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARPAACC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Account Opened amp Activated Report All Branches Single Branch Branch Code Date Range From Date To Date Report Format PDF v Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer Branch Code You can generate this report for all the branches or a single branch alone You can indicate the branch for which the report is being generated using the following options e All If you choose this the system will generate the report for all the branches e Single If you choose this you need to specify the branch code for which the report should be generated The option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Date Range From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till wnen you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar eae ORACLE Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content d
158. an override You can continue the transaction despite the restrictions by providing appropriate reasons for the same During maintenance or online operations in the respective contract screens for the restricted transactions when you specify the customer account the system checks whether the account is restricted for the product that has been selected or the debit credit transaction type If so an override is sought when such contracts are saved Cr During transaction processing the system will validate whether any restrictions are placed on the account based on either product and or transaction code If you have indicated to allow debit transactions for the product ABCD and attempt to post a credit entry the system will seek an override You can continue the transaction despite the restrictions by providing appropriate reasons for the same During maintenance or online operations in the respective contract screens for the restricted transactions when you specify the customer account the system checks whether the account is restricted for the product that has been selected or the debit credit transaction type If so an override is sought when such contracts are saved a0 ORACLE 3 2 18 3 2 19 Specifying Currency Limits Details You can specify restrictions for the account using the Currency Limits Details screen To invoke this screen click the Currency Limits button in the Customer Accounts Maint
159. ances are maintained for the day You can invoke the Variances Maintained Today Report screen by typing STRSPCON in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Variances Maintained Report Branch Code ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print E Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being generated from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Variances Maintained Today Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Branch Date Indicates the branch date Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User ID Indicates User ID Module Indicates the module code Run Time Indicates the time on which the report is generated TE28 ORACLE Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Account Number Indicates Account Number Customer Id Indicates Customer Number Customer Name Indicates Customer Short Name Account Class Indicates Account Class of t
160. art date and can be left blank Specifying Temporary over Draft Renewal Details Renew TOD Check this box if you want to renew TOD Renewal of TOD will be done as part of casapks batch process Renew Frequency Specify the renew frequency from the drop down list The available options are e Days e Months e Years Renew Units Specify the renew units The following validations need to be done for the frequency e If Renew Frequency chosen is Days then Renew Units cannot be greater than 366 e If Renew Frequency chosen is Months then Renew Units cannot be greater than 12 e If Renew Frequency chosen is Years then Renew Units can be given in terms of years Next Renewal Limit Specify the TOD amount that can be renewed in next cycle TD Collateral Linkages Auto Create Collateral Pool Check this box to indicate that collateral pool needs to be created automatically based on the collateral linkage details specified You can enter collateral linkages details only when you check this field Specifying OD limits Here you can specify the following Customer No Specify the customer number to link the credit line You can link customer of the account or customers linked as a part of joint venture Effective Date Specify the effective date for the linked line The system defaults the application date if the effective date is left blank Effective Date can be past or cu
161. arty Details 1 Of 1 Message Type Module Branch No of Copies Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Here you need to maintain three records with the following details Sr No Branch Module Message Type Format 1 ALL AC ACST_DETAILED ACST_DETAILED 2 ALL AC ACST_DETAILED2 ACST_DETAILED 3 ALL AC ACST_DETAILED3 ACST_DETAILED For further details refer the chapter titled Maintaining Addresses for Customer in the Messaging System User Manual M9 ORACLE 11 2 5 Maintaining Statement Generation Preference You can have the statement generation happen automatically as part of the automated End Of Day cycle using the Batch EOD Function Input screen You can invoke this screen by typing BADEODFE in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Batch EOD Function Inputs E New amp Enter Query Batch End Of Day Functions Branch Code Function Description End of Cycle Group Transaction Input Report Orientation Not Applicable End of Transaction Input Portrait End of Financial Input Landscape End of Day Beginning Of Day Function Inputs 1 Of 1 Parameter Data Type Value Date Format Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status You need to specify the following details Funct
162. as blacklisted Address Enter the drawer address However If drawer is bank s customer then the address will get defaulted here Cheque Return Count The system displays the number of cheque returns for a drawer Remarks Specify any additional information Drawer Bank Details Bank Code Specify bank code You can link multiple bank codes to one drawer Bank Name Specify the bank name of the drawer Account Number Specify the account number of drawer bank This adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Status Specify the drawer status against each drawer bank This adjoining option list displays all valid drawer statuses maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Date Of Change The system displays the date of update for each bank Remarks Enter any comments you wish to record pertaining to this screen Cheque Details Cheque Status The system displays the status of cheque On realization the status will be updated as Used and upon return the status will be updated as Return 1235 ORACLE 12 8 Cheque Amount The system displays the amount on the cheque Discounted Date The system displays the date of discounting Cheque Date The system displays the date of cheque clearing Viewing Drawer Summary You can query view the drawer details of the post dated cheques in the Drawer Summar
163. ase of a transaction the system will check for the parameter you have specified here and accordingly change the status of the account The parameter you specify here will supercede the parameter you have maintained at the account class level Specifying Intermediary Options Intermediary Required Check this box to link Intermediaries with CASA Intermediary Code Specify the intermediary code from the adjoining option list Intermediary Description The system gives a brief description about intermediary code Intermediary Ratio Specify the ratio of individual intermediary contribution against the CASA account Capturing Escrow Transfer Details Escrow transfer processing refers to transfer of certain percentage of credit amount that comes to project account Trust account to the designated account Escrow account This is based on defined transaction codes and cut off time defined for the account currency Transactions with the transaction code and credit account for which the box Escrow Processing is checked in the Transaction Code Maintenance screen are considered for the Escrow sweeps The system computes percentage of credit amount and places an amount block on project account oe ORACLE You can view the details of such system generated Escrow amount blocks using the Amount Block Maintenance screen CADAMBLK wherein the field Amount Block Type will display Escrow Amount Block Input E
164. at the top right corner of the application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Transaction Enquiry Enter query Account Number Statement Period Period Branch Code Statement Period Transaction Start Date Account Description aes End Date Prior Account Details Account Purchase Line Balance Details Customer No Limit Currency Available Balance Name Counterparty Limit Available Balance with Currency Utilised Counterparty Limits Product Limit Last Statement Date Status Limit Expiry Date Last Statement Balance Sweep in Enabled Opening Balance Net Balance Transactions 1 Of 1 Transaction Date Value Date Description InstrumentCode Branch Debit Credit Running Balance Transaction Initiation Batch Number Local Currency Date Transaction Code Exchange Rate UserID Description Local Currency Amount Authorizer ID Summary Credit Count Debit Count Total Credit Amount A Total Debit Amount Account Number Specify the customer account number into which the cash needs to be deposited Upon keying the account number the system will default the Account Number Account Branch and Account Currency for the corresponding account In case of multiple accounts with the same account number the system will pop up a list of account numbers with account branches to select Branch Code The system displays branch code based on the specified account number ol ORACLE Account Description The syste
165. ata store to get the effec tive line amount for a specific date For interest calculation the existing SDE LINE AMOUNT will be used to give the total limit amount available on that effective date If back valued line is attached or an expired line is renewed from a back value date then you can recompute the interest considering the line which is available from back value ef fective date or from the old expiry date On the expiry date of a particular line it is considered for the interest calculation LINE_AMOUNT SDE will return the line amount on the date of expiry and will return to zero after the expiry date Liability No The system displays the liability number of the customer Linkage Type Specify the linkage type from the adjoining drop down list The list displays the following values e Facility credit line e Collateral Pool e Collateral Linkage Ref No Specify the linkage reference number based on the type of linkage You can specify the following e If you have selected linkage type as Facility then you have to enter facility code in the Linkage reference number e If you have selected linkage type as Collateral Pool then you have to enter collateral pool code in the Linkage reference number field 388 ORACLE 3 2 22 e If you have selected linkage type as Collateral then you have to enter collateral code in the Linkage reference number field Contribution Specify the percentag
166. ate if the primary account currency and cover account currency are different Note When an amount block is created and the account status is No Debit No Credit Dormant or Frozen then the system displays an override message with the ac count status a4 ORACLE When an amount block is created and the customer status is Frozen Deceased or Whereabouts Unknown then the system displays an override message with the customer status If the account status is moved to Dormant or No Debit or No Debit or Frozen then the system displays an override message as The Account has active amount block If the account status is moved to Dormant or No Debit or No Debit or Frozen then the system displays an override message as The Account has active amount block Note If the amount block type is P2P then the following transaction data is logged into P2P Payment Beneficiary Registration Queue to track the beneficiary registration till the end date Amount Block Number Branch Code Account Number END Date Beneficiary s Email ID Beneficiary s Telephone Beneficiary s Facebook ID Status While processing an amount block the amount block on the sender s account is released and the amount is debited from the senders account and credited to the clearing suspense GL Remarks Specify remarks about the amount block if any Note For str
167. ate e Expiry Date e Reference No a ORACLE Maintaining Consolidated Amount Block Details You can invoke the Consolidated Amount Block Input screen by typing CADAMBLC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Amount Block Maintenance EX New E3 Enter Query Customer Number Customer Name Account Details 4 Account Available Balance Amount Blocked No Debit Amount Details Sequence Number Amount Effective Date Expiry Date Remarks l I Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number W Authorized W Open In this table you maintain all amount block details enforced for a customer account Any number of amount blocks can be enforced for an account The following information will be available in this screen All the accounts maintained for the customer The available balance in each account Active amount blocks if any Whether the account is marked for no debit Full Amount Block option is Cheques The user defined fields UDFs associated with the Customer i e the UDFs mapped to the function id STDCIF You can also do a query based on the UDFs In addition to viewing the amount block details for an account you can also define new blocks or modify the details pertaining to existing amount blo
168. ate the purpose for which the stop payment has been issued After having made the required mandatory entries and having saved your work your user ID will be displayed at the Made By field at the bottom of the screen the Date and the Time at which you saved the product will be populated Another user with the requisite rights should authorize any operation that you perform before the End of Day process is executed for the day Apply Charge Check this box to indicate that online service charge will be applied on stopping payment request Advice Required Check this box to indicate a mail advice is required to acknowledge the account on the stop payment request Once you check this box the system will generate the stop payment request message during Authorization A Message type STOP_PMNT_ACK will be used This will be a MAIL Message and it will be sent to the account customer The following tags will be used for STOP_PMNT_ACK message Advice tag Description _CUSTNAME _ Customer name _ADD1_ Customer address line 1 _ADD2_ Customer address line 2 _ADD3_ Customer address line 3 _ADD4_ Customer address line 4 1073 ORACLE Advice tag Description _ACCOUNT _ Account _ACCOUNTBRN__ Account Branch _STOPPAYNO _ Stop Payment no _XREF_ External reference _STOPTYPE_ Stop Payment type _STARTCHECKNO_ Start check No _ENDCHECKNO_ End Check No _AMOUNT_ Amount
169. ated cheque DP amount Specify the discount amount The full amount of the PDC will be the discount amount Issuer Bank Specify the name of the bank of the issuer Issuer Branch Select the branch that is issuing the post dated Cheques 12720 ORACLE Activation Date Specify the date of activation of PDC Purpose Specify the purpose for which the PDC is issued This is for information only Location of Cheque Specify the location where the PDCs are held till activation This is for reporting purposes only Charge Branch Select the branch in which the charge payable account is maintained Charge Account Number The account which is to be debited for the charge this is necessary for passing accounting entries for the charge calculated for any of the events associated with a PDC Charge Account Description The system displays the description of the specified charge account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level Charge Currency Specify the currency in which the charge should be calculated Drawer ID Specify the drawer Id This adjoining option list displays all valid drawer Ids maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one User Reference Specify the user reference number This is a mandatory field Cheque Value Date Specify the value date on which the cheque is issued Project Name Specify the developer project name for which payment is being made The
170. ated transaction transactions in external channels upload tables workflow stages Validation of transaction in referral queue ELCM queue and PC queue Validation of user defined status of account Issuance of new card to the new customer Validation of existing track receivables in the account Records for customer and account combination in the Service Request Screen STDS RQST You need to operationally handle the following changes Joint holders Notice preference Escrow transfer details Currency limit details Document checklist Interest and charge subsystems Address details location media country code cheque book name Deposit instructions and other instructions Nominee details Restriction details Memo instructions Service request Statement details Interim transaction report details UDF details ATM details such as name on card KYC status Customer account tax allowance limit Check book re order details Dormancy parameter details STDSTDOR Salary account flag Home branch of old and new customers Gender resident status staff minor status Stop payment request maintained New cheque book requests debit card requests Debit card activation requests Note Note the following Through relationship pricing it is possible to define different rates based on the eli gibility criteria of the customer After the customer change has been effected the system evaluates the eligibility criteria and applies
171. ation Browser i ORACLE 7 2 4 Viewing Charge Details You can view all the charge related details in the Charge Details screen Click on Charges button to invoke Charge Details screen Charges Reference No 10f1 E ESN Component AccountDescription Amount Currency Waiver Contract Reference System displays the contract reference number here Charge Liquidation System displays the following details under this section e ESN Event sequence number e Component Charge component name e Account Description Description of the charge account e Charge Currency Charge currency e Charge Amount Computed charge amount e Waiver If this box is checked then charge will be waived Waiver Check this box to waive the charge Charge Amount System displays the calculated charge amount here You can amend this if required ta ORACLE 7 2 5 Viewing Events You can view all the events in the Events screen Click on Events button to invoke Events screen Events Reference No 1 Of 1 EventNumber EventDate EventCode Account Description Accounting Entries Reference Number System displays the reference number Events System displays the following details under this section e Event Number Event sequence number e Event Date Date of the event e Event Code event code of the transaction e Descri
172. ault the restrictions maintained at the account class level will be displayed here When you define transaction code or product restriction attributes for an account itself rather than for the account class to which it belongs it is referred to as a Special Condition You can apply special conditions by selecting the option Special Condition Applicable at the account level If you opt to define special conditions for an account the restrictions defined for the Account Class to which the account belongs will NOT apply to this account If you wish to continue with the account class restrictions opt for Special Condition Not Applicable Restriction Type Specify the restriction type here The options available are e Allowed If you select this the transaction code entered in the multi entry block will be allowed for that customer account e Disallowed If you select this option the transaction code entered in the multi entry block will be disallowed Transaction Code Likewise you can maintain restrictions for transaction codes as well Description The system displays the description for the transaction code that you have specified Dr During transaction processing the system will validate whether any restrictions are placed on the account based on either product and or transaction code If you have indicated to allow debit transactions for the product ABCD and attempt to post a credit entry the system will seek
173. awer ID Specify the drawer Id This adjoining option list displays all valid drawer Ids maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Remarks Specify the reason for cancellation of post dated cheque Event Sequence Number Specify the event sequence number for processing a post dated cheque 126 ORACLE 12 2 3 1 12 2 3 2 Source Code User Reference Specify the user reference number This is a mandatory field External Reference Number Specify the external reference number while processing a post dated cheque Branch Code Specify the code for the branch that has issued the post dated Cheques Instrument Number This is the PDC number If PDC type is External this number should be unique for the given clearing branch amp bank Clearing Details In the fields provided enter select the Clearing product Select the product that is ready for clearing Issuer Branch Select the branch that is issuing the post dated Cheques Clearing Bank Select the bank that is clearing the post dated Cheques issued Clearing Branch Select the branch that is clearing the post dated Cheques issued Sector Code Select the code of the sector that is processing the post dated Cheques Issuer Bank Select the bank that is issuing the post dated Cheques Bulk Transaction Reference Number Specify the bulk transaction number that is used in transactions For detailed field explanation on End Point amp Routi
174. ays the following details for each one of them Authorization Status Structure Group Record Status Description Fa ORACLE 9 1 9 Maintaining Amount Blocks Defining Amount Blocks An amount block is that part of the balance in a customer s account which you wish to reserve for a specific purpose It can be specified for an account either on the directions of the customer or at the behest of the bank When an amount block is set for an account the balance available for withdrawal is the current balance of the account minus the blocked amount On expiry of the period for which the amount block is defined the system automatically updates the amount block Cheque in the Customer Accounts table For Example If the balance in an account is 1000 currency units and the amount block defined is 500 currency units the actual funds available for withdrawal is only 500 units An override will be required if the customer withdraws a higher amount When a debit to a customer account is made where the transaction amount exceeds the available balance in the account the system asks for an override Amount blocks are maintained in the Amount Block Maintenance table Defining Amount Block Reasons Whenever you impose an amount block hold on customer accounts a valid reason can be assigned for having effected the hold You can define these reasons using the Hold Maintenance screen You can invoke this
175. bank should be within the specified limit In case the instrument issued for the issuer bank exceeds this limit the system will prompt for an authorization Event to maintain the events REVA DISU The various products selected against the various statuses should have maintenance in ARC except for statuses like Expired or Reissue Maintaining Instrument Types for Outward Clearing Cheques When you maintain instrument types for processing outward clearing Cheques you need to ensure that You have maintained the clearing products that would be used for processing the Reg istration INIT and Liquidation LIQD events In the Demand Drafts Details screen you must associate the statuses used for registra tion and liquidation with the appropriate product codes Assume you have maintained the products CGOC Registration of Outward Clearing Cheques and DDLQ Liquida tion of Outward Clearing Cheques You need to associate the status INIT Registration with the product CGOC and LIQD Liquidation with the product DDLQ The Clearing Required option has not been enabled for the product maintained for the liquidation event Maintaining Instrument Types for Other Banks For maintaining instruments types on behalf of other banks invoke the Banker Cheques Demand Drafts Issuer Banks Details screen from the Application Browser You can invoke the Banker Cheques Demand Drafts Issuer Banks Details screen by typing
176. benefit plan At this point the system considers the relationships maintained for the new customer After the primary party change AML tracking for online daily TOV monthly TOV for the customer group associated with the new customer takes place On the same day customer account entries will report to two customer numbers Incase of back dated transactions in the account after primary party change the system considers the new customer while passing accounting entries oe ORACLE 3 6 4 The system does not validate the origination accounts during primary party change Transactions in PC which are active at the time of primary party change will show the old customer number itself in the Payments and Collections Contract screen The changes made using Primary Party Change screen will not reflect in the change log of the customer account screen Viewing Primary Party Change Summary You can view a summary of primary party changes made in the system using Primary Party Change Maintenance Summary screen To invoke this screen type STSCUSCH in the field at the top right corner of the application toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button Primary Party Change Maintainance Summary amp Search et Advanced Search 5 Reset r3 Clear All Case Sensitive Authorization Status x Record Status x Branch Code azl Account No az Records per page 15 z 10f1 Authorization Status
177. ber the following points while modifying e A used status cannot be changed a ORACLE 7 2 7 e For cheques that are stopped from payment the Stopped box is checked and Status of the cheque is set to Unused e Not used status can be changed to rejected cancelled e A Canceled status cannot be changed e Rejected status can be changed to used A Cheque may have passed through a series of status changes The modification number moves up serially each time you change the status of a Cheque To view the status click the arrow button under Modification Number This arrow will take you through the modifications To view the modification history of a Cheque click History button to display the Cheque Details History table This table lists in a tabular form each successive modification detail that this Cheque has undergone The amount for which the Cheque was issued the presentation date and the value date of the Cheque are also displayed The serial number represents the modification number To exit from the Cheque Details History table click Exit or Cancel button If you have invoked the table from the Application Browser you would be returned to the Browser If you have invoked this table from the Cheque Status screen you would be returned to the Cheque Status table Retrieving Cheque Details You can view modify or authorize details related
178. branch currency combination e The related customer of the credit account thus obtained will be determined e The Swift address BIC code for the customer will be obtained from the customer ad dress BIC directory MT 110 and MT 111 generated will not have any funding advice The fields 53A and 54A will not be populated for these messages The population of the tags of MT110 and MT111 will be as follows MT110 The receiver of MT110 will be the BIC for the customer corresponding to the Nostro a c of the Liquidation product s ARC setup Message Text Message Contents Transaction Reference Number 20 Contract Reference Number of the DD transaction Number of the cheque 21 Instrument Number from the DD transaction Date the cheque was issued 30 Instrument Date from DD transaction Currency and Amount of Cheque 32B Instrument Currency Instrument Amount Payee of the cheque 59 Beneficiary Name MT111 The receiver of the MT111 will be the BIC for the customer corresponding to the Nostro a c of the liquidation product s ARC setup Message Text Message Contents Transaction Reference Number 20 Contract Reference Number of the DD transaction Number of the cheque 21 Instrument Number from the DD transaction Date the cheque was issued 30 Instrument date from DD transaction Currency and amount of cheque 32B Instrument Currency Instrument Amount Payee of the chequ
179. can access this screen oer ORACLE Customer Account Limit E New E3 Enter Query Branch Code Customer No Account Customer Name Account Description Account Class Currency Cr Transaction Limit Sublimit Credit Start Date Uncollected Funds Limit Credit Rev Date Temporary Overdraft Limit Temporary Overdraft Start Offline Limit Temporary Overdraft End Daylight Limit Limit Currency Notification Percentage Netting Required Y TOD Renewal Renew TOD Renew Frequency X Renew Unit Next Renewal Limit TD Collateral Linkages C Auto Create Pool and Line Linkage 101 ef EIS Collateral Type Collateral Available Amount Linked Amount Applicabl E Term deposit 4 OD Limit 101 Customer No Effective Date Liability Number Linkage Type Linkage Ref No Y Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You need to specify the following details Branch Code Specify the branch code of the branch in which you are maintaining the customer account limits The adjoining option list displays all valid branches that are maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Account Specify the account of the customer The adjoining option list displays all valid accounts that are maintained in the selected transaction branch You can choose the appropriate one Sap ORACLE Currency The system displays the customer account s currency You
180. can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being generated from the adjoining option list Customer Type Select customer type of the account for which you need to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Individual Select if the customer type is individual e Corporate Select if the customer type is Corporate e Bank Select if the customer type is Bank e All Customer Category Specify a valid category of the customer for whose account you wish to generate a report from the adjoining option list Account Number Specify a valid account number for which you wish to generate a report from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Operating Instructions Not Captured Report is as follows 1e30 ORACLE Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Code Indicates Bank Code Bank Name Indicates Bank Name Branch Code Indicates Branch code Branch Indicates Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User ID Indicates User ID Run Time Indicates the time on which the report is generated Body of the Report The following details related to every
181. ccount level with the transaction code maintained at account class level The Amount blocks are placed based on the following conditions e For Future dated transaction the Amount Block will be placed with the block expiry date as effective date of transaction e Forcurrent dated transaction the Amount Block will be placed with the block expiry date as application date e Ifthe transaction is saved after the currency cut off time then the Amount Block will be placed with the block expiry date as next day and system processes Escrow transfer on the next day Note Cut off time is applicable only for transaction entry and not for authorization of transaction Reversal of transaction happens based on the following conditions e If the Reversal of transaction is done on same day the amount block that is placed due to the escrow transaction will be removed e If the transaction is reversed on next day after escrow amount block is processed then the system reverts the amount from the Escrow account The negative entries will be posted with the reversal transaction code maintained at account class level 3 105 ORACLE 3 12 Processing Sweep In The linked cover accounts Auto Deposits and Term Deposits are debited online or real time and Primary CASA account is funded immediately to ensure that primary CASA account is not moved into debit balance due to Sweep in before EOD batch processing and complete the Debit Transaction
182. ce The balance of account including the limit uncleared uncollected funds No of Returned Cheques Total number of cheques returned on the account for that month Debit Interest Month END IC Debit interest liquidated for that account only will be considered N S F Number of transactions which could not be completed owing to Insufficient Balance in the account for the month CHG BLE TR Number of chargeable transactions for the month 1G ORACLE DB CHK RTD Number of cheques returned for the month Debit AVG Debit average for the month Days in Debit Number of days in debit for the month Monthly Debit AVG Debit average for the month Credit average Credit AVG Days in Credit Number of days in Credit for the month Monthly Credit AVG Monthly credit average XOD AVG Excess overdraft average for the month DAYS XOD Number of days in excess overdraft for the month MNTH AV Excess overdraft average Number of times gone into Number of times the account went into overdraft for the Overdraft month Note The balance is shown in terms of the account currency a ORACLE 17 6 Account Statement Reports You can get the details of the account statement reports using Account Statement Reports screen You can invoke this screen by typing ACDOPTN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoi
183. ce Number Branch Remitter Account Remitter Branch Routing Number Product Instrument Currency Instrument Amount Instrument Date Transaction Date End Point Late Clearing Instrument Number Batch Number Status Rejected Code Instrument Type Remitter Bank Beneficiary Account Beneficiary Bank Beneficiary Branch Bank Value Date Customer Value Date Serial Number _ Advice Required ms Contract Reference Entry Number Override Stale Days Din C Override Stop Pay Din Date m ji Remarks C Force Posting Adjust Amount Old Instrument Amount Module Reference Number Error Codes Error Message Charge Events Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You can query for the interface details based on the following criteria Source Code Specify the source code for clearing transaction External Reference Specify the external reference number e Click Execute Query The system displays the following details Branch e Remitter Account e Remitter Branch e Routing Number Taaa ORACLE e Product e Instrument Currency e Instrument Amount e Instrument Date e Transaction Date e Late Clearing e End Point e Adjust Amount e Old Instrument Amount e Override Stale Days e Override Stop Pay e Force Posting e Module Reference Number e Error Codes e Error Message e Instrument Number e Batch Number e Status e Rejected Cod
184. ceceeeecccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 17 15 17 8 1 Contents of the Report 1 cccccccccceceeeeenenneeneceeeeeeeeeeetseetecseaaaeaeeeeeeeeeens 17 15 17 9 Interest Statement Report ceccececceeceececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteetenseeaeees 17 16 17 10 Dormant Activated Report cccccccecceceeeeeeeeeceneeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseccsacaaeaeeeseeeeeess 17 19 17 11 Stop Cheques Maintained Report ccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseesnaeeees 17 20 17 12 Post Dated Cheques Due Today Report c ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeennecseesaeeeeeeeees 17 22 17 13 Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Report cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeescecteeaeeeeeees 17 24 17 14 Account Status Movement Report ccccceeeceeceeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeeseeseesensussaeeaeeeeeess 17 26 17 15 Variances Maintained Today Report ccecceeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeneeeeeeetitieeeeeeeeneeeeeeee 17 27 17 16 Operating Instructions Not Captured Report ccccccecceeeeeeseeeeeneecaeeeeeeeeees 17 29 17 17 Minor Customer Details Report eccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeteesieaeees 17 32 17 18 CASA Overdraft Reporti i o an a anea ea aaaea e aea aea a Ean dedka 17 33 17 19 Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report sseseseeseesseerrresserrrrseerressrren 17 35 17 20 CRR Movement Report cc ccceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeaaneeceeeeeeeeeeeeseseennaes
185. ceeeeseeeeeeeeeecteeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaas 3 140 10 11 Maintaining Tax Allowance Limit ccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 1 AA TOCE NO oi 2 ees A dict iatic Accel es Rea ws Siet faces vaes gadea ate TE 4 1 4 2 Maintaining Customer Tax Allowance ce eeceeceeeeeecee eee eeenceeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaas 4 1 Maintaining Stamp Duty Taxation ccccceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 1 5A Introduction sscvei seeszaravhedetees deed edi ae a a weliedevite a ia 5 1 Maintaining Passbook ssssssssssssnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nna 6 1 G1 Miodu eraa ath esses A A TAO 6 1 6 2 Maintaining Passbook Details ccc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaaeeeeeeeaaeees 6 1 6 3 Changing Passbook Status ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeenanees 6 4 6 4 Passbook Reports crssnicsriricnii ai e E AE A E dave renecdaneee A AS A 6 5 Maintaining Cheque Book Details cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 1 TA WMtOGUCUION eoio sores oh ee eae Acer uate aia te coast ancora natn nap daeeeeaea neces 7 1 7 2 Maintaining Cheque Book Details 0 00 ceccceeeceeeceeeeeteeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeteeaeeeeeneenaeees 7 1 7 2 1 Defining Cheque Book Detallls ecceececteeeseeeeeeenneeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeneeeeeseenaes 7 2 7 2 2 Viewing the Status Of a CHEQUE ccccceeseeeeteetteeeeeteeeneeeeteeeenaeeeeteeaaanees 7 5 7 2 3
186. ch a record takes effect You can maintain different values for a UDE for different effective dates for an account When interest is calculated on a particular day for an account with special conditions applicable the value of the UDE corresponding to the date will be picked up Typically you would want to open records with different Effective Dates if the values of UDEs vary within the same liquidation period Integrated LM Product The system defaults the Integrated Liquidity Management flag based on the IC product associated with this account Please refer Integrated Liquidity management for more information IL Product Type The IL product type will be defaulted to pool lead pool re allocation based on the ILM product maintained at IC product level aag ORACLE 3 2 9 3 2 9 1 UDE Values Variance Specify the variance in the interest rate This is the variance alone This value can be modified at any point of time Specifying Charge Details You can capture details of charges for the account using the Account level charges conditions screen To invoke this screen click the Charge button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Account level charges conditions Account Details Branch Account Default Product Details Product Code Description Currency Minimum Maximum Free Items Waive Charges Open List of Slab Amounts 1 Of 1 Slab Amount Charge Amount
187. ck either at customer level or at account level based on preferences maintained by the system You can generate CRR Movement Report with details of status change You can invoke CRR Movement Report screen by typing ACRSTMOV in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button CRR Movement Report Branch Code All All Specific Specific az Status Change Type ALL From Date To Date ReportFormat PDF PrinterAt Client v Report Output Print v Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Select Branch code for which you want to generate the report from the options The following options are available for selection e All Select if you want to generate the report for all the branch codes Tear ORACLE e Specific Select if you want to generate the report for a specific code If you have selected specific specify a valid branch code for which you want to generate the report from the adjoining option list Status Select status for which you want to generate the report from the options The following options are available for selection e All Select if you want to generate the report for all status types e Specific Select if you want to generate the report for a specific status If you have selected specific specify a valid transaction code for which you want to gen erate the report from the adjoini
188. cker ID Indicates the identification of the checker who authorized the record Checker Date Stamp Indicates the date and time on which the record was authorized 17 27 Passbook Details You can generate Passbook Details Report using Passport Details screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARPASBK in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Passbook Details Branch Passbook Number Account Status Account Description ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer Branch Specify the branch of the account Account Specify the account number Account Description Give a brief description on the account Passbook Number Specify the passbook number Status Specify the status of the passbook Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows 1 48 ORACLE Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates Current System Date Report Run Time
189. cks if any You can also use this screen to mark the account for no debits You can specify the following for a new amount block Amount for which the block has been enforced 78 ORACLE e Period for which this block should remain effective e Any remark applicable to this amount block It could be the purpose for which the block has been enforced Maintaining Consolidated Amount Blocks If you are maintaining consolidated amount blocks for the first time for a customer account you need to select the name of the customer from the option list provided On selection of the customer all accounts maintained for the customer that are available in the current branch will be displayed in the middle section of the screen along with existing amount block details if any Select an account to view all the individual amount blocks for the selected account in the lower half of the screen To create a new amount block click add icon The sequence number for each amount block will be automatically created by the system Maintain the following parameters for the amount block Amount Specify the amount that you would like to block in the account When an amount block is set for an account the balance available for transaction would be the current balance of the account minus the blocked amount Whenever a customer account is debited of an amount that exceeds the available balance in the account the system asks for an override Note t
190. clicking the adjoining arrow button Automatic Consolidated Request Statement Summary et Advanced Search 9 Reset Authorization Status Reference Number Customer No Records perpage 15 v 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Reference Number Record Status Branch Code You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria Authorization Status Record Status Reference Number Branch Code Customer No a Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them Authorization Status Record Status Reference Number Branch Code Customer No Effective Date Frequency Start Month Start On Last Executed Date 11 17 ORACLE 11 3 Maintaining Combined Statements You can generate a combined statement for all accounts through the Combined Statement Maintenance screen To invoke this screen type STDCDSTWM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button Combined Statement Maintenance Si Save Statement ID Customer No Bz Esi Accounts Loans CASA Details Statement 10f1 ElAccountNo Account Description Branch Code Format Frequency Cycle Frequency Statement Day Deposit Details Charge Account Bees we Elapply Charge F AccountNo Account Description Branch Code Cha
191. come lt Interest comp gt _ACCR Dr Interest Receivable lt Interest comp gt _ACCR Dr Event RADJ Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Interest Receivable lt Interest comp gt LIQD Cr 12 11 1 4 Discounted Arrear charge collection without Accrual Event CDIS Cheque Discounted PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_TAG Cr 1244 ORACLE Event PULL Cheque Discounting PD_TAG Cr Customer PD_TAG Dr Income lt Interest comp gt _LIQD CR Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD CR PDC_ISSUE PD_TAG CR PDC_ISSUE_CONTR PD_TAG DR Customer PD_CHG_TAG DR PD_PULLINC PD_CHG_TAG CR Event RETN Customer PD_TAG Dr Cheque discounted PD_TAG Cr Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Income lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr 12 45 ORACLE Event RADJ Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr Income lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr 12 11 2 Purchase Event CPUR Cheque Discounted PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_TAG Cr Event RETN Customer PD_TAG_ Dr Cheque discounted PD_TAG Cr Event RADJ Customer lt Charge comp gt _LIQD Dr lt Charge_comp gt _REC lt Charge comp gt _LIQD Cr 12 46 ORACLE 13 1 13 2 13 Instrument Details Introduction Instrument transactions entered through an Oracle FLEXCUBE branch are stored in the host Oracle FLEXCUBE da
192. count Number Specify the account number Account Currency Specify the currency of the account Date Specify the date S ORACLE View Criteria Indicate by clicking on the appropriate radio button if you would like to retrieve reconciliation details for a GL according to the following criteria e Unreconciled amounts e Reconciled amounts e Both GL Code Specify the General Ledger Code General Ledger Currency Specify the currency of general ledger Date Specify the date General Ledger Type Select the type of general ledger from the following e Internal General Ledger e Customer General Ledger General Ledger Details Master Reconciliation Number Specify the reconciliation number Reference Number Specify the reference number Amount Specify the Amount Unreconciled Amount Specify the unreconciled amount Date Specify the date Details Reference Number Specify the reference number Amount Specify the Amount Reconciliation Number Specify the reconciliation number Date Specify the date 3 141 ORACLE Account Details Master Reconciliation Number Specify the reconciliation number Reference Number Specify the reference number Amount Specify the Amount Unreconciled Amount Specify the unreconciled amount Date Specify the date Details Reference Number Specify the reference number Amount Specify the Amount Reconciliation Number Specify
193. count sub module of Oracle FLEXCUBE Besides this User Manual you can obtain information specific to a particular field by placing the cursor on the relevant field and striking lt F1 gt on the keyboard Audience This manual is intended for the following User User Roles Role Function Back office clerk Input functions for contracts Back office managers officers Authorization functions Product Managers Product definition and authorization End of day operators Processing during end of day beginning of day Financial Controller Product Managers Generation of reports Documentation Accessibility For information about Oracle s commitment to accessibility visit the Oracle Accessibility Program website at http Awww oracle com pls topic lookup ctx acc amp id docacc Organization This manual is organized into the following chapters Chapter 1 About this Manual gives information on the intended audience It P also lists the various chapters covered in this User Manual CASA an Overview is a snapshot of the features that the module Chapter 2 provides Maintaining Customer Accounts explains how you can maintain Chapter 3 l accounts in your bank for customers Maintaining Tax Allowance Limit explains how you can maintain Chapter 4 a tax free allowance limit at the customer account level Chapter 5 Maintaining Stamp Duty Taxation explains the workflow of Stamp P Duty Taxation
194. ct the balance to view based on the book date or value date Based on Date Range From Date Specify the from date for the combined statement generation To Date Specify the to date for combined statement generation Print Options You can print view or spool the statement Apply Online Charges Check this box to indicate that the charges needs to be applied to generate the ad hoc account statement Send to Customer Check this box to send the statement to the customer Teb ORACLE Processing Ad Hoc Combined Statement You can process the ad hoc combined statement by doing the following e Select the customer for which ad hoc account statement needs to be generated e Select the plan ID maintained for the customer e Specify the date range If date range is not specified then the system generates report for the current date only e Check Send to Customer if the statement should be sent to the customer You can view print or spool the message based on the option selected e Ifthe Send to Customer is not checked then the generated statement can only be viewed spooled or printed The message will not be available in outgoing browser e Specify if charge needs to be applied on the statement generation The actual account ing entries for the charge is processed only on the click of OK button of the Ad hoc screen e Reports button is provided for processing the reports e Statement is generated for a
195. customer data using Customer Dedup Maintenance screen Also you can modify the existing the De duplication rule condition You can invoke this screen by typing STDDEDUP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button LBL_CUSTOMER_DEDUP E New E3 Enter Query Bank Code Bank Description Dedup 1 Of 1 Table Name Condition Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You need to specify the following details Bank Code Specify the unique bank code from the adjoining option list Bank Description System defaults the bank name depending on the bank code selected 3100 ORACLE 3 8 Deduplication Rule Sequence Number System generates a new sequence number for each column whenever a parameter is changed Condition Select the field name for the de duplication check from the adjoining drop down list System displays all the fields of the below tabs in the customer creation screen e Main e Auxiliary e Personal e Corporate System will check the data duplication for the selected fields Note System performs the de duplication check for all existing customers against the latest available de duplication condition maintained at the bank level System performs the de duplication check for the new customers during customer creation and for existing customer during custo
196. d Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Account Number Indicates Customer Account Number Account Desc Indicates Account description Customer ld Indicates Customer Id Customer Name Indicates Customer Short Name Currency Indicates Currency of the Account Stop Payment Type Indicates Stop Payment Type Chq St No Indicates Cheque Start Number Chq End No Indicates Cheque End Number Amount Indicates Cheque Amount Stop Chq Date Indicates Stop Cheque Date Reason Indicates Reason for Stop Payment 17 12 Post Dated Cheques Due Today Report Branches collect PDC to ensure recovery and credit the customer accounts on the scheduled date These cheques are presented in the outward clearing on the agreed due date During EOD you can generate Post Dated Cheques Due Today Report which lists details of all the PDC that were due and were cleared on that day Transactions in this report are grouped based on the Instrument and clearing type of the cheques Report also provides a Branch wise presentation of cheques 17 22 ORACLE You can invoke the Post Dated Cheques Due Today Report screen by typing PDRDTTOD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Postdated Cheques Due Today Branch
197. d Close As stated earlier the amount block will remain active from the effective date till the expiry date However you can release a block before the expiry date Select the Close option to affect a forceful closure of the amount block If you do not select this option the amount block will be released as part of the EOD batch process executed on the expiry date ORACLE 10 1 10 2 10 Maintaining Stop Payment Details Introduction A Stop Payment maintained in the stop payment table is an instruction given by a customer to his bank directing it to stop payment against a Cheque This instruction can be based on any of the following e A single Cheque number e A range of Cheque numbers e The amount for which the Cheque is drawn When a stop payment is affected the stop payment status in the Customer Accounts Maintenance table gets updated to indicate the presence of a stop payment instruction for the customer account Whenever a Cheque based transaction is initiated through Data Entry or Funds Transfer the system validates if any stop payment instruction has been issued against it Payment against a Cheque is stopped if a stop payment instruction exists for that Cheque Stop payment for a Cheque can be specified for a defined period You can also maintain a stop payment bearing no expiry date i e the instruction remains effective until revoked Maintaining Stop Payment Orders You can invoke the
198. d Blocked Available Total Available Book Balance Sweep Eligible Balance ILM Sweep Eligible Balance Temporary Overdraft Limit Net Balance Turnover Details Opening Daily Turnover Cr Daily Turnover Dr Durrant ACV Status _ Posting Allowed _ Dormant Frozen _ No Credit _ No Debit Sweeps _ Blocked Stop Payment _ Status Change Automatic Overdraft Sweep in Enabled Additional Details Accrued Interest Dr Accrued Interest Cr Interest Due harnec Nua 4 Basic Details The system displays the following details under Account Details section e Account Number e Account Description e Branch Code e Account Class e Currency e Customer No e Account Open Date e Customer Name e Ownership e Mode of Operation 3 127 ORACLE Memo Details The system displays the following details Instruction Id Instruction Description Cheque Date Instruction Expiry Date Display Type Balances The system displays the following details under Balance Details section Current Balance Uncollected Blocked Available Total Available Book Balance Sweep Eligible Balance ILM Sweep Eligible Balance Temporary Overdraft Limit Net Balance Note The system calculates the net balance using the following formula Net balance Available Limit from Credit Line Available Balance TOD Limit Day light limit Utilized Line Amoun
199. d Amount VAT Rule Method will be provided Fixed Amount or Rate VAT Applicable Percentage Fixed Amount Percentage or Fixed Amount applicable VAT Deducted VAT in local currency Transaction Reference Number Reference number of the transaction 17 40 ORACLE 17 22 Customer De duplication Report Oracle FLEXCUBE generates a report that contains the details of the duplicate Customers based on De duplication rule condition maintained in the system To invoke Duplicate Customer List screen type STRPDEDP in the field at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button Customer Dedup Report Branch Code a Report Format PDF v PrinterAt Client Report Output Print v Printer Branch Code Specify the branch code for which you want to generate the report of the duplicate customers 17 22 1 Contents of the Report The report contains the following details Header Field Name Field Description Branch Code Branch Branch Code All option can be selected if the report needs to Name be for all the branches Dedup Rule Condition Parameter based on which the de duplication validation is done Teat ORACLE Body Field Name Field Description Customer Number Customer Id of the duplicate customers Customer Type Type of the customer for the which the duplicate id is found Short N
200. d modifying the record The status of a Lost contract can be changed to Re issue Apart from these you cannot reverse a Status The status of a contract can change to any one of the multiple options provided including Expired Liq uidated from the same screen and Reissue through use of the Copy option in the tool bar menu Reinstate Status A draft can be moved into the Reinstate status only from the Stop status This status is same as Init minus the accounting entries associated with Init A draft in stop status can be marked as Reinstated or Refunded or Re issued A draft in reinstated status cannot move directly to refund or re issue status It has to go through a STOP status like Init e AReinstated draft can be changed to the following statuses Cancelled Refund Lost 125 ORACLE Reinstated Stopped To mark a draft as STOP it needs to be replaced The old draft details have to be copied onto a new draft The old draft number can be specified in the field Original Draft Num ber Upon this Oracle FLEXCUBE will first move the original instrument into Cancelled status This will reverse the draft issue entries The old draft will then be marked as Re issued which will be achieved through appropriate maintenance of the products in DD status maintenance and its accounting entries in ARC maintenance When a draft in Stop status is copied you can Reissue it An override will ask you wheth er th
201. d to fetch the account number The system will fetch the account number if the following ways e Ifthe Auto Account Generate option is enabled in branch parameter the system will de fault the auto generated account number e Ifthe Auto Account Generate option is disabled in branch parameter the system will popup the account window You can specify the account number and it will be defaulted in the main screen Branch Code The system displays the branch code of the sign on branch If the you have Multi Branch Access Rights system allows you to select the branch where the account is to be created Note The branch selection option list will display all the active branches to which the user has access SD User Reference The system displays the SD user reference for the account however this is not applicable for CASA Private Customer The system defaults whether the customer is private or not from the customer screen You cannot modify this field ORACLE 3 2 1 Capturing Main Details Account Description The system displays the customer s complete name However you can modify it if required Here you can enter the nature of the account like current savings overdraft etc If a customer has two or more accounts under one account class you can specify the purpose of that account Note It is mandatory to enter the account description If the full name is not maintained at cus tomer level or acc
202. displays the following details pertaining to all the accounts held by this customer Account Number Account Description Branch Code Customer Name Account type Currency Current Balance Viewing Customer Accounts Details You can view the customer accounts details maintained in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen using the Customer Accounts Summary screen You can invoke this aay ORACLE screen by typing STSCUSAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Summary oa Advanced Search J Reset Authorization Status a Record Status Branch Account Records per page 15 v 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Branch Account Account Description Customer No Currency Account C _ In the above screen you can base your queries on any or all of the following parameters and fetch records e Authorization Status e Branch Code e Record Status e Account Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed Note You can query or modify the account details of the customers whose accounts are permit ted to you for the query modification in the Group Code Restriction screen If you are allowed to query customer information then system displays the following details pertaining to the fetched records
203. dition Applicable at the account level If you opt to define special conditions for an account the restrictions defined for the Account Class to which the account belongs will NOT apply to this account If you wish to continue with the account class restrictions opt for Special Condition Not Applicable Restriction Type Specify the restriction type here The options available are e Allowed If you select this the products entered in the multi entry block will be allowed for that customer account e Disallowed If you select this option the products entered in the multi entry block will be disallowed Product Code You can select the products and specify the type of transaction Dr Cr or both that you would like to allow disallow for each product In contracts involving the selected products the accounts would be used for processing the selected type of transaction For instance assume that for the account A1 you have allowed Dr for the product ABCD This would mean that if a Dr entry for the product ABCD is passed to the account A1 it would go through but in case a Cr entry is passed for this product then the system will display a message indicating that the transaction is restricted for the account Description The system displays the description for the product code that which you have specified Dr During transaction processing the system will validate whether any restrictions are placed on the acco
204. e e Advice Required e Instrument Type e Remitter Bank e Beneficiary Account e Beneficiary Bank e Beneficiary Branch e Bank Value Date e Customer Value Date e Serial Number e Contract Reference e Entry Number e Din e Din Date e Remarks The system defaults the remarks based on the narrative maintained in the respective data entry screen The system also displays the Charge and Events details in the respective windows is ORACLE Charge Details Event Sequence Number Contract Reference Charge Details Component Currency m Reference No H 4 40m gt gt I EventNumber EventDate EventCode Account Description Accounting Entries 19716 ORACLE 15 8 Maintaining Online Charges for Products Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to maintain charge products and events Online Charge Product Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDCHGMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Online Charge Product Maintenance E New E3 Enter Query Source Code Charge Details 10f1 Charge Event Charge Product Action Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You can specify the following details here Source Code Specify the source code The adjoining option displays all the source code maintained in the system
205. e Currency Account Branch Account Class 5 _ Private Customer SD User Reference Document List 1 0f1 Document Type Mandatory Checked Remarks Remarks MIS Fields Cheque Book Request DebitCardRequest ChangeLog Maker Date Time Checker Mod No Record Status Date Time Authorization Status In the Check List tab you need to specify the following details oie ORACLE 3 25 3 3 25 4 Document List Document List contains the information about the documents submitted to the bank for various purposes You need to specify the following details Document Type You can select the documents that are maintained in the account class Mandatory Check the box if the document is mandatory Checked Check the box if the document is checked Note Check list will be defaulted from the account class document list based on the customer type If any of the documents is mandatory at account class then the same should be cap tured in the account screen and it should be marked as checked otherwise system will not allow saving the account Remarks Remarks contains the additional information of the document notifications You need to specify the following details Remarks Specify the additional information of the document notifications if any After providing the necessary information click the Save button to save the info
206. e the branch for which the report is being generated using the following options e All If you choose this the system will generate the report for all the branches e Single If you choose this you need to specify the branch code for which the report should be generated The option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Date Indicates the branch open date User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates the date on which the report was generated Report Run Time Indicates time of report generation Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Account Number Indicates the account number 1S ORACLE Short Name Indicates the short name of the customer Full Name Indicates the full name of the customer Currency Indicates the account currency Current Balance Indicates the currenct balance Unclear balance Indicates the unclear balance of the account H
207. e 59 Beneficiary Name 196 ORACLE 15 4 0 1 Mapping between Common Payment Gateway Fields and Instruments The following table gives the mapping between the common payment gateway fields and the fields supported by Instruments This mapping is maintained in the system using the message type product category product mapping screen Common Payment Gateway Field Instruments Field Source Reference External Reference Source Code Source Code Queue Not mapped Amount Instrument Amount Value Date Instrument Date Currency Instrument Currency Status Not mapped Error Reason Not mapped Contract Reference Number Not mapped Generated upon upload Customer Account Number Account Number Customer Account Currency Account Currency Customer Amount Amount in Account Currency Customer Value Date Not mapped Counterparty Account Number Beneficiary Account Counterparty Currency Beneficiary Account Currency Counterparty Amount Offset Amount Counterparty Value Date Not mapped Exchange Rate Exchange Rate By Order Of 5 Columns Not mapped Our Correspondent 5 Columns Not mapped Receiver s Correspondent 5 Columns Not mapped Intermediary 5 Columns Not mapped Account With Institution 5 Columns Not mapped Beneficiary Institution Beneficiary Name Beneficiary Institution 2 Beneficiary Address Line 1 Beneficiary Institution 3 Beneficiary
208. e Authorization Status e Record Status e Description e Customer No e Currency e Account Class e No Debits e No Credits e Stop Payments e Dormant e Account Open date e Alternate Account Number e Cheque Book e Pass Book oa ORACLE 3 5 e ATM e ATM Account Number e Account Type e Frozen e MT110 e Reconciliation Required e IBAN Account Number e Branch Code e Account e Project Account Viewing Customer Account Sweep History details The system computes the Sweep history details when Cover Accounts Auto Deposits Term Deposits are linked to the primary CASA account in Sweep in Structure screen at customer account level You can view Customer Account Sweep details in the Customer Account Sweep History Details screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDSWHIS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Sweep History Details enter Query Branch Code 000 Account Number Account Currency Current Balance Sweep Details 101R Order of Linkage Branch Account Number Account Type Linked Percentage Linked Amount Available Amount il Sweep History 10f1 Branch Account Number Account Type Operation Transaction Date Transfer Amount In the above screen you can base your queries on following parameters and fetch records e Branch Code e Account Number Sme OR
209. e Debit CASA account Sweep in amount e Credit Linked Accounts Sweep in amount ong ORACLE 3 13 The system will not handle accounting amount block during EOD batch as the linked accounts were debited online during Sweep in Only after complete replenishing of swept in funds the system will create Auto Deposits However only if there are surplus funds available in Primary CASA account Levying Penalty Interest on Notice Accounts The Notice Account is a savings account for which the bank levies Advance Interest if the account holder withdraws an amount more than the Free Amount The free amount is the amount that a customer can withdraw per calendar month from his her savings account without providing any notice to the bank and without being liable to pay advance interest Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates the setting up of a Notice Account using the Customer Accounts Maintenance Notice Preferences screen by enabling the option Advance Interest You can also configure an account class for advance interest by enabling the option Advance Interest at the Account Class Maintenance Notice Preferences screen For more details on the Customer Accounts Maintenance Notice Preferences screen refer to the preceding section titled Maintaining Notice Preferences for Withdrawal For more details on the Account Class Maintenance Notice Preferences screen refer to the s
210. e Reverse Reversing a PDC that has been liquidated Contingent entries passed for the PDC are reversed e Cancellation Cancelling a PDC that is active but has not been liquidated The account ing entries specified for the cancellation event are passed Limits Tracking Limits Tracking required If Limits tracking is enabled at product level then this box will be displayed as checked This is defaulted from the product and you are allowed to change it For Discounted and Purchase operations limits tracking should be checked Note Limit utilization will get updated at liability level Drawer level and for drawer customer level Limit tracking for customer will be tracked against limit line captured in Customer Cheque Discounting screen Limit tracking for drawer would be tracked against the overall limit for the Liability id cap tured at Drawer Maintenance screen 12 11 ORACLE Limit tracking for drawer customer combination is tracked against the line id captured at Customer Cheque Discounting screen Credit Line Select the credit lines to be used for limits tracking from the adjoining option list The credit lines maintained in the system for the customer are listed here The lines maintained for the customer is fetched by the system for the beneficiary account number and is allowed only for the CDIS CPUR operation The limit will get reduced to the extent of the cheque amount when the cheque i
211. e Reverse Sweep in Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates online reverse sweep in When a Primary CASA account receives credit after sweep in transaction and before EOD batch processing the system will reverse sweep in funds to linked accounts immediately without waiting for EOD batch process Credit can either be partial or full Based on the credit criteria the system process the online reverse sweep in Partial Credit to Primary CASA account During the day if CASA account is partially credited then the system debits the CASA account and credits the linked accounts in the reverse order of original utilization sequence followed during Sweep in The system will also keep track of remaining amounts to be replenished in linked accounts The following accounting entries are posted e Debit CASA account Partial Credit amount e Credit Linked Accounts Partial credit amount The system will not handle accounting amount block during EOD batch as the linked accounts were debited online during Sweep in Remaining amount is tracked as Amount to be reverse swept and the same is adjusted next time when funds are credited Full Credit to Primary CASA account During the day if CASA account is credited with sufficient amount to cover the amount swept in then the system debits the CASA account and credits the linked accounts in the reverse order of original utilization sequence followed during Sweep in The following accounting entries are posted
212. e cheque book from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values ie ORACLE e Courier e Branch Note If the delivery mode is Courier then you will need to specify the delivery address Delivery Address 1 Specify the address to which the cheque book should be delivered From the adjoining option list You can choose the valid account address maintained in the system Delivery Address 2 4 Specify the address to which the cheque book should be delivered Apply Charge Check this box to indicate that Online service charge is applied on new issue modify auth of the cheque book against customer account Include for Cheque Book Printing When processing automatic reordering of cheque books for your branch a file will be generated which will include the details of cheque books marked for automatic reorder This file will then be sent to the Cheque Book printer If you select the Include for Cheque Book Printing option then the system will include the details of manually reordered Cheque Books as well in the file to be sent to the printer Automatic reordering of Cheque Books will be triggered based on your specifications maintained for an account in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Refer the Core Entities User Manual for more details on the maintenances required for the same Specifying the value of the UDF Cheque Type When maintaining Cheque Book reordering parame
213. e copied draft needs to be reissued Specifying Instrument Number This number will be the least number available from unused instruments This is self populated from the instrument type maintenance and you will not be allowed to override the number An external reference if any for the transaction for transactions entered from the Branch this number is obtained by the system Branch Code This is defaulted to the current branch The DD MICR number of the instrument this has to be entered The instrument sequence number This is automatically generated by the system Instrument Date The date of issue of the instrument This date is defaulted to the sys tem date but can be changed to any future date You cannot enter back dated contracts The Instrument amount being paid through each instrument The currency in which the instrument amount is expressed Payable bank specified in the instrument Payable Branch the instrument is issued against Remitter Specify the name of the remitter or the third party The country location of the remitter also needs to be specified Note The country information is captured to enable Mantas to analyze the transactions for pos sible money laundering activities For more details on Mantas refer Mantas interface document The Branch Account number and currency of the account that is being debited for mak ing the payment towards the instrument The account number is a customer account
214. e cost codes will be picked up from the account class 3 2 19 1 Specifying Transfer log details Balance Transfer Log Account Balance Transfer Log Details 1 Of 1 Branch ProductCode_ Financial Year Transaction Date GL Code MIS Class OldMISCode New MIS Cod Here you can capture the following details Account Number This is the account number of the deposit If you specify an account that is disallowed for your user id and move to the next field the system will throw up an error override The restricted accounts for users ids are maintained in the User Account Class Restrictions screen The system will perform this validation for default settlement pick up also 3 2 20 Specifying Statement Details You can specify restrictions for the account using the Statement Details screen To invoke this screen click the Statement button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen a8 ORACLE Statement Details Primary Account Statement Generate Statement Only On Movement Display IBAN in Advices Type None Summary Detailed Account Cycle On Secondary Account Statement Generate Statement Only On Movement None Summary Detailed Cycle On Tertiary Account Statement C Generate Statement Only On Movement Statement Account Type None Account Number Previous Statement Details Date Balance No Previous Statement Details
215. e customer account by enabling the check box positioned next to this field Stop Payments If a stop payment instruction is issued for a cheque or an amount against the account number the system will automatically check the Stop Payment box When the stop payment instruction is withdrawn the status gets updated accordingly If a customer has requested for stop payment of multiple cheques the Stop Payment option will continue to remain checked till the last request is also cancelled After cancellation of the last stop payment instruction the option gets updated unchecked immediately Dormant The system updates this status for an account based on the dormancy days specified in the Account Class Maintenance screen Frozen If you have frozen a customer account in the Customer Information Maintenance Basic screen the accounts gets frozen For instance at the behest of a court order the status of the account is reflected here in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Posting Allowed The system checks or unchecks this check box based on the value maintained at Account Class level This check box facilitates Inter branch Accounting through Entity Accounts instead of GLs The accounts maintained for these Inter Branch transactions are used only for posting system generated Inter Branch entries and not for any direct posting using Journal Entry or Teller Transaction screens Status Change Automatic
216. e field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button instrument Type Maintenance E New E3 Enter Query Instrument Master CIFT Upload Instrument type LPAD Reqd Branch Account Account Branch Cheque Book Number No Of Leaves FT Details FT Upload Account FT Upload Product FT Account Branch Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status All the consolidated Cheque s that are printed and for which the Ft Upload option is selected get uploaded when this process is run Click Exit or Cancel button to execute the upload process The system generates an Ft Contract Ref No for each transaction contributing towards the consolidated Cheque amount and credits the Ft Upload Account with each amount individually thus keeping a track of all such transactions Associating an Instrument Type with a Settlement Instruction If the settlement account of a settlement instruction is the nostro with another bank the settlement instruction is automatically associated with the instrument type associated with the nostro It is displayed in the Instrument Type field of the Settlement Message Details screen You can also select a different instrument type from the option list provided Note The instrument type will get defaulted only if you associate the liquidating event with the advice tag PAYMENT _MESSAGE MT110
217. e of contribution that needs to be tracked for each Credit Line or Collateral Pool Note The total sum of Percentage of Contribution should be equal to 100 excluding the line for JV customers If the total sum is not equal to 100 then the system will display the error message as Sum total of Limits Percentage should be 100 Sequence No Specify the sequence number of the limit linkage If you do not specify any value then the system will generate data automatically However if there is any rounding related mismatch then the system will pass a different amount in the sequence number of the linkage Note If an account does not have sufficient balance or the balance is already used from the line the system updates the utilised amount of all lines and liabilities which are part of Custom er Account Maintenance screen The amount utilised for the specific line is based on the percentage specified If there is any rounding issue during allocation of utilisation amount to different credit lines the system will adjust it with the last credit line with which it is linked However if credit line is added deleted or a percentage of contribution is changed then based on the updated maintenance the system will update the utilisation of credit lines If the credit line is not maintained for Joint venture then the system will track the utilization at liability level only Specifying Linkages Details Oracle FLE
218. e of single account structure the primary account will have only one cover account and the cover account will have only one primary account for making the account structure free of duplicate accounts Every account has its own account structure While closing an account under an account structure you need to remove that account from the account structure manually else the system will not allow the closure of the account If you want to amend an account structure the system will check whether any amount block is open on the account structure If any amount block is opened then the system will throw an error You can also configure the error code Defining Account Structure Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to have a primary account and secondary account and then link these two accounts If you amend an account structure then the system will check if the status of any amount block created due to the account structure is open If one or more amount block is open then the system will display an error message If a customer account is element of some account structure then before closing that account you should remove that account from the account structure manually else the system will not allow you to close the account Debiting Transaction into the Primary Account During settlement if there is no sufficient balance in the primary account to cover up the debit cheque amount then the system will check for the balance in the cover account fro
219. e stop payment details issued on a cheque You can invoke this screen by typing CARPSPMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Account Stop Payment Report Report For Type All Accounts Selected Accounts Account ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer Selection Options You can indicate the following preferences for generating the report te ORACLE Report For Select the option Selected Account if you want to generate the cheque book details report for a selected account Select the option All Accounts if you want to generate reports for all accounts Account If you have selected the option Selected Account select the account for which the cheque detail report has to be generated from the adjoining option list Contents of the report The options that you specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The contents of the Stop Payment Report are discussed under the following heads Header The Header carries the title of the Report information on the branch code branch date the date and time of report generation the user ID of the user generating the report module page and the event date Body of the report Account The account number of the customer Pare The description of the account Description The stop payment instr
220. ect Tax from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Leave this box unchecked Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result FORMULA1 gt AMOUNT 1 TRUNC FORMULA1 TAX1 100 FORMULA1 lt AMOUNT1 0 21 2 5 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Leave this box unchecked SDE Maintain the following SDEs e DAYS e VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M e VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M e YEAR atts ORACLE UDE Maintain the following UDEs User Defined Type Elements NORMAL_RATE1 Rate NORMAL_RATE2 Rate NORMAL_RATE3 Rate NORMAL_RATE4 Rate AMOUNT2 Amount AMOUNT3 Amount Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain two booked formulae Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag
221. ect the account number for which the status has to be modified Passbook Number The system displays the latest passbook number issued for the selected account Branch Code The system displays the branch code based on the account selected Issue Date The system displays the date of issue of the passbook Status You can select the status from the adjoining option list The system defaults the current status of the passbook from account number Reason Enter the reason for applying a new passbook The History tab gets populated on clicking Populate button Refer the section Maintaining Passbook Details in the chapter titled Maintaining Passbook in this User Manual for details about the Passbook Status Change Screen os ORACLE Note On closing the account the passbook status is automatically changed as Account Closed and no further status changes can be made on the same account Modifying the status of the passbook will not impact the Account status of the correspond ing account Printing is allowed only for the open accounts and at least once authorised accounts with passbook facility 6 4 Passbook Reports You can invoke the Passbook details screen by typing CARPASBK in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Passbook Details Branch Passbook Number Account Status Account Description ReportFormat PDF Pri
222. ection Maintaining Notice Preferences in the chapter Maintaining Mandatory Information of this User Manual These Notice Accounts are linked to the Notice Period maintained at Account Class Customer Account level for the withdrawal of amount from the account The account holder should provide a notice of specified days months to the bank to withdraw an amount more than the Free Amount Once the notice period is crossed the notice becomes active and the customer can withdraw the noticed amount during the validity period of the notice For example if the Notice Period is 3 months then the customer should inform the Bank 3 months in advance about the amount the customer wants to withdraw from his account The noticed amount can be withdrawn at one go or in several installments within the notice validity period window After the validity period expires the status of the notice remains closed Note The system deducts the advance interest from the credit Interest earned by the customer on his credit balance in the account If the customer does not withdraw his free amount during any month he is not allowed to carry forward the same in the subsequent month You have to maintain an SDE for advance interest calculation on the amount withdrawn from the customer account The system takes up all accounts belonging to a product for which the option Advance Interest in Notice Preferences screen is enabled for
223. ed Date Specify the date of transfer of the branch Account Class Specify the account class from the adjoining option list Customer No Specify the customer number from the adjoining option list Customer Account No Specify the customer account number from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates Current System Date 162 ORACLE Report Run Time Indicates Current System Time Page No The page number of the report Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Customer Account Number Indicates the account number of the customer Current Branch Indicates the current branch code Previous Branch Indicates the previous branch Transferred Date Indicates the transferred date Account Class Indicates the account class Customer Number Indicates the customer number Customer Name Indicates customer name
224. eeeeeeneeeeeetenaeeees 11 6 11 2 3 Maintaining Message TYPOS ccecceeeeceeeneeeeeteeeceeeeeeecenaeeeetenaaeeteetenateees 11 8 11 2 4 Maintaining Customer Address ccccccccceeetennteeeeteneeeeeeeteeenaeteetnennanens 11 9 12 13 14 11 2 5 Maintaining Statement Generation Preference 0 ccecceeeteeeteeeneees 11 10 11 2 6 Maintaining Ad Hoc Statement ReqQuests ccccccceeseeeeeeteeeeteeeneeees 11 11 11 2 7 Maintaining Automatic Consolidated Statement Requests 0008 11 14 11 3 Maintaining Combined Statement cece ceeeseeeeeeeeenneeeeeeenteeeeeeeteeeeeeeenaees 11 18 11 3 1 Periodic Charges for Combined Statement c cccccccssseeesetteeeeeeeenaes 11 20 11 4 Viewing Combined Statement Details 2 0 0 0 cece eee eene eee eeeeraeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeeaes 11 21 Processing Post Dated Cheques cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneennneeees 12 1 TAA MMO CUGHON sesvsettese os devts ato cnene ae eas Sauce eda dette Tatts de ettene EN 12 1 12 2 Maintaining PDC Products eorne a ra rE A R 12 1 12 2 1 Specifying Accounting Entries and Advices for Events cccceeeeees 12 3 12 2 2 Specifying Product Preferences cccccccceseceeesteeeeeeeeeceeeeeteeaaeeeeteeeaeeees 12 5 12 2 3 Entering Details of Post Dated Cheques ececeeeeeeceeetteeeetenteeeeetennaeeees 12 7 12 2 4 Viewing ACCOUNTING Entries 0 0 0 cee eeeente eee ceenteeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaeeeeneenaes 12 12 12 2 5 Viewing ICFF Details
225. eeeeeenneene 13 11 13 5 Exempting Tax on Interest Earned on Deposit Accounts seeeeeereeees 13 11 Annual Percentage Yield for CASA Accounts ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 1 VAL oduc anean a TATA tel eee 14 1 14 2 Specifying the APY Basis eorna a EEEE A EIA E E 14 1 15 16 17 Instrument Type Maintenance and Consolidated Cheque Printing 15 1 15 TIMOOUGCHON Sigrid tet E te eat aaa oad Aten Guan E een a 15 1 15 2 Defining Instrument Type Sinira EEE EAEE IEEE EER 15 1 15 2 1 Viewing the Cheque Leaf Number and Status 0 c cccscccceesseeeeeentees 15 3 15 2 2 Defining Cheque Detaills ccccccccccceeeececeeenteeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeesenaeeeeeseaaes 15 3 TOS FW UDO sites Whe leeds acd atian AATE AAE A OA R Sepuuagedeny OO AAA 15 4 15 3 1 Associating an Instrument Type with a Settlement Instruction 15 5 15 4 MT110 and MT111 Generation ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseseennisaeeeeeeeress 15 5 15 5 Manual Processing for Uncollected FundS sssseeseessssesrsssesrrressrrrrsssrrernssseernnese 15 9 15 5 1 Operations that you can Perform e sseeeeiisseeeiiseseerrnnnneeernnrererrrnneneen 15 10 15 6 Intra day Release of Uncollected FundS eeessssssseisseserrssssrrresreerrsseenrrssreernsn 15 11 15 6 1 Querying for Details on Overdrawn Accounts eessssseessessseeennneeeeen 15 13 15 7 Interface Clearing Details eenid aea RE RAEE RAEE 15 14 15 8 M
226. eep Structure Maintenance screen You can invoke the screen by clicking Sweep In Setup in the Customer Accounts Maintenance Screen Account Structure Maintenance E New E3 Enter Query Structure Group Description 10f1 Sequence Number Primary Account Primary Account Branch Primary Account Currency Cover Account a Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status For Further details on maintaining the details for Cover Account refer Maintaining Sweep Structure in Maintaining Customer Accounts chapter of this module Viewing Account Structure Maintenance Summary You can view the summary details of the account structure in the Account Structure Maintenance Summary screen oe ORACLE To invoke this screen type CASSTRUC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button Account Structure Maintenance Summary Advanced Search Reset Authorization Status Record Status Structure Group Records per page be 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Structure Group Description You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria Authorization Status Structure Group Record Status Description Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displ
227. eficiary Account During liquidation the beneficiary account of the PDC contract is used as Debit Settlement Bridge The system passes accounting entries fro MLIQ as follows Debit Credit Amount Tag Accounting Role Debit PRINCIPAL_LIQD Beneficiary Account of PDC contract Credit PRINCIPAL_LIQD Loan Account Debit MAIN_INT_LIQD Beneficiary Account of PDC contract Credit MAIN_INT_LIQD Main Interest Receivable Note If a PDC is returned or bounced due to any reason then you can represent the same PDC for payment again Processing of Customer De duplication Batch You can use this screen in case of a rule change and the reports need to be taken for the list of duplicate customers You can invoke the Intra Day Batch Start screen by typing BABIDBAT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 16 1 ORACLE intra Day Batch Start Enter Query Function Specify the De duplication batch function id DEDUPEOD to run the customer de duplication batch Only open customer accounts will be considered for the de duplication check System initiates the de duplication process based on the status maintained for deduplication check at head office with the status U Unprocessed and P Processed internally 16 3 1 Processing Message Generation for Combined Statement An EOD batch STCDSMT is
228. em ae ORACLE 13 4 Entering Instruments Transactions You can initiate instruments transactions in the Instruments Transaction Query screen You can invoke the Instruments Transaction Query screen by typing DDDQUERY in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button instruments Transaction Query LEUE eiee Charges Instrument type Process Status v Original Draft Number Issue Branch Payable Bank Discount Days Instrument Number Payable Branch Reissued draft number Instrument Date Demand Draft MICR No Reference Number Instrument Currency Instrument Amount Batch Number Transaction Tanked Remitter Account Expiry Date Remitter SSN Account Branch Reissued Exchange rate Reissue Remarks User Reference Beneficiary Additional Identifier Details Name Address Count m r MIS Clearing Accounting Entries Maker ID Date Time Checker Id Date Time Contract Status Authorization Status In this screen the following details get specified for each instrument transaction that you initiate or gets initiated e The type of the instrument that the system will use for processing the transaction e The status of the instrument This is defaulted to Active on entering a fresh contract The status of an Active authorized contract can be changed to Cancelled Refunded Lost Stopped only by unlocking an
229. ement Maintenance screen You can invoke the Interest and Charges User Data Element Maintenance screen by typing ICDUDVAL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button User Data Element Values E New E Enter Query Product Code Account Class Branch Code Currency Code Effective Date Rule Description Description Accrual Frequency Currency Product Accruals Description _ Rate Chart Allowed Liquidation Days Months Years User Data Elements 1 Of 1 User Element User Element Value Rate Code TD Rate Code Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status For details about the screen refer the chapter Giving UDE Values for Condition in the Interest and Charges User Manual In this screen you need to maintain the following UDEs for the different IC products Assume that you have maintained the following interest products e Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer e Debit Interest on Current Accounts 21 19 ORACLE Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer Interest Liquidation before month end on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer Interest On Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer Charge On Less Average Balance 21 3 1 Interest on Saving and current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer You need to maintain
230. enance screen Currency Limits Details Branch Account Currency Limits Details 1 Of 1 Currency Credit Limit Amount Debit Limit Amount Account Number The system displays the customer account for which PC limits are being maintained Currency Specify the currency in which the auto exchange limits should be maintained The adjoining option list displays the currency codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Cr Lmt Amt Specify the credit limit amount in the chosen currency Dr Lmt Amt Specify the debit limit amount in the chosen currency Specifying MIS Details You can capture Management Information System details for the account using the Management Information System screen To invoke this screen click the MIS button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen SA ORACLE Management Information System Branch Calc Method Account Rate Type Fixed MIS Group Spread Pool Code Linkt p ink to Group Account Level Rate Code Pool Code Reference Rate Transaction MIS Codes Address 2 Cost Code Composite MIS Codes Address 3 ChangeLog Transfer Log Branch The current logged in branch code is displayed here MIS Group For an account the transaction type of MIS class will be picked up from the account class Rate Code Specify the rate code Select the appropriate one from the adjoining option list which displays
231. ence followed for sweep in is 1 Cover Accounts 2 Auto Deposit Accounts 3 Term Deposit Accounts If there are multiple cover accounts then the system follows the sequence of linkage in Sweep Structure Maintenance screen at Primary account level If there are multiple auto deposits then the system follows the value selected for Break Method parameter in Auto Deposit section of CASA account class ol ORACLE 3 12 2 3 12 2 1 If there are multiple term deposits then the system follows the linkage sequence in Sweep Structure Maintenance at Primary account level Reverse Sweep in Sequence The sequence followed for sweep in is 1 Term Deposit Accounts 2 Auto Deposit Accounts 3 Cover Accounts If there are multiple Cover accounts Auto Deposits and Term Deposits then the system uses the sweep in sequence of utilization to replenish the funds Reversal of Sweep in Transaction Oracle FLEXCUBE supports reversal of the Sweep in transactions irrespective of whether the reversal is attempted on same day or subsequently This will be supported for all types of transactions for which reversal is allowed Reversal will be allowed even for back value dated debit transactions involving sweep in of funds Reversal of sweep in will not restore the original position however it is treated as credit to linked accounts Similarly reversal of reverse sweep in would be treated as debit to linked accounts Onlin
232. ents on an automatic basis using the Automatic Consolidated Request Statement 11 14 ORACLE Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDACRST in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Automatic Consolidated Request Statement Maintenance E New Enter Query Reference Number C E Statement Branch Code Charge Account Branch Customer No Charge Account Customer Name Charge Account Description Effective Date Frequency Quarterly Start Month Start On Last Executed Date Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You can capture the following details here Reference Number Specify a 16 digit unique code to identify the record with You can leave the field blank to have the system generate it automatically upon saving the record Branch Code The system displays the branch code Customer No Specify a valid customer number for whom you wish to maintain a request for automatic consolidated statements The adjoining option list displays all valid customer numbers maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Customer Name The system displays the name of the specified customer ID based on the details maintained at Customer Maintenance level Charge Account Description The system displays the description of the specified charge account number based on the detai
233. eposits are considered only after utilizing cover account created for account Sweep Out Process During Sweep Out process the system e Check for the credit balance in the CASA account e Transfer the credit balance or the linked amount to the relevant deposit account e Updates the utilized amount for the transferred amount Note Other deposits are considered only after utilizing cover account created for account 3 2 5 Specifying Nominee Details Click Nominee tab in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen in order to capture nominee details for the account Customer Accounts Maintenance E New amp Enter Query Customer No Customer Name Currency Account Account Class Branch Private Customer SD User Reference Main Auxiliary ER Check List Nominee Details 10f1 Name Guardian Name Date of Birth Relationship Relationship Address 1 Address 1 Address 2 Address 2 Address 3 Address 3 Address 4 Address 4 Minor Interest Charges Consolidated Charges BIC Instructions Standing instructions Linked Entities Reg AccountStatus Restrictions a Currency Limits MIS Statement Limits JointHolders Fields Deposits Instruction Billing Parameters Account Signatory Interim Transactions Report Notice Cards Statistics Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request Sweep in Setup Documents ChangeLog Maker Checker Date T
234. eque amount Total Number of cheque This indicates the total number of cheque Cheque Cancellation Report Oracle FLEXCUBE generates a report that contains the details of cheques that are cancelled and revised on a daily basis This report is generated everyday during end of day operations Contents of the Report The report contains the following details Header Field Name Field Description Report Name Report name Bank Code Bank Name Bank code and bank name Branch Code Branch Name Current branch code and branch name Op ID Current user Report Run Date Current system date Report Run Time Current system time Tia ORACLE 17 9 Body Field Name Field Description Product Code PDC Product Account Number Beneficiary account number Account Name Beneficiary account description Cheque Purchase Number Transaction reference number Cheque Number Instrument Number Purchase Amount Cheque amount Purchase discount will be done for the entire amount Currency Currency of the instrument Interest Amount Interest Amount Interest will be applicable for cheques discounted only Interest will be computed from the purchase date till the liquidation date SC Amount Service charge amount Clearing Transaction Refer ence Number Outward clearing transaction reference number for pdc p
235. equest This invokes the Cheque Book Request screen Debit Card Request This invokes the Debit Card Details screen Sweep In Setup This invokes the Sweep Structure Maintenance screen Documents This invokes the Document Upload screen Change Log This invokes the Customer Address Change Log screen ORACLE 3 2 8 Specifying Interest Details You can capture details of interest for the account using the IC Special Conditions Maintenance screen Click the Interest button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to invoke this screen IC Special Conditions Maintenance Account Details Branch Account Calculation Account Interest Start Date Interest Booking Account Charge Start Date Charge Booking Account Interest Booking Branch _lInterest Statement Dr Cr Advices Consolidated Charge Account Charge Booking Branch Consolidated charge branch Product Details 1 Of 1 Product Code UDE Currency Waive Interest Generate UDE Change ILM Product Advice ILM Product Type Open Effective Date 1 0f1 E Effective Date Open UDE Values ROFI E User Defined Element Id UDE Value Rate Code variance Specify the following details Interest Booking Branch By default the customer s account in the current branch will be displayed in this screen in the Interest Charge Booki
236. equired siaa ORACLE Account Type The system displays the account type as either Single or Joint If the account type is Joint the system allows specifying the joint holder s information Mode of Operation Select the mode of operation Account Open Date The system displays the current branch date List of Joint Holders List of Joint Holders contains the joint holder s information You need to specify the following information Customer Number Specify the customer Id for the joint holder The adjoining option list displays the list of all valid customer numbers Select the appropriate one Customer Name The system displays the customer name based on the selected customer number Joint Holder Type Specify the type of the joint account Start Date Specify the starting date of the joint account End Date Specify the date on which the joint account has ended Nominee Details It contains the nominee s details You need to specify the following details Name Specify the nominee s complete name Date of Birth Specify the nominee s date of birth Relationship Specify the customer s relationship with the nominee Address 1 4 Specify the complete address of the nominee Minor Check the box if the nominee is a minor Guardian Name Specify the complete name of nominee s guardian Relationship Specify the nominee s relationship with the guardian Address 1 4
237. er name will be displayed alongside 41 ORACLE From Date You need to specify the date from which the customer account tax allowance limit is effective To Date You need to specify the date up to which the customer account tax allowance limit will be applicable The End Date should be greater than or equal to the Start Date You can also leave the End Date blank which would indicate that the maintenance is open ended Limit Amount You need to specify the allowance amount for the customer account Any interest earned by the customer exceeding this amount will be liable for tax deduction The utilization of the allowance would be tracked against the customers and the minimum allowance available at the account level Note The sum of limit amount specified in all the accounts of the customer should not exceed this limit amount Limit Currency This indicates the currency of the tax allowance amount for the selected customer account The currency appears by default from the Customer Tax Allowance screen and cannot be changed Remarks You may specify any comments you wish to record pertaining to this screen 2 ORACLE 5 1 5 Maintaining Stamp Duty Taxation Introduction You can collect stamp duty from the customers on the closing debit balance of the current accounts at the end of every quarter Each branch maintains this amount in their GL and then transfers the amount to the HO The HO consolidates the amou
238. er to the section Specifying Cheque Book Request Details in this chapter Specifying Debit Card Request Details Click on the Card Request button in the Customer Account Maintenance screen to invoke the Debit Card Request Details screen For more details on the Debit Card Details screen refer to the section Specifying Debit Card Request Details in this chapter Specifying Change Log Details You can capture the audit history details for the operations performed on that customer and the account using the Change Log screen To invoke this screen click Change Log button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen For more details on the Change Log screen refer to the section Customer Change Log Tab in this chapter Viewing Quick Customer Account Summary You can view the summary details of the quick customer account in the Quick Customer Account Summary screen To invoke this screen type STSCASAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow button CE Advanced Search Reset Authorization Status Record Status Branch Account Records per page 15 v 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Branch Account Account Description Customer No Currency Account C You can search for the records based on one or more of the following parameters e Authorization Status e Record Status e Branch Code e Accou
239. eral linkage amount This validation is based on the inked amount towards sweeps and any other amount block on TD account If TD Account Class is enabled for Sweeps then during TD account creation or amend ment you can modify sweep in features at account level by disabling or enabling sweep in However you can perform this action before linking it to Primary CASA account If TD Account Class is disabled for Sweeps then during TD account creation or amend ment you will not be able to enable sweeps feature at account level during Because the concerned TD Account Class is not eligible for sweeps feature 3108 ORACLE 3 12 1 e f you need to disable sweep in feature for a Term Deposit account then you need to ensure that the Term deposit account is de linked from primary account in Term depos its section of Sweep Structure Maintenance screen at Customer Account Maintenance level If not de linked then the system displays an error message alerting you to de link the account from sweep structure e Term Deposit currency and CASA account currency must be similar The system disa bles the linkage of Term deposit accounts in sweep structure with different currency De linking Accounts De linking Cover Account The cover account can be de linked from sweep in structure any time during the life cycle after utilization Once the cover account is de linked the system reverses sweep in amount stored against the cover acc
240. erate Account Blocked Report using Account Block and Reason Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARPACCB in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Account Block amp Reason Report All Branches OSingle Branch Branch Code a Hold Code Date Range From Date To Date Report Format PDF x Printer At Client z Report Output Print_ z Printer az Branch Code You can generate this report for all the branches or a single branch alone You can indicate the branch for which the report is being generated using the following options e All If you choose this the system will generate the report for all the branches e Single If you choose this you need to specify the branch code for which the report should be generated The option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Hold Code The system allows to generate the amount block report based on hold code criteria Date Range From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows 134 ORACLE Header
241. eration in the Branch parameters The account number is created according to the account mask you have maintained for the branch This will be mandatory and has to comply with length of 9 characters and MOD 11 validation if the value of the UDF Clearing A C Mandatory is maintained as YES in the Field Name to Value Definition screen However you can choose to change this number here and the system validates this number with the account mask you have maintained for the branch Viewing Details of Amounts and Dates In the Customer Accounts Maintenance Amounts and Dates screen you can view all financial details of this customer s account along with the details of the previous debit or credit activities However access to all financial information of an account can be restricted for any user The financial details of an account include the account balance the sweep eligible balance the uncleared debit and credit balances the debit and credit turnover and the interest details The turnover limit details of an account include the current financial period currency utilized and unutilized limit balances ot ORACLE Click Amounts and dates button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Amounts And Dates Branch Account Opening Daily Turnover Dr Daily Turnover Cr Current ACY Uncollected Withdrawal Uncollected Funds Blocked Receivable Available Unutilized Amount Total Available Prov
242. erence z Product Code Branch Code H Remitter Account Number Instrument Number 5 Issuer Bank Authorization Status Loan Account Number Cheque Status Normal Schedule Date Record Status bd Records per page 15 First _Previous_ 4 of 4 Next Last Transaction Reference Product Code Branch Code Remitter Account Numbe Instrument Number Issuer Bank Authorization Status Loar Record St Status L Here you can query on post dated cheques based on any one or all of the following criteria e Transaction Reference Number e Branch Code e Instrument Number e Loan Account Number e Product Code e Remitter Account Number e Issuer Bank e Cheque Status e Schedule Due Date 12 47 ORACLE Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them Transaction Reference Number Event Sequence Number Source Code External Reference Product Code Branch Code Remitter Account Number Beneficiary Account Number Instrument Number Currency Amount Value Date Clearing Product Routing Number End Point Issuer Bank Issuer Branch Purpose Activation Date Location of Cheque Record Status Status Loan Account Number Remarks 12 18 ORACLE 12 4 Bulk Input of Post Dated Cheques Oracle FLEXCUBE allows bulk inputs of PDCs with dif
243. erest rate Field 23 populated as per account class type IF Class Type is S or Y Tag will be populated with Cur rency DEPOSIT If Class Type is C Tag will be populated with Currency CUR RENT O 25 Account Identification 35x Customer Account Number for which advice is generated Faa ORACLE Content Status Tag Field Name Remarks Options M 30 Effective Date of New 6 n Effective date of New Rate interest rate in YYM MDD format M 37H New Interest Rate 1 12d Indicator C or D depending on whether new inter est rate is a credit or debit rate amp New interest rate in deci mal comma format O 72 Sender to Receiver 35x Information M Mandatory O Optional A rule identifies the method in which interest or charge is to be calculated An interest rule consists of System Data Elements and User Data Elements When you apply a product on an account while defining special conditions for it interest for the account will be calculated according to the interest rule that you have linked to the product That is you merely define the following e how the principal should be picked up from the account e the period for which you want to apply interest e the type of rate not the numeric value that should apply You now have to specify the numeric values of all the UDEs that you identified for the interest rule The value that you specify here wil
244. es the date of booking Amount Indicates the amount Customer Name Indicates customer name Beneficiary Name Indicates the name of the beneficiary Branch Code Indicates the branch code Processor ID Indicates the processor identification number Authorizer ID Indicates the authorizer ID 17 38 Large Debit Balance Report You can generate this EOD Report at branch level for all CASA accounts with large debit balances The report enlists all CASA accounts that have debit balance equal to or more than the threshold value maintained The Report also displays the currency wise threshold value maintained for the account class of the CASA account For further details on report parameter and batch maintenances refer to the Reports User Manual Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows mba ORACLE Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Branch Date Indicates the date of Branch in which report is taken Page No Displays Page No out of total No of pages in report Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates Current System Date Repo
245. est button in the Customer Account Maintenance screen to invoke the Cheque Book Request screen Cheque Book Request Cheque Book Details Branch Account First Check Number Check Leaves Cheque Book Type Order Date Order Details Language Code Request Status Requested You will be able to invoke this screen only if you have checked the Auto Cheque Book Request check box in the Customer Account Maintenance screen Branch The branch detail gets defaulted from the account branch Account Select the account number to which a cheque book needs to be issued The adjoining option list displays all the accounts which are enabled for the cheque book issuance First Check Number Specify the number of the first cheque leaf of the cheque book If the cheque book number is auto generated you need not specify Check Leaves Specify the number of cheque leaves in the cheque book Cheque Book Type Specify the cheque book type The adjoining option list displays the cheque types maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one You need to specify the cheque book type if the cheque book is generated with inventory tracking Order Date The order date gets defaulted as the current date However you can change the same Order Details Specify the order details Language Code Specify the code of the language The adjoining option list displays all valid language codes maintained in the s
246. ewing Joint Holder Details You can view the joint holder details maintained in Joint Holder Maintenance screen using the Joint Holder Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing STSJHMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Joint Holder Summary Authorization Status Record Status Account Number Account Type Branch Code ih Customer No 1 B Advanced Search Records per page 15 1 Of1 Authorization Status Record Status AccountNo Account Description CustomerNo CustomerName AccountType Branch Code In the above screen you can base your queries on any or all of the following parameters and fetch records e Authorization Status e Record Status e Account Number e108 ORACLE 3 10 3 10 1 3 10 2 e Account Type e Branch Code e Customer Number Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The records meeting the selected criteria are displayed e Authorization Status e Record Status e Account Number e Account Description e Customer Number e Customer Name e Account Type e Branch Code Reconciliation of MT110 with Incoming Cheque Transactions MT110 Message is received by the drawee bank from the correspondent bank as a confirmation of the cheque issuance When the cheque is received in the drawee bank system reconciles the message with the inward clearing transaction
247. f the Report Report Run Date Indicates date on which the report was generated Report Run Time Indicates time of report generation Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Account Number Indicates the customer account number Full Name Indicates the full name of the customer Currency Indicates the account currency Name on the Card Indicates the name on the card Expiry Date Indicates the expiry date of the card MIS Code Indicates the MIS Code Maker ID Indicates the identification of the maker of the record Maker Date Stamp Indicates the date and time when the record was created Checker ID Indicates the identification of the checker who authorized the record Checker Date Stamp Indicates the date and time when the record was authorized 17 32 New Minor Account Report You can generate New Minor Account Report using New Minor Account Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARPMACC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 1796 ORACLE New Minor Account Report All Branches Single Branch Branch Code Date Range From Date To Date Report Format x Printer At Client Report Output v Printer Branch Code You can generate this report for all the branches or a single branch alone You can indicate the branc
248. ferent due dates You can invoke the Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input screen by typing PDDBULKI in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input ENew Enter Query G Transaction Reference Sector Code External Reference Number Checks in Series Product Code Branch Code Remitter Account Number Of Entries Number Currency z Account Description Amount si Remarks Beneficiary Account Number Beneficiary Name Instrument Number Instrument Number Frequency Loan Account Number Clearing Details Clearing Product Routing Number End Point Clearing Bank Issuer Bank Clearing Branch Sector Code S Issuer Branch a a Charge Payable Details Charge Branch Charge Account 5 Number Charge Account Description Charge Currency L Activation Date Purpose Days Frequency Location Of Cheque Months Frequency Years Frequency PDC Bulk Input Details Contract Reference Operation Beneficiary Account Number Beneficiary Name Instrument Number Amount DP Amount Issuer Bank Disco
249. fications as required in the Provision Details section of the Customer Account Maintenance screen Auto Provisioning Required You can indicate whether the provisioning for bad loans in corporate loans and deposits module is applicable for the account If you indicate so the provisioning batch when executed picks up the account for provisioning Exposure Category If the logic for deriving the exposure category of the CIF or customer group to which the customer belongs based on the total exposure has been maintained in the Exposure Type Category Linkage maintenance then the exposure category of the account is identified If no logic has been maintained you can specify the exposure category in the Customer Account Maintenance screen Risk Free Exposure Amount You can indicate the risk free collateral amount that would be used in computing the provisioning amount for the account Provisioning Currency You can indicate the currency in which the provisioning amount must be calculated either account currency or local currency This specification is defaulted from the preferences for the account class used by the account and you can alter it if necessary In addition to the provisioning preferences listed above you must also indicate the applicable provisioning percentage and the discount percentage details in the Provision Percentages screen that you can invoke by clicking on the Provisioning Percentage button in the Provi
250. fied while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Branch Date Indicates the date of Branch in which report is taken Page No Displays Page No out of total No of pages in report Top ORACLE Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates Current System Date Report Run Time Indicates Current System Time Customer Name Indicates the name of the customer Customer Address Indicates the address of the customer Account Summary Details Indicates the summary details for CASA TD and CL Body of the Report The body of the report displays e Current And Savings Account Activity Summary e Deposit Account Activity Summary e Loan Accounts Activity Summary e Detailed CASA Account Activity Statement e Detailed Deposit Account Activity Statement e Detailed Loan Accounts Activity Statement 17 40 Customer Change Report You can generate a report that contains the details of primary party changes made in the system using Customer Change Report screen To invoke this screen type STRCUSCH in the field at the top right corner of
251. field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Minor Customer Detail Report Branch Code No of Days To Attain Maturity Report Format PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being generated from the adjoining option list No of Days to Attain Maturity Specify the number of days within which the Minor Account attains maturity Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Minor Customer Details Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Indicates Bank Name Branch Indicates Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated 13a ORACLE Field Name Field Description User Id Indicates Operator ID Run Time Indicates Run Time Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Customer ID Indicates Customer ID Customer Name Indicates Customer Name Date of Birth Indicates Date of Birth Date of Maturity Indicates Date of Maturity Legal Guardian Indicates Name of the guardian Contact No
252. following accounting roles are available Accounting Role Description CHAV ACQUIRED 1 CHAV ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 CHAV PNL_ADJ 1 CHAV PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 CHAV PNL 1 CHAV INCOME EXPENSE A C FORMULA 1 CHAV TPBL_ADJ 2 CHAV TAX PAYABLE A C FORMULA 2 CHAV TPBL 2 CHAV TAX PAYABLE A C FORMULA 2 CHG_INCOME CHARGES INCOME DORM ACQUIRED 1 DORM ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 DORM PNL_ADJ 1 DORM PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 DORM PNL 1 DORM INCOME EXPENSE A C FORMULA 1 IBSR ACCR 1 IBSR ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 1 IBSR ACCR 2 IBSR ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 2 IBSR ACQUIRED 1 IBSR ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 IBSR ACQUIRED 2 IBSR ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 2 IBSR ACR_ADJ 1 IBSR ACR ADJ FORMULA 1 IBSR ACR_ADJ 2 IBSR ACR ADJ FORMULA 2 IBSR PNL_ADJ 1 IBSR PNL ADJ FORMULA 1 IBSR PNL_ADJ 2 IBSR PNL ADJ FORMULA 2 IBSR PNL 1 IBSR INCOME EXPENSE A C FORMULA 1 IBSR PNL 2 IBSR INCOME EXPENSE A C FORMULA 2 20 2 ORACLE Accounting Role Description IBSR TPBL_ADJ 3 IBSR TAX PAY ADJ A C FORMULA 3 IBSR TPBL 3 IBSR TAX PAYABLE A C FORMULA 3 IOCC ACCR 1 IOCC ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 1 IOCC ACCR 2 IOCC ACCRUAL A C FORMULA 2 IOCC ACQUIRED 1 IOCC ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 1 IOCC ACQUIRED 2 IOCC ACQUIRED INTEREST FORMULA 2 IOCC ACR_ADJ 1 IOCC AC
253. following parameters and fetch records e Authorization Status e Customer No e Record Status e Statement ID Select any or all of the above parameters for a query and click Search button The system displays the following records meeting the selected criteria e Authorization Status e Record Status e Statement ID e Customer No e All Accounts Loans e Format e Frequency e Statement Day e Apply Charge e Charge Account e Charge Branch e Charge Currency 2 ORACLE e Previous Statement Date e Noof Previous Statements i ORACLE 12 1 12 2 12 Processing Post Dated Cheques Introduction Oracle FLEXCUBE supports processing of post dated Cheques PDCs both at Branch and Host levels PDCs have four events in their life cycle e Booking Entry of PDCs where details of the PDC are entered in Oracle FLEXCUBE e Initiation of PDCs where the PDC is authorized and becomes active Contingent en tries if required are passed for the PDC during initiation e Liquidation of PDCs where the PDC becomes a normal Cheque to be sent through clearing e Ifthe discounted cheque is returned from the clearing then the system will process the debit from the past due account maintained at Customer Cheque Discounting Mainte nance screen e Onre presentation of PDC the system will process the debit from the past due account maintained at Customer Cheque Discounting Maintenance screen e Durin
254. from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list alti ORACLE Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result VD_DLY CR BAL _M gt 0 VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE1 DAYS AND VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M lt YEAR 100 AMOUNT2 VD DLY CR BAL M gt VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE3 DAYS AMOUNT2 YEAR 100 Formula 2 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result VD _DLY DR BAL M VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE2 DAYS gt AMOUNT3 YEAR 100 VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE4 DAYS lt AMOUNT3 YEAR 100 alla ORACLE Formula 3 Specify the following details Book Flag Sel
255. g group and there are any non netted transactions of the netting group awaiting netting under the netting batch Click on the Charge button to display the calculated charges of the retail teller charge product Charges Reference No 1 Of1 ESN Component Charge Description Amount Currency Waiver In the charge details screen the system arrives at the final payout amount to the customer after deducting the calculated charge amount If the charge amount is waived off then it will not be deducted from the final payout amount If the account balance is not sufficient to cover the charge then the system displays appropriate error message Note If any other charges are linked to the close out product the same will be deducted from the final payout amount Refer the section Maintaining Netting Group in the chapter Accounts for Inter Branch Transactions in the Core Services User Manual for further details about netting For detailed information on the Customer Account Closing Mode Maintenance screen you can refer the Maintaining Customer Account Closing Modes sub heading in this manual Recording Details of Lodgment Book Requests For a customer account you can record details of lodgment book requests provided the use of lodgment books is allowed for the account You can capture these details in the Lodgment Book Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing CADLOGBK in the field a
256. g is required Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result FORMULA2 gt ABS DLY_NET_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE2 DAYS YEAR 100 ACCOUNT_LIMIT FORMULA2 lt ABS DLY_NET_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE3 DAYS YEAR 100 ACCOUNT_LIMIT Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Check this box SDE Maintain the following SDEs e DAYS e MON AVG BAL _M e RD_INSTALL_DUE UDE Maintain the following UDEs User Defined Type Elements RATE1 Rate RATE2 Rate AMOUNT 1 Amount AMOUNT2 Amount TAX1 Rate TAX2 Rate Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain two booked formulae and one tax formula ORACLE Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check thi
257. g return of PDC if the limits are maintained at any of the levels utilization will be updated e Cancellation when the PDC is cancelled before liquidation It is also possible to reverse a PDC after liquidation For processing PDCs you will first have to create PDC products in Oracle FLEXCUBE and then process individual PDCs as contracts under the products that you create Maintaining PDC Products You will have to create a product for PDCs and define attributes specific to it You can invoke the Post Dated Cheques Product Definition screen by typing PDDPRMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button In this screen you can enter basic information relating to a PDC product such as Product Code Description and so forth 12 1 ORACLE Post Dated Cheques Product Definition E New E3 Enter Query Product Code Exchange Rate Variance Product Description Override Limit Product Type Stop Limit Description Rate Code Slogan Rate Type Product Group Start Date End Date Remarks Accounting Roles Events Charges Preferences ICCF MIS Branches ELCs Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status For any product you create in Oracle FLEXCUBE you can define generic attributes such as accounting roles events MIS details etc by clicking on the appropriate icon in the horizontal array of icons
258. generate payment advices when interest liquidation happens on an account The advices are generated in the existing SWIFT or and MAIL format No advices will be generated if you leave this box unchecked The preference you have made in the Customer Account Class screen will be defaulted here However you can choose to change your preference to generate or suppress these Advices Interest Start Date For the account for which you are defining special conditions you must specify the date from which you would like to apply interest Interest for this account will be calculated according to the special conditions that you define subsequently Charge Start Date For the account for which you are defining special conditions you must specify the date from which you would like to apply charges Charges for this account will be calculated according to the special conditions that you define subsequently By default charges on an account would be applied when the free banking period if any elapses This means that the Charge Start Date is arrived at by the System by adding the Free Banking Period days if any specified for the account class used by the account to the Account Opening Date If no Free Period has been indicated for the account class used by the account the Charge Start Date is defaulted to the Account Opening Date that is charges on the account would be applied right from the account opening date and displayed in the Special Condit
259. gt Date DATE _ Bank Name _BANK NAME _ Branch Address BRANCH ADDR_ Customer Name CUST NAME1_ Customer ID CUSTOMER_ Account Number ACCOUNT NO_ OD Amount OD AMOUNT _ Utilised Amount _UTIL_AMOUNT_ EH B SC IF _DIFFEQAUL_ Your Account with Account Number _ACCOUNT NO_ has reached the limit of the OD ENDIF IF _DIFFGREATER_ Your Account with Account Number ACCOUNT NO_has breached the limit of the OD by _DIFFGREATER_ ENDIF EC EB RF FOR _BRANCHNAME _ AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY EF eae ORACLE For more information on Advice Format refer Maintaining Advice Format chapter under Messaging System User Manual Note For multiple collaterals you need to consider consolidated limit amount for deriving the breach limit amount The process of sending of the SMS alert messages is handled by the third party system The system re uses the following key information for alert generation Email ID from customer personal maintenance Mobile number from CIF personal information 3 2 40 Maintaining Customer Account Limits Details You can capture the details of account limits of the customer in the Customer Account Limits screen Based on the user rights only you can invoke the Customer Account Limits screen by typing LMDCUSLT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Based on the access given the user
260. h the customer account that you are maintaining Description In this field the system displays the name of customer that you have selected in the previous field You cannot change the description Relationship You have to choose a relationship code to establish a relationship between the customer being selected and the customer account you are maintaining By default the system will select the customer of the account as the Primary Holder This is a pre shipped relationship and you will not be allowed to change the relationship sal ORACLE 3 2 15 Specifying REG Details Reserve Requirements for Depository Institutions Regulation D is a US Federal Reserve Board regulation that limits the number of preauthorized withdrawals and transfers from a savings account or money market account The regulation applies to all United States banking institutions offering such accounts In consumer banking Regulation D often refers to 204 2 d 2 of the regulation which places a limit of six withdrawals or outgoing transfers per month from savings or money market accounts via several transaction methods The Expedited Funds Availability Act EFA or EFAA was enacted in 1987 by the United States Congress in order to standardise hold periods on deposits made to commercial banks and to regulate institutions use of deposit holds It is called as Regulation CC or Reg CC after the Federal Reserve regulation that implemented the act Regulat
261. h for which the report is being generated using the following options e All If you choose this the system will generate the report for all the branches e Single If you choose this you need to specify the branch code for which the report should be generated The option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Date Range From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates the date on which the report was generated Report Run Time Indicates time of generation of the report Tea ORACLE Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Branch Indicates the branch code Branch Name Indicates the name of the branch
262. h the report needs to be generated You can select the appropriate currency from the adjoining option list that displays all the currencies maintained in the system To Account Currency Specify the account currency to which the report needs to be generated You can select the appropriate currency from the adjoining option list that displays all the currencies maintained in the system Contents of the report The options that you specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The contents of the Account Statement Report are discussed under the following heads Header An Account Statement is the record of transactions and their effect on account balances over a specified period of time for a given account An Account Statement lists the debits and credits that took place over a time period The Header carries the title of the Report information on the Account Number of the user generating the report Body of the report Branch Name This is the branch where the account resides Branch Address 1 This is the address of the branch Branch Address 2 This is the address of the branch Branch Address 3 This is the address of the branch Account Number Details about customer account Number From date This is from date To date This is to date Page Number This is the page number As of Date As of date Customer Number T
263. hapter Verification of Signatures in Sign Verify module Specifying Standing Instruction Details You can capture details of standing instructions for the account using the Instruction Diary Summary screen To invoke this screen click the Standing Instructions button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Instruction Diary Summary 101 Authorization Status Record Status Instrument Number Unit Type Unit Value Here you can view the following details e Authorization status e Record status e Instruction number e Unit type e Unit value e Branch code e Instruction e Instruction type e Execution days e Execution months e Execution years e Month end flag ORACLE e Holiday rule e First due date e Next due date e Next execution date e Condition elements e Operator e Condition value e Account officer e Special instruction type e Expiry date e Special instruction 3 2 14 Specifying Linked Entities You can capture details of linked entities for the account using the Linked Entities screen To invoke this screen click the Linked Entities button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Linked Entities Account Number 101 Customer Customer Name Relations Include Relationship Customer Select the customer from the option list with whom you want to establish the relationship wit
264. hat the available funds in a blocked account will always be shown to be the current balance less the amount block The Blocked Amount field in the middle section of the screen will display the sum of all the amount blocks placed on the account You can raise the blocked amount for an account On authorization the Customer Accounts table will be updated with the modified blocked amount Effective Date When defining amount blocks for an account specify the date on which the amount block comes into effect A future dated amount block comes into effect when the Beginning of Day process is executed for the day on which the amount block becomes effective Expiry Date This is the day on which the amount block expires An amount block is effective till the EOD is run on the expiry date On expiry of an amount block the block amount status in the Customer Accounts Maintenance table gets updated if no other amount block is enforced on this account The balance available for transaction is also updated Remarks Here you can enter any remark specific to this amount block For example you can capture the purpose for which a block has been affected No Debit When defining amount blocks you can choose to completely block the account from any kind of debits made to the account To do this select the option No Debit At a later point you can UN Cheque this option to release the full block and define partial blocks if require
265. have the option to reverse it by selecting Reverse from the Actions menu in the Application toolbar or clicking reverse icon All accounting entries passed for the PDC will be reversed Oracle FLEXCUBE cancels the outstanding PDCs that are linked to loan after the prepayment of the loan If you want to cancel the PDC after the partial prepayment you will have to cancel manually through the Post Dated Cheque Transaction Input screen If you want to reverse the prepayment and authorization you will have to manually link the cancelled loan payment through Post Dated Cheque Transaction Input screen Note The system will generate advices when the PDC is cancelled This advice contains the message type PD_PDC_CAN with PD module Bulk Cancellation of PDCs The system can cancel all the post dated cheques of the loan account whose Schedule due date is greater than the Schedule date entered in the screen and which are yet to be sent for collection You can cancel the PDCs using the Loan Account PDC Bulk Cancellation screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDDBULKC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button LBL_PDC_BULK_CANCEL E New amp Enter Query Reference No Customer Name Customer Id Schedule Date Branch Code Account No Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Spec
266. he Authorized SWIFT BICs for Cus tomer Account screen Instructions This invokes the Account Operating Instructions Maintenance screen Standing Instructions This invokes the Instruction Diary Summary screen Linked Entities This invokes the Linked Entities screen REG This invokes the REG Details screen Account Status This invokes the Status Details screen Restrictions This invokes the Products and Transaction Codes Restriction screen Currency Limits This invokes the Limits screen MIS This invokes the Management Information System screen Statement This invokes the Statement Details screen Limits This invokes the Account Limits screen Joint Holders This invokes the Joint Holder screen Fields This invokes the UDF screen a8 ORACLE Button Function Deposits Instruction This invokes the Deposits Instruction screen Billing Parameters This invokes the Billing Parameters screen Account Signatory This invokes the Signatory Details screen Interim Transactions Report This invokes the Interim Transactions Report screen Notice This invokes the Notice Preferences screen Cards This invokes the Cards Summary screen Statistics This invokes the Account Statistics screen Cheque Book R
267. he ARC Maintenance e The details of the charge such as currency and the transaction code used to post charge entries and whether netting is required The amount of the charge is computed by the system and displayed You can choose to alter the charge amount here Processing Outward Clearing Instruments When you liquidate outward clearing instruments you need to enter the following details e The charges being collected on behalf of the collecting bank e The collection bank accounts You only need to specify these details if your bank is collecting charges on an outward clearing instrument on behalf of the collecting bank as specified in the ARC Maintenance Exempting Tax on Interest Earned on Deposit Ac counts Deposit Interest Retention Tax DIRT is payable on interest on deposit accounts Customers belonging to certain customer categories for example charities and non residents can be exempt from paying DIRT Refer to the user manual for the Tax sub system for details on exempting interest earned on Current and Savings accounts from DIRT 13211 ORACLE 14 1 14 2 14 Annual Percentage Yield for CASA Accounts Introduction Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to calculate the Annual Percentage Yield APY on customer accounts and display the APY on account statements so as to enable your customer to compare interest rates offered by different banks In order to enable the system to compute APY on CASA acc
268. he account Product Indicates Product used for account Effective Date Indicates Effective Date of new UDE values UDE Value Indicates new values of UDE Note Variance maintained for the TD accounts is displayed for the current day If the account is a CASA account system will not display the variance maintained for the current day A back dated value has to provided as input parameter to view the variance report for CASA accounts 17 16 Operating Instructions Not Captured Report Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates maintenance of operating instructions for a customer account If an operating instruction is maintained for an account then while processing transactions pertaining to that account the system validates the instructions You can generate Operating Instructions Not Captured Report to list the accounts for which the following operating instructions are not maintained e Mode of operation e Account signatory details e Nominee details e Minor and guarantor details 17 29 ORACLE You can invoke the Operating Instructions Not Captured Report screen by typing CAROPICT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Operating Instructions Not Captured Report Branch Code Customer Type Individual Customer Category Account Number Report Format Printer At Client Report Output e Printer You
269. he adjoining option list displays all valid authorized savings and current account numbers You can select the appropriate one From Date Specify the date from when you wish to generate the interest statement report for the specified customer account from the adjoining calendar To Date Enter the date till when you wish to generate the interest statement report for the specified customer account from the adjoining calendar Note To Date cannot be a future date Contents of the Report The report contains the following details 12 17 ORACLE Header Field Name Field Description Report Name Report name Bank Code Bank Name Bank code and bank name Branch Code Branch Name Current branch code and branch name Op ID Current user Report Run Date Current system date Report Run Time Current system time Body of the Report The generated report will provide the following information Field Name Field Description Customer Number Indicates the customer number Account Number Indicates the account number Currency Indicates the currency of the transaction Name Indicates the name of the customer Product Indicates the product for which the credit and debit details are displayed From Date This indicates date from when the interest is computed To Date This indicates date till when the interest is computed Inte
270. he charge is computed by the system and displayed You can choose to alter the charge amount here 139 ORACLE 13 4 3 13 4 4 Liquidating the Drafts You can liquidate the drafts issued at any branch and payable at your branch You can invoke the Instruments Transaction Query screen by typing DDDQUERY in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Instruments Transaction Query E New amp Enter Query EUEE Eels Charges Instrument type Process Status v Original Draft Number Issue Branch Payable Bank Discount Days Instrument Number Payable Branch Reissued draft number Instrument Date Demand Draft MICR No Reference Number Instrument Currency Instrument Amount Batch Number C Transaction Tanked Remitter Account Expiry Date Remitter SSN Account Branch Reissued Exchange rate Reissue Remarks User Reference Beneficiary Additional Identifier Details Name Address Country Narrative MIS Clearing Accounting Entries Maker ID Date Time Checker Id Date Time Contract Status Authorization Status Only contracts with Active status and payable at your branch will be available for Liquidation The liquidation product code as maintained in ARC should be selected The beneficiary account details are defaulted from ARC if maintained or have to be entered in the fields available for the same Charges are defaulted from ARC
271. he expiry date of the document Overdue notifications after the due date if the document is not submitted based on the frequency Notifications after the expiry date if the document is not submitted after the expiry date Note Reminder will be sent only if The mandatory documents are not submitted The account status is active and authorized Reminder will be sent only once If reminder date falls on a holiday then system will send the notification on next working day Reminder will be sent prior the number of days specified at the account level from expect ed date of submission or the expiry date If there are more than one notifications or reminders of the same message type for which the notification schedule date falls on the same day for the same account a single notification will be sent which will have the details of all the related documents Remarks 1 to 10 Specify the additional information if required oat ORACLE 3 2 7 Capturing Additional Details You can capture additional details for the account by clicking the following buttons in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Button Function Interest This invokes the IC Special Conditions Mainte nance screen Charges This invokes the Account level charges conditions screen Consolidated This invokes the Account Level Consolidated Charges Charges Conditions screen BIC This invokes t
272. he name of the branch RM Code Indicates the relationship manager code Account Number Indicates customer number Currency Indicates the account currency Full Name Indicates the full name of the customer Passport Indicates the passport Dormancy Date Indicates the date of dormancy of the account Dormancy Status Indicates the status of dormancy Account Opened Date Indicates the date when the account was opened Last Dr Activity Indicates the last debit activity date Last Cr Activity Indicates the last credit activity date 17 31 Debit Card Issued Report You can generate Debit Card Issuance Report using Debit Card issued Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARPDCRD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Debit Card Issued Report From Date To Date ReportFormat PDF wv PrinterAt Client v Report Output Print Printer ee ORACLE Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module o
273. he primary customer The option list displays all valid active and open accounts under the current branch Unauthorized and tanked accounts will not be available for selection Select the appropriate account number Description Based on the account selected the system displays the account description Branch Code The system displays the current branch code Currency The system displays the currency associated with the selected account Customer Number The system displays the customer number of the primary customer of the account You can modify this and specify the customer number as per requirement The option list displays all valid active and open customer numbers Select the appropriate one The customer number that you select here must be different from the customer number displayed on selection of the account number Once you have selected the customer number click Populate button The system will update the Account Signatory and Linked Entities details based on the changed customer number If you do not click the Populate button on saving the record the system will display an error message Customer Name Based on the customer number the system displays the name of the customer Account Class The system displays the account class to which the selected account belongs Remarks Specify your remarks related to the change of primary customer Viewing linked Entities Click Linked Entitie
274. he report from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar Insignificant Amount Specify the insignificant amount balance available in the account for which the report is being generated Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Bank Indicates Bank Name Branch Indicates Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated User Id Indicates Operator ID Run Time Indicates Run Time 1 36 ORACLE Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Product Indicates the product Account Number Indicates the account number Customer No Indicates the customer number Customer Name Indicates Customer Name Maker Id Indicates Maker Id Dormancy Date Indicates Account dormant date Dormant Days Indicates Dormancy days Available balance Indicates Account available balance 17 20 CRR Movement Report Credit Risk Rating CRR is analysed by Oracle FLEXCUBE Retail to determine whether an asset is a performing asset or not The bank can be tra
275. he top and linkage percent age is by default maintained as 100 and the auto deposit amount is maintained as linkage amount The order of linkage of auto deposits at Sweep Structure Maintenance level does not influence the order in which auto deposits are broken for sweeping out funds from auto deposits to primary CASA account The following are the validations and processes for term deposits on specified deposit account The system validates if holding patterns of term deposit account and primary CASA ac count are same If not equal then displays the override error message as Holding Pat tern Mismatch The system validates if primary customer number of term deposit account and primary account are same If not equal then displays the override error message as Customer Number Mismatch When you link a TD account in Deposit Linkage section of Primary CASA account the system validates if the TD account is linked as collateral If it is already linked as a col lateral then the system validates if the available amount of the TD account is equal or greater than the linked amount you entered If the available amount is less than the linked amount then the system displays an error message and stops the process of link age When you try to maintain a TD account linked to a CASA account as collateral for a Loan account OD account then the system validates if the available amount of the TD ac count alone is maintained as collat
276. heque Book You can archive the used and cancelled cheques for all accounts of the selected branch by using the Archive Cheque Book screen To invoke this screen type CADCHARC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Archive Cheque Book a X E new amp enter Query Archival Reference Number All Accounts Branch issued Before Date Presented Before Date Start Cheque Number tort End Cheque Number ArchivalDate 2011 01 05 Specific Account Account No z Maker Date Time Checker Date Time mla ORACLE You can capture the following in this screen Archival Reference Number The system displays the archival reference number All Accounts Select All Accounts to archive the cheque books of all accounts of selected branch Specific Accounts Select Specific Accounts to archive cheque books of specific account accounts You can specify the specific account numbers under Account Number You will have to select the accounts either as All or Specific If All is selected then cheque issued against all the accounts for the selected branch will be considered If Specific is selected you have to specify the account for the selected branch On authorization all the cheques satisfying the query are considered for archival and the actual archival process will get triggered Branch The system defaults the bra
277. her you want positive pay facility for the account or not When a check comes in for payment the system validates for any unpaid record only for those accounts that are under positive pay For all the other accounts that are not specified for positive pay the system does not do any validation before making payments for the checks Funding If you enable Funding accounting entries will be posted by the Positive Pay maintenance upload table for the positive pay transaction You have to enable Positive Pay to make use of Funding functionality If Positive Pay is not enabled Funding option will not be applicable If Funding is not selected accounting entries will not be passed for positive pay transactions Note You cannot enable both Deferred Reconciliation and Funding functionalities You have to choose between either of them for a particular account Mod 9 Validation Required You can enable Mod 9 Validation for positive pay accounts only Only if positive pay enabled then Mod 9 Validation will be active In the case of inward clearing of Positive Pay files if Modulo 9 is enabled for the product the system performs a Modulo 9 Validation on any new cheque If the cheque fails modulo 9 validations the system will display an error message on save In case of check replacement the Modulo 9 Validation is done for the new check number while in case of alphanumeric checks the system thro
278. his Cheque is paid by you over clearing You can view the three events on this Cheque in the Cheque Details table The Cheque book details table is maintained by the individual branches Maintaining Cheque Book Details You can invoke the Cheque Book Maintenance screen by typing CADCHBOO in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Click new button on the Application toolbar Cheque Book Maintenace E New E3 Enter Query Branch Kind Of Cheque Account Cheque Type Euro Check Leaves Commercial First Check Number Cheque Book Type Charge Details C Apply Charge Order Date Issue Date Order Details C Inci For Cheque Book Language Code Printing Request Status Requested Delivery Mode Request Mode Delivery Address 1 Delivery Address 2 Delivery Address 3 Delivery Address 4 Fields View Cheque Status Charges Events Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status In this screen you can maintain the following details for a Cheque book issued to a customer e Branch Code e Customer account number fl ORACLE 7 2 1 e First Cheque number of the Cheque book e The total number of Cheque leaves in the book e The Kind of Cheque whether Euro or Commercial e The date on which the order was placed for the book e The date on which the Cheque book was issued e Any other order related detail
279. his is the customer number Customer Name This is the customer name Customer Address 1 This is the address of the customer Customer Address 2 This is the address of the customer Customer Address 3 This is the address of the customer eg ORACLE Customer Address 4 This is the address of the customer Opening Balance This is the opening balance of the customer Transaction code Description This is the description of the transaction code Transaction reference Number This is the reference number of the account for which transaction details is being reported Opening Date The opening date of the account Previous Date Gives the date of the previous statement Transaction Booking Date This is the transaction booking date Transaction Amount This is the transaction amount Additional Information Gives some additional information Debit Credit Indicator This indicates the nature of the transaction debit or credit Closing Balance This indicates the closing balance Available Balance This indicates the available balance Blocked Balance This indicates the blocked balance Uncollected Balance This indicates the uncollected balance Number of Debits Indicates the number of debit transactions Number of Credits Indicates the number of credit transactions Total Debit Value Ind
280. icates the total debit value Total Credit Value Indicates the total credit value Current Average Monthly Balance Indicates the current average monthly balance Previous Average Monthly Balance Indicates the previous average monthly balance Current Average Quarterly Balance Indicates the average quarterly balance Previous Average Quarterly Balance Indicates the previous average quarterly balance 11 ORACLE 17 6 1 Note The month end job ACBCSTAT batch runs in EOFI to compute account statistics and ACSTHAND batch runs at EOTI with daily frequency Click OK button when you have specified your preferences in the Account Statement Reports screen The Print Options screen gets displayed where you can specify the preferences for printing the report Viewing Charge Details You can view the charges for online statement generation in the Charge Details screen Click on Charges button to invoke Charge Details screen Charge Details Event Sequence Number Reference Number Charge Details Component Rate Status Waiver x piares 1 i L Contract Reference System displays the contract reference number here Charge Liquidation System displays the following details under this section e ESN Event sequence number e Component Charge component name e Charge Currency Charge currency e
281. ict eivinnntnentinietidds 3 115 Recording Details of Lodgment Book Requests ccscceeeeesnteeeeeeenteeeeeeenaas 3 116 Querying for Account Statistics sei rrr ccc eeceeeeeeeenneeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeneaas 3 118 Querying for Month Wise Customer Account Statistics ceeeeeeteeeereeeeeee 3 119 Querying Account Details 2 00 02 cee T E a 3 121 Viewing Month Wise Customer Account Statistics 000 eceeeeceeeeeeeeeeetieeeeeees 3 124 Viewing Customer Account Balance cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeenaeeees 3 125 Quick CASA Account Opening eeeeeeeeeeennee eee eecieeeeeeetaeeeeeeeenaaeeeeeetnaeeeeeseeaes 3 131 3 25 1 Specifying the Main detalls cccccccsccccceseeeeceeeneeeeeeeeenseeeseeeaaeeeeeeenaas 3 133 3 25 2 Specifying the Check List Details 00 0 cccccccecceeeeeeeeeeenceeeeeteeeaeeeeteenanees 3 136 3 25 3 Specifying MIS Details rrr aa a E a AEE A 3 137 3 25 4 Specifying UDF DetailS 10ess1eesnnrunnennrnnnrnrrnnnenernnnsnnnnnnnrenrnnnnrnrannanena 3 137 3 25 5 Specifying Cheque Book Request Details ccccscsseseseteesteeteettees 3 138 3 25 6 Specifying Debit Card Request Details 0 ccccccceccsseeeeeeenteeteeeeenaees 3 138 3 25 7 Specifying Change Log Details cccceeseceeeenneeeeeeeentieeeeeeesaeeeeeeeaas 3 138 3 25 8 Viewing Quick Customer Account SUMIMALY ccccceeeeeteentteteeteennaees 3 138 Querying Accounting Reconciliation 0 ccc
282. ield at the top right corner of the Application toolbar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Post Dated Cheques Reject Summary C advanced Search Reset Transaction Reference Product Code Branch Remitter Account Number Instrument Number Issuer Bank Loan Account Records per page 15 v 10f1 C Transaction Reference Event Sequence Number Source Code External Reference Number Product Code 4 Cancel or Reverse You can set the required parameters and search the records Select the record that you wish to reverse or cancel Further click Cancel or Reverse button Post Dated Cheque Reject E New E3 Enter Query Contract Reference Reject Code Reject Reason You can specify the following details Contract Reference The system displays the reference number of the post dated cheque transaction Reject Code Specify the code that identifies the reason for cheque rejection cancellation The option list displays all valid reject codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one 1229 ORACLE 12 5 3 Reject Reason Based on the reject code selected the system displays the reason for rejection cancellation To cancel the cheque click Cancel button To reverse the cheque click Reverse button On cancellation the accounting entries you defined for the CANL event are passed After the PDC has been liquidated you also
283. ify the following details Reference No The system displays the Reference Number of the transaction Customer Id Select the Customer Id from the adjoining option list 1226 ORACLE Customer Name The system displays the Customer Name of the selected customer id Schedule Date Specify the Schedule date Account No Select the Account Number from the adjoining option list 12 5 4 Manual Realization of PDCs There are two possible ways of PDC realization based on the product setup e Auto Realization e Manual Realization For early late realization You can invoke the Post Dated Cheques Manual Realization screen by typing PDDMANLQ in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button PDC Manual Realization is query screen where you can enter the Reference number of the clearing transaction Post Dated Cheques Manual Liquidation E New E3 Enter Query Event Sequence Number _ Interest Source Code Grace Days External Reference Transaction Reference Branch Code Product Code Instrument Number Remitter Account Number Currency Beneficiary Account Number Amount Remarks Value Date User Reference E Move funds to collected Loan Account Number Realize Drawer Identification Cheque Date Clearing Details Routing Number
284. iliation No the cheque is subjected to the usual validations and is Rejected if There is any discrepancy in the instrument There is a Stop payment instruction issued against the instrument e f Positive Pay Yes and Deferred Reconciliation No Cheque is subject to the usual validations and processing e If Positive Pay Yes and Deferred Reconciliation Yes and if any one or more of the three fields viz Branch Account No Cheque No does not match with the Positive Pay instruction the cheque will be put under Deferred Reconciliation as Unreconciled e If this unreconciled cheque comes in for clearing once again with the same set of pa rameters it is Rejected e If Positive Pay instruction is received for an Unreconciled cheque it is marked Recon ciled and the cheque status is marked Liquidated e If Positive Pay Yes and Deferred Reconciliation Yes and the Amount field does not match with the Positive Pay instruction the check is Rejected outright All data pertaining to reconciled and unreconciled cheques are maintained and information regarding account no cheque no amount and status of the instrument reconciled or unreconciled can be retrieved if needed An EOD batch function will purge all reconciled cheques as part of the clearing batch process During the upload process validation is done against all the positive pay the deferred reconciliation flags combinations and all Unreconciled Positive Pay Ins
285. ils are defaulted from the account class oy ORACLE 3 2 31 1 maintenance performed for the account class category the customer account comes under You can however alter these details utilizing the Customer account maintenance screen To invoke this screen click the Interim Transactions Report button in the customer account maintenance screen You need to specify the details for an MT 941 message interim Transactions Report Interim Transactions Report Debit Dr and Cr Amount Generate Message Credit Amount Generate Message Only On Movement Statement Count For The Day Year To Date Statement Count Report Transactions Since Of Account Balance Generate Balance Report Report Transactions Since Previous MT950 This screen contains the details necessary for the account generation parameters The message details the balance of the customer account that is under a particular account class The account balances indicate the condition of the customer account for an identified time period Specifying Interim Transactions Report Generate Message Check this box to indicate that the periodic interim statement MT942 generation is required for the account This will be defaulted from Account Class Maintenance screen However you can modify it The Consolidated Statement and Generate Message are mutually restricted Generate Message Only on Movement Check this box to indicate that the inter
286. im statement generation is required only if additional entries have been posted subsequent to the previous interim statement generation This will be defaulted from Account Class screen however you can modify it Report Transaction Since This section lists all the transactions of the interim account statement which are supposed to be reported This will be defaulted from Account Class screen however you can modify it You can choose the appropriate values applicable e Previous MT942 This indicates that all transactions posted and authorized since pre vious MT942 would be sent in the current interim statement e Previous MT940 This indicates that all transactions posted and authorized since previ ous MT940 will be sent in the current interim statement If this option is selected you will have to specify the cycle of account statement to be considered Debit Dr and Cr Amount Specify the minimum transaction amount for the debit transaction to be eligible for reporting in the interim statement The corresponding amount for the account currency will be defaulted However you can modify the amount defaulted If the amounts are not defined at on ORACLE the account class for the currency in which the account is being created no defaulting of amounts shall be done If you do not specify the minimum credit amount the system will consider the amount specified in this field for reporting the eligible credit transactio
287. ime Mod No Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Specify the following details Name Specify the name of the nominee of the account Date of Birth Specify the date of birth of the account nominee 3 24 ORACLE 3 2 6 Relationship Specify the relationship that the nominee shares with the primary account holder Address 1 4 Specify the address of the nominee Minor Check this box to indicate that the nominee is a minor less than 18 years old Guardian Name In case the nominee is a minor specify the name of the nominee s guardian Relationship Specify the relationship that the nominee shares with the guardian Address 1 4 Specify the guardian s address Capturing Checklist Details Click the Check List tab from the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to capture the details of document types that are to be maintained Customer Accounts Maintenance E New E3 Enter Query Customer No Customer Name Currency Account Branch Account Class SD User Reference C Private Customer Main Auxiliary Nominee KoG dami Document List 10f1 p Document Type Mandatory Expiry Date Expected Date of Subn Unload Dalate Document Notification Details Send Notification Frequency Select X Notification Days Reminder Remarks Remarks Interest Charges Consolidated Charges BIC Instructions Standing I
288. imit Uncollected Funds the funds which are pending collection on the customer account Uncollected Funds Limit Withdrawable Uncollected Funds this is the uncollected funds that will be released ei ther today or with a value date lesser than today This is determined by your specifica tion for the Withdrawable Uncollected Funds Basis at the branch level subject to uncollected funds limit at the account level Note If for a branch you have specified the Uncollected Funds Basis as Uncollected then the total of uncollected funds is treated as uncollected funds If your specification is Uncollect ed funds Avl same day then only that amount of uncollected funds which is available for the current day or any previous day is treated as uncollected funds 1513 ORACLE 15 7 Overdrawn balance The sum of payable balance including limits and the withdrawable un collected funds subject to uncollected funds limits The overdrawn balance should be neg ative Intraday uncollected fund release batch status Interface Clearing Details You can invoke the Interface Clearing Details screen by typing IFDCLGDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button You can view the details of clearing transactions triggered from any clearing and PDC using this screen Interface Clearing Details E New amp Enter Query Source Code External Referen
289. in the system Processing MT110 Incoming Message After receiving the MT110 message system stores the message details in a data store with the status as U and tries to resolve the payment account from the Sender s Correspondent Receiver s Correspondent field 53a or 54a if present If the MT110 Reconciliation required flag is chosen for the account then the system stores the message details for reconciliation in a data store and the below reconciliation process is done System tries to resolve the cheque and it s clearing transaction with the below details of the message e Cheque number field 21 e Instrument Amount field 32a e Resolved payment account number If the inward clearing transaction for the cheque is found then the transaction is updated with the MT110 message reference number and the status of the message and the instrument transaction is marked as R Reconciled Processing Inward Cheque Clearing Transaction After the receipt of the cheque if the MT110 Reconciliation required flag is chosen for the remitter account then the system does the below reconciliation process e System tries to resolve the MT110 received for the instrument If the message is identi fied then the clearing transaction gets updated with the MT110 message reference number and the status of the message and the instrument transaction would be marked as R Reconciled ot ORACLE 3 11
290. instance let us assume that on the August 21 2001 you have set the account statement generation frequency as Daily for the account LI020804 On September 5 2001 there has been no movement of funds in the particular account If you have opted for the Generate Only on Movement option the system will not generate a statement message for September 5 2001 If you choose not to enable this option account statements will be generated regardless of whether there has been a movement of funds or not Tertiary A c Statement This refers to the type of statement to be generated periodically by the system for this account You can specify whether you want a detailed or summary statement or if you do not want a statement for this account at all Cycle You can specify the frequency for generating the account statements To specify the frequency of the statements click on the adjoining drop down list The following list is displayed e Annual e Semi annual e Quarterly e Monthly e Fortnightly e Weekly e Daily On For a weekly statement you specify the day of the week on which account statements should be generated and for fortnightly and monthly statements the dates of the month To specify for weekly statements click on the adjoining drop down list The following list of days will be displayed e Monday e Tuesday e Wednesday e Thursday e Friday e Saturday e Sunday Fag ORACLE To specify for monthly statements enter a number be
291. ion CC stipulates four types of holds that a bank may place on a cheque deposit at its discretion You can capture limited Regulation D and regulation CC details for the customer account using the REG Details screen To invoke this screen click the REG button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen The screen is shown below o Reg D Applicable Reg D Period Periodicity Monthly Start Date Statement Cycle End Date None Reg CC Availability Reg CC Availability Check this box if the check deposits into this account should be considered for Regulation CC aggregation Reg D Period Specify the following details Reg D Applicable Indicate whether the Regulation D limits are applicable for the account Periodicity If you indicate the periodicity of Regulation D applicability as Statement Cycle the restricted transactions would be counted over the primary statement cycle defined for the customer account one ORACLE 3 2 16 Start Date The start date for Regulation D applicability is first set to be the date on which you mark the availability option in this screen Subsequent to the first period the EOD process would update the start date according to the periodicity defined End Date Subsequent to the first period the EOD process would update the end date according to the periodicity defined Specifying Account Status Details You can specify status details for the account using the
292. ion Identification Specify ACSTHAND or select this value from the adjoining option list End Of Cycle Group Choose the option Transaction Input For further details refer the chapter titled Automated End of Cycle Operations in the Automated End of Day User Manual Given below is a sample account statement Sample account statement tite ORACLE COPY AS OF Ol NOV i1 account Oranch Sank Futura Caryl Street Liverpoo Branch address Cary Street Liverpool Great oritain Cust 10 020003344 Account 02000334401 Account REGULAR SAVING STATEMENT Account Normal current account class Account Great ritain pound Statement Fron z O1 CcT 12 To 31 OCT 11 Account Open Date Ol OcT i1 OPENING BALANCE CREOIT 5 000 00 AVATLADLE BALANCE STATEMENT OF ACCOUNT 02000334402 Statement Fron O1 ocT 11 31 cT 11 Book Date value ate INTEREST O2OTNMRPGE OQ001 12 OCT 11 05 OCT 11 TAX OZOINRPGEP 00002 12 0cT 11 05 OCT 11 5 039 05 Immediate credit 0209875112930001 20 ccT 11 20 ocT i1 oO 6 039 05 REFERENCE LOAN CHARGES O SC Rollover wistory Rollover oate Rollover Type Principal Interest Rollover Amount Old Maturity oate New Maturity Date Totals 1 041 20 No of DEBITS AND CREDITS CLOSING BALANCE CREOIT 6 039 05 AVAILABLE BALANCE 5 039 05 UNCOLLECTEO BALANCE 0 00 BLOCKED BALANCE 0 00 PREVIOUS AVG MTMLY BAL CREDIT 5 421 20 CURRENT AVG MTHLY BAL CREDIT 6 039 05 PREVIOUS AVG QTRLY GAL CREDIT 5 000 00 CURREN
293. ion specified in the Branch Parameters Preferences screen e Sweep Eligible balance which is sum of Available balance of Cover accounts Available Linked amount of Auto Deposits amp Available linked amount of Term Deposits e ILM Sweep Eligible Balance is sweep eligible balance for integrated liquidity manage ment Sweep eligible balance is calculated during linking of cover accounts Auto De posits and Term Deposit accounts for the first time and is recalculated during De linking of cover accounts Auto Deposits Term deposits After Sweep in processing After Reverse Sweep in processing Adding new cover accounts Auto Deposits and Term Deposits Modifying linked amount for Term Deposits Changing Cover accounts status to Debit restricted Frozen Dormant Any other event which impacts the balances of Cover accounts Auto Deposits Term deposits Click F11 to compute sweep eligible balance Based on the available balance an au thorizer in a bank authorizes debit transaction on primary source CASA account which has sweeps arrangement in place Click Details button to view the details e f Charge tracking preference is selected as Part track or Full track then once the amount for tracking has been calculated the system will do the following validations in IC module Will create an internal amount block for the amount to be tracked against the charge account The tracked
294. ions Maintenance screen You can override the default Charge Start Date and specify the desired start date for charge application Product To calculate interest for an account you must apply an interest product on the account To recall every interest product that you create is linked to an interest rule The logic to calculate interest is built into an interest rule When you apply an interest product on the account interest for the account will be calculated according to the interest rule definition For the account for which you are defining special conditions choose the product s that you wish to apply To recall you can define a Special Condition for an account only if the account class of the account has a General Condition defined for the product Thus the picklist from where you select the product for which you want to define a Special Condition will contain products that satisfy one of the following conditions e a General Condition has been defined for the product and account class combination e the product has been defined as a special conditions only product The interest rule that is linked to the product s will determine the interest that is applied on the account You may want to apply more than one interest product on an account For example you may want to pay credit interest on the credit balance maintained in a current account and levy a aaa ORACLE debit interest if the account lapses into a debit balance In
295. iple PDCs If you allow bulk input you can indicate the default instrument number and frequency of the PDCs This value defaults to bulk input contracts but can be changed while entering the bulk input contract Holiday Treatment If the liquidation event for a PDC falls on a holiday you may wish that event to take effect either on the previous or on the following day Select either Backward or Forward to indicate your preference You may also desire that the schedule for bulk upload of PDCs gets modified according to the holiday treatment that you specify That is if a particular schedule day falling on a holiday is shifted backward forward then you may wish the subsequent schedule days also to move e Forward e Backward by the same number of days Accrual Frequency Specify the frequency in which the interest components are to be collected The frequency can be Daily Monthly Quarterly Half yearly and Annual Accrual start month Specify the month when the accrual should happen if the frequency is selected as Quarterly or above Accrual start date Specify the date of the month when the accrual should happen if the frequency is selected as Monthly or above Charge to be collected in Specify the option for collecting the charges from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Advance The charge defined can be collected in advance e Arrears The charge defined can be collected in arrears The
296. is option If statement needs to be generated devoid of charge e Fixed Charge Select this option If statement needs to be generated with a fixed amount of charge e Based on date Range Select this option of statement needs to be generated and the charge for the same will be based on the duration of the period selected Difference be tween the from date and the to date e Online Charge Select this option if the statement needs to be generated and online charge is included Show Linked A C Details Check this box if you wish to show linked account details Dates You have to indicate the type of dates The options available are e Booking Dated e Value Dated Select Multiple Accounts Account Number Specify the account number The option list displays all valid account numbers Choose the appropriate one Print Options You have to indicate the type of print options The options available are e View e Sever Spool From Account Number Specify the account number from which the report needs to be generated You can select the appropriate number from the adjoining option list that displays all the accounts maintained in the system To Account Number Specify the account number to which the report needs to be generated You can select the appropriate number from the adjoining option list that displays all the accounts maintained in the system 179 ORACLE From Account Currency Specify the account currency from whic
297. ision Amount Auto Deposit Balance ILM Sweep Eligible Balance Sweep Eligible Balance Unauthorized Tanked Uncollected Debit Dr Credit Cr Uncollected Unauthorized Debit Dr Credit Cr Uncollected Cr Opening Daily Turnover Dr Daily Turnover Cr Debit Dr Credit Cr Current LCY Accrued Interest Dr Accrued Interest Cr Interest Due Charge Due Debit Credit DR Activity CR Activity Unauthorized Tanked Dr Unauthorized Tanked Cr Unauthorized Tanked Uncollected Turnover Limit Details Current Period Currency Maximum Credit Turnover Allowed Deposited In Current Period Component Wise Breakup for Overdraft Principal Outstanding Interest Outstanding Charges Outstanding Principal Outstanding Since Interest Outstanding Since Charges Outstanding Since Turnover Change Log Viewing Total Available Balance Details The total available balance displayed by the system includes the initial funding amount and unutilized line amount in case the customer enjoys an OD limit In the Amounts and Dates screen you can view the outstanding debit interest and or charges due on the account as on the current date You can also view the amount that can be withdrawn against uncollected funds on the account The System computes and displays the following ORACLE 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 4 e Allowable amount based on the Withdrawable Uncollected Funds Basis opt
298. isplayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates the date on which the report was generated Report Run Time Indicates the time of report generation Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Category Indicates the category Branch Code Indicates the branch code Branch Name Indicates the name of the branch Customer Account Indicates customer account Customer Name Indicates customer name Account Open Date Indicates the date when the account was opened Account Type Indicates the type of account Currency Indicates the account currency RM Code Indicates the relationship manager code Passport Licence Number Indicates the passport or license number Maker Indicates the name of the maker of the record Maker Date Indicates the date when the record was created Checker Indicates the name of the checker who authorized the record Checker Date Indicates the date on which the record was authorized 1o43 ORACLE 17 24 Account Block and Reason Report You can gen
299. it Credit Indicator IOCP PNL 1 IACR Debit IOCP ACCR 1 IACR Credit IOCP PNL_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Debit IOCP ACR_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Credit IOCP PNL 3 IACR Credit IOCP ACCR 3 IACR Debit IOCP PNL_ADJ 3 IACR_ADJ Credit IOCP ACR_ADJ 3 IACR_ADJ Debit ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOCP ACCR 1 ILIQ Debit IOCP BOOK 1 ILIQ Credit IOCP ACQUIRED 1 IACQUIRED Debit IOCP BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Credit IOCP ACCR 3 ILIQ Credit IOCP BOOK 3 ILIQ Debit IOCP ACQUIRED 3 IACQUIRED Credit IOCP BOOkK 3 IACQUIRED Debit 20 6 ORACLE 20 5 1 3 Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer IACR Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOCC PNL 1 IACR Credit IOCC ACCR 1 IACR Debit IOCC PNL_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Credit IOCC ACR_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Debit IOCC PNL 2 IACR Debit IOCC ACCR 2 IACR Credit IOCC PNL_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Debit IOCC ACR_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Credit ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOCC ACCR 1 ILIQ Credit IOCC BOOK 1 ILIQ Debit IOCC ACQUIRED 1_ IACQUIRED Credit IOCC BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Debit IOCC ACCR 2 ILIQ Debit IOCC BOOK 2 ILIQ Credit IOCC ACQUIRED 2 IACQUIRED Debit IOCC BOOk 2 IACQUIRED Credit IOCC TPBL 3 TAX Credit IOCC BOOK 3 TAX Debit IOCC TPBL_ADJ 3 TAX_ADJ Credit IOCC BOOK 3 TAX_ADJ Debit 20 5 1 4 Interest Liquidation before mo
300. it Turnover e Number of Transactions e Noof Account Statements e Stop Cheque Charges e Turnover e YTD Cr Turnover e YTD Debit Turnover e Year End Transfer e Year to date No of Transactions 20 5 1 Accounting Entries for Interest Products You can set up accounting entries as given below 20 5 1 1 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer IACR Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOSR PNL 1 IACR Debit IOSR ACCR 1 IACR Credit IOSR PNL_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Debit IOSR ACR_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Credit IOSR PNL 2 IACR Credit IOSR ACCR 2 IACR Debit IOSR PNL_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Credit IOSR ACR_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Debit ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOSR ACCR 1 ILIQ Debit IOSR BOOK 1 ILIQ Credit IOSR ACQUIRED 1 ACQUIRED Debit IOSR BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Credit IOSR ACCR 2 ILIQ Credit gt ORACLE Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOSR BOOK 2 ILIQ Debit IOSR ACQUIRED 2 ACQUIRED Credit IOSR BOOK 2 IACQUIRED Debit IOSR TPBL 3 TAX Credit IOSR BOOK 3 TAX Debit IOSR TPBL_ADJ 3 TAX_ADJ Credit IOSR BOOK 3 TAX_ADJ Debit 20 5 1 2 Debit Interest on Current Accounts IACR Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Deb
301. itions decided by your Bank and the compliance requirements of the Central Bank During EOD based on these and the conduct of accounts system automatically classifies the assets on the daily basis Based on this classification system recognizes and provisions the income You can generate Account Status Movement Report to enable the branches to follow up the accounts so that the status of the accounts does not change to NPL status This report lists CASA accounts that have moved to status based on the Account Class type of the account You can invoke the Account Status Movement Report screen by typing STRCASTM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Account Status Movement Branch Code Account Number Account Status ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code of the Branch in which report is being generated from the adjoining option list 16246 ORACLE Account Number Specify the account number for which the report has to be generated from the adjoining option list Account Status Specify the status of the Account number from the adjoining option list Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Inter Account Status
302. ive 4 Formulas Fields Formula Rate Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number WB Authorized E Open For details about the screen refer the chapter Maintaining Interest Rules in the Interest and Charges User Manual You can maintain rules for the following e Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer e Debit Interest on Current Accounts ate ORACLE 21 2 1 Interest on Current account for Corporate Customer Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer Charge as Dr Interest when the balance is Less than minimum average balance Dormancy Charge Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Check this box SDE Maintain the following SDEs e DAYS e VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M e YEAR e VD DLY DR BAL M UDE Maintain the following UDEs User Defined Tyne Elements yp NORMAL_RATE1 Rate NORMAL_RATE2 Rate NORMAL_RATE3 Rate NORMAL_RATE4 Rate AMOUNT1 Amount AMOUNT2 Amount AMOUNT3 Amount TAX1 Rate Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list ORACLE Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen Tax Category Tax Description Calculation
303. ization This notification message can be sent to any external system if required Maintaining Customer Accounts Invoke the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen by typing STDCUSAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Click the new button on the toolbar Customer Accounts Maintenance E New E3 Enter Query Customer No Customer Name Currency Account nch Account Class Branch Private Customer SD User Reference WEIN Auxiliary Nominee Check List Account Description Account Facilities Options Keenan Sinai Cheque Book Replicate Customer e ya Passbook a i alary Accoun CAS Account Mode of Operation v ATM IBAN Required Account Open Date IBAN Account Number Address 1 Initial Funding Alternate Account Number Address 2 Account Opening Amount Clearing Bank Code Address 3 Pay In Option Pay In By Account Clearing Account Number anaes 4 Pay In By GL aa ey Offset Branch Media i Offset Account Country Code Waive account Opening Charges Interest Charges Consolidated Charges BIC Instructions Standing instructions Linked Entities Reg AccountStatus Restrictions Currency Limits MIS Statement Limits JointHolders Fields Deposits Instruction Billing Parameters Account Signatory Interim Transactions Report Notice Cards Statistics Cheque Book Request Debit Card Request
304. k on the report you want to generate You will be given a selection Criteria based on which the report would be generated You can generate the following Current and Savings Account reports e Account Cheque Details Report e CASA Stop Payment Report e Customer Statistics Report e Account Statement Report e PDC Summary Report e Interest Statement Report e Dormant Activated Report e Stop Cheques Maintained Report e Post Dated Cheques Due Today Report e Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Report e Account Status Movement Report e Variances Maintained Today Report e Operating Instructions Not Captured Report e Minor Customer Details Report e Cheque Purchased Report e Cheque Purchased Returned Today Report e Drawer wise Returned Today Report e CASA Overdraft Report e Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report e CRR Movement Report e Ad hoc Combined Statement Note You can query or modify the account details of the customers whose accounts are permit ted to you for the query modification in the Group Code Restriction screen 17 4 ORACLE 17 2 Maintaining Printing Options for Reports You can indicate preferences to print a report while generating a report however the preferences are general Print Options Webpage Dialog Format Output tput Print O View Spool Client Printer The following are the common preferences you can maintain to print a report Format Select
305. l be used to calculate interest for the account All the UDEs that you have identified for the rule to which the product is linked will be displayed here The UDEs that are displayed here can be of four types They are e Credit Rate e Debit Rate e Amount e Number The interest that you charge on a debit balance is an example of a debit rate The interest that you charge on a credit balance is an example of a credit rate A User Data Element will be an amount under the following circumstances e Inthe case of a tier structure the upper and lower limit of a tier or a tier amount e Inthe case of a charge when it is indicated as a flat amount e Any amount that can be used in the definition of formula e When building an interest rule you may have indicated the UDE to be a number if the interest or charge is based on the number of transactions or the number of account statements A UDE under this category can also be used to store a numerical value that may be used ina formula aoe ORACLE Now for each of the UDEs that are displayed you must specify the values individually If the type of UDE that you have identified for the rule is a Rate element you can either specify a Rate Code or enter a value for the Rate element If you specify a Rate Code for the UDE the value that you have maintained for the rate code will be picked up while calculating interest However if you choose to enter a spread for the Rate Code
306. lance High Balance Average Credit Balance Average Debit Balance Average Net Balance Credit Days p Check Linked Customer and provide Account Number and click Query button to view all Account Numbers of the customers and its linked customers in Linked Customer Details To query on any account displayed select the account and click Fetch button A query operation is performed on the selected customer and the details are displayed The displayed values are based on the query parameters provided The details displayed are as follows e Low and High Balance for a period The lowest and highest current balances for the period e Average credit and debit balance for a period This is computed as the sum of credit debit current balances in a period divided by the number of days of credit debit balance during the period e Credit and debit days The number of days the account was in credit debit balance in the period e Credit and Debit Turnover The credit debit turnover for the period oH ORACLE 3 21 e Excess days in debit balance The number of days in a month when the account exceeded the overdraft limits e Overdraft Limit This is computed by summing the temporary overdraft limit and the sub limit of the account For each month this would represent the limit on the last date of the month e Credit grade of the Customer This would be the prevalent rating on the last day of the period For the current period this inf
307. lances in your account after the account holder s demise Subsequent to the account holder the first nominee is called to claim the balances in the account If the first nominee is no more or is missing then the second nominee is called upon to claim the balances in the account Second Nominee You can nominate two persons who would have the right to the balances in your account after the account holder s demise Subsequent to the account holder the first nominee is called to claim the balances in the account If the first nominee is no more or is missing then the second nominee is called upon to claim the balances in the account an ORACLE 3 2 3 Capturing Auxiliary Details Click on the Auxiliary tab to invoke the following screen Customer Accounts Maintenance i New amp Enter Query Customer No Currency Account Class SD User Reference Main GOIEGI Nominee Check List Cheque Book Preferences C Auto Reorder of Cheque Book Reorder Cheque Level Reorder No of Leaves Cheque Book Name 1 Cheque Book Name 2 Max No of Cheque Rejections C Auto Cheque Book Request ATM Details Branch ATM Account Number Daily Amount Limit Daily count Limit C Auto Debit Card Request Options C Euro Cheques C MT210 Required C Lodgment Book C Consolidated Certificate Required C Back Period Entry Allowed CRS Statement Required MT110 Reconciliation Required C Default Waiver
308. lar amounts e Stop Payment where you maintain stop payment instructions issued against a Cheque or range of Cheques Major Features There are three major features this system provides e A service which returns the status of the Cheque e A service which updates the status of the Cheque e A service which will process initiation and expiry of stop payment instructions and amount blocks el ORACLE 2 3 Major Functions The major functions which the system provides are the following It provides for maintenance of Cheque books issued for a customer account with a provision to track and update the status of each Cheque leaf in the book Maintenance Maintenance of stop payment instructions issued by customers based on either Cheque numbers or the amount for which the Cheque or Cheques were issued A facility to maintain amount blocks on customer accounts Whenever a Cheque based transaction is initiated the system will alert the user about the status of the Cheque In case of a stop payment instruction enforced against that account number the system will verify whether the details of the Cheque and Processing the stop payment instructions match It will warn the user accordingly and ask for an override In case of amount blocks the system takes care of the minimum bal ance to be maintained in the account while monitoring Limits Two types of reports can be generated Details of all Cheques proces
309. lders You can add the joint holder details in this section if the selected account type is Joint Maintain the following details Customer Number Specify the customer Id for the joint holder The adjoining option list displays the list of all valid customer numbers Select the appropriate one You cannot specify the primary customer number here Customer Name The system displays the customer name based on the customer number selected Joint Holder Type Specify the type of a joint account a type of authority Select the appropriate one from the adjoining drop down menu The options are e Authorized Signatory e Customer Contact Person e Guardian e Custodian e Developer e Guarantor e Joint and First e Joint and Other e Joint or First e Joint or Other e Nominee e Related for Enquiry e Solicitor e Sole Owner e Third Party e Trustee e Valuer oie ORACLE 3 9 e Power of Attorney Note One joint holder can have only one joint holder type of relation with the account For ex ample if a customer is added as an Authorized Signatory for the account the same cus tomer cannot be added as any other joint holder type You cannot modify the primary holder in this maintenance Start Date Specify the starting date or valid from of the joint account End Date Specify the date on which the joint account has ended The system validates the specified details and saves the record Vi
310. ll the accounts maintained in the statement plan 17 39 1 Charge Details You can view the online charges computed for the generation of the combined statement through the Charges screen If the charge needs to be waived Apply Online Charge in the main screen should be unchecked You can invoke this screen by clicking Charges on the Ad Hoc Combined Statement screen Charges Reference No Charge Account 1 Of 1 50 E Event Sequence Number Component Account Description Amount Currency Waiver The system displays the following details in the charges screen e Reference No e Event Sequence Number e Component e Charge Account e Account Description e Amount e Currency e Waiver 198 ORACLE Note The following maintenances are necessary for the online charge calculation Create an RT product Map the RT product to the ARC maintenance screen Maintain the combination in Online Charge Product Maintenance screen 17 39 2 Combined Statement Generation Report You can generate Combined Statement Report using Combined Statement Report screen Combined Statement Report CustomerNo 104006173 StatementID 6173_CL Report Format PDF Printer At Client e Report Output Print gt Printer Customer No The system displays the customer number Statement ID The system displays the statement ID Contents of the Report The parameters speci
311. llowed to add re move signatories manually Note If the signatory ID that you specify has not been maintained the system will generate an error and you will not be able to create an account Customer Name The system displays the name of the corresponding customer Minimum Number of Signatories Specify the minimum number of signatories necessary to endorse an instrument involving the account Note If the linked or replicated signatories are less than the specified minimum number system will display an error message Account Message You can capture information about particular signatories These messages could pertain to the name number and the type of signatory your customer is For instance you can capture a message like This signatory is a joint account holder with rights to sign instruments only up US 8000 Signatory ID The system displays values maintained in CIF signatory for the customer number Signatory Name The system displays the corresponding name of the signatory number specified Approval Limit Specify the amount up to which the account signatory can approve for debits Signatory Message You can enter additional signatory message details in this field You can enter a maximum of 4000 characters alphanumeric Specifying Details for Balance Report Statement The Customer accounts maintenance provides you with the facility to generate balance reports for the customer account These deta
312. llowing details e Branch e Account e Account Description e Old Customer Id e Old Customer Name e New Customer Id e New Customer Name e Remarks e Maker Id e Checker Id e Checker Date Stamp e Verifier Id ae ORACLE 18 1 18 Glossary Important Terms Amount Block It refers to the portion of the balances of a customer account that is designated to be set apart for specific purposes and cannot be withdrawn The blocking can be set up either on request from either the customer or the bank Check Book It is one of the means that the bank provides to the customer for withdrawal of balances from the account It consists of a specified number of leaves against each of which a specified amount can be drawn from the account balance Effective Date It is the date on and following which an amount block on a customer account becomes effective End Check Number It is the number of the last check in a range of checks against which a customer directs the bank to stop payment Modification Number It is the serial number of a check status modification It is incremented serially each time the status of a check is modified Start Check Number It is the number of the first check in a range of checks against which a customer directs the bank to stop payment Stop Payment Instruction A directive from a customer to the bank instructing that payment against a check must be stopped The directive could specify an amount
313. lly displays the amount block sequence number Amount Specify the amount which has to be blocked a2 ORACLE Note Ifthe block amount is greater than the available balance then the system displays an override message as Block amount greater than available balance Interest calculations is not considered for negatively blocked amount The Linked Line will not be utilized if the available balance becomes less than zero because of a amount block Effective Date Specify the date from which the amount block is effective Note For CASA amount block type the effective date is the branch current date Expiry Date Specify the date on which the amount block is released so that it is available for withdrawal to the customer You cannot modify the amount block after the expiry date Note For CASA amount block type there is no expiry date Amount Block Type Select the amount block type from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e FLEXCUBE e Switch e PreAuth e Escrow e System e CASA indicates an amount block that is created due to debit transaction processing in Primary Accounts e Bulk Salary e P2P Note The option System indicates a system generated amount block equivalent to the external deal amount maintained in the system You cannot modify a System type of amount block During debit transaction processing Oracle FLEXCUBE will use Mid R
314. ls maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level Effective Date Specify the date on which the statement is requested Frequency Select the frequency of the statement requested from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Monthly e Quarterly Tits ORACLE e Semi Annual e Annually Start Month Select the starting month of the requested statement from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e January e February e March e April e May e June e July e August e September e October e November e December Start On Specify which day of the month the statement should begin from Last Executed Date The system displays the date on which the statement request was last executed if any E Statement Check this box to indicate that E Statement is required Charge Account Branch Specify the account branch from which charge is deducted for the E Statement Charge Account Specify the charge account The adjoining option list displays all the valid account numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one 11 2 7 1 Viewing Automatic Consolidated Statement Request Summary You can view a summary of automatic consolidated statement requests using the Automatic Consolidated Request Statement Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing 11 16 ORACLE STSACRST in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and
315. ly Free Amount Specify the amount that the customer can withdraw per calendar month from his her savings account without being liable to pay advance interest Notice Days Specify the number of days before which the customer should notify the bank if he she wants to withdraw an amount more than the Free Amount from his her account Validity Period Specify the validity period in number of days During this period the customer can do the withdrawal of the amount for which he she notified the bank For more details on Notice Accounts refer the following section Levying penalty interest on notice accounts out ORACLE 3 2 33 Viewing Cards Details Click Cards button to view details about debit cards issued against the account Cards Summary Screen Branch Code Customer No Account Number 10f1 a Authorization Status Record Status Branch Code Request Reference Number Card Number Here you can view the following details Branch Code The branch code is displayed from the main Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Customer No The customer identification code CIF of the account holder is displayed from the main Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Account No The account number is displayed from the main Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Authorisation Status Indicate the authorisation status of the debit card by selecting one of
316. m You can select the appropriate one Request Type Select the request type from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Consolidated e CASA e Corporate Loans From Date Specify the start date of the statement To Date Specify the end date of the statement Request Date Specify the date on which the request is raised by the customer Tiig ORACLE 11 2 6 1 Note Note that To Date must be less than or equal to Request Date Process Status The system displays the status denoted by a single letter as below e U When the customer requests for the statement this status is displayed e P For statements processed successfully this status is displayed e E For statements that encounter error during processing this status is displayed Note Using the Generic Interface you can maintain the statement format and generate the statements Process Status Details The system gives the description of the single letter Process Status displayed above E Statement Check this box to indicate that E Statement is required Charge Account Branch Specify the account branch from which charge is deducted for the E Statement Charge Account Specify the charge account The adjoining option list displays all the valid account numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Charge Account Description The system displays the description of the specified charge account n
317. m any other module the system will show the following details as part of TRNCODEDESC e Deposit Slip Number e Unit ID 1s ORACLE 11 2 1 2 SWIFT You need to maintain details as shown in the screen below Advice Format Maintenance New E3 Enter Query Format Lines Columns Language Form Type Import File Format Text Message Format E a Module Message Type Media Branch Currency Product oa ey es COo e es O Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number E Authorized E Open Format Text Specify the following format B LOOP _LINE_ ENDLOOP EB 11 2 2 Maintaining Account Class Details You need to specify the account statement format for Savings and Nostro types of account classes You can invoke the Account Class Maintenance screen by typing STDACCLS in 16 ORACLE the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Account Class Maintenance E New B Enter Query Account Class Description Account Type Current X int Details Account Code Escrow Details Dormancy Days ae z Account Statement Required Format Provisioning Frequency x gt Display IBAN in Advices Sa Provisioning Details C Escrow Transfer Applicable Transaction Code Transaction Code For Provision Currency
318. m calculates the net balance using the following formula Net balance Available Limit from Credit Line Available Balance TOD Limit Day light limit Utilized Line Amount of the Account Withdraw able Uncollected funds Minimum Balance Minimum Balance will be considered only if it is lesser than the available balance If the available balance is greater than zero and less than the minimum balance then the sys tem considers available balance as zero As the unauthorized debits and amount block are already considered for calculating the available balance the unauthorized debits and amount block are not included in the for mula for new net balance The net balance will be in the account currency Net balance is not applicable and will be empty if a valid non revolving line is linked to the customer account Transactions System displays the transactions depending on the Statement Period selected and displays the following details under Transactions section Transaction Date Value Date Description Instrument Code Branch Debit Credit Running Balance System displays the following details Transaction Initiation Date User ID Authorization Id Batch Number Transaction Code Description Local Currency Exchange Rate LCY Amount Slaa ORACLE Summary System displays the following details under Summary section e Total Debit Amount e Total Credit Amount e Debit Count e Credit
319. m describes the account for the specified account number here Statement Period Select the statement period to limit the number of transactions to be listed By default Transaction option is selected as the statement period Therefore only last five transactions will be listed Note If you specified statement period is less than 6 months then system will display an error message You need to have rights for that particular branch otherwise you cannot query the account details Period Start Date Specify the statement period start date of current statement period End Date Specify the statement period end date of current statement period Note After specifying the search parameters press F7 to enter query and F8 to execute query in order to view the account details Account Details System displays the following details under Account Details section e Customer No e Name e Currency e Product e Status e Sweep in Enabled Account Purchase Line System displays the following details under Account Purchase Line section e Limit Currency e Counterparty Limit e Utilized Counterparty Limit e Limit Expiry Date Balance Details System displays the following details under Balance Details section e Available Balance e Available Balance with Limits Siaa ORACLE Last Statement Date Last Statement Balance Opening Balance Net Balance Note The syste
320. m the account structure and processes as follows e The system will do the partial transaction using the available amount in the primary ac count e Ifthe settlement is not done fully in the previous level then the system will check for the balance in the cover account to complete the transaction If there is sufficient balance then the system will place an amount block on the cover account for the settled amount e If the primary account and cover account for which the amount block is created are of different currency the system will create an amount block in the cover account currency The system will then debit the settlement amount from the primary account The system uses the Mid Rate for currency conversion In case there is a stop payment on the cheque the validation of stop payment will precede and the settlement will not go through Processing Amount Block The system will use the primary account and cover account amount block to identify the amount block which is created due to debit transaction processing in primary account This l ORACLE 8 4 8 5 process is configured either at post EOTI level or at BOD level The system will process as follows e Remove the amount block from cover account e Debit the cover account for the amount of Amount Block e Credit the parent account for the amount of Amount Block Maintaining Account Structure You can specify the account structure in the Sw
321. matic Manual Fund Collection Auditing C Available Date Account Reference Number Amount Released By Release Time In the Uncollected Funds Release screen you can choose to Release the uncollected funds for a credit transaction for which manual release has been specified or for which a float period has been specified You can release the funds before the available date is reached The release can be automatic or manual If auto matic you can specify a To Date and any transactions whose available date falls be tween the application date and specified To Date can be released Specify a new available date for a credit transaction Authorize any previous release of uncollected funds for a transaction View any credit transactions for which manual release has been specified or a float pe riod has been specified or in respect of which funds have been previously released and the release is pending authorization The operation you select here is used both to retrieve the transaction in this screen and for application of the operation when you select a transaction from the retrieved transaction list Once a record is released the system internally stores the user ID of the person who released the funds along with the release time Retrieving a Transaction To perform any of these operations on a credit transaction you must first retrieve the transaction in this screen To
322. me Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status Branch Code Specify code of the branch where the account for which you need to maintain the cheque details exists from the adjoining option list If you have invoked this screen by double clicking on the Cheque status all details related to the Cheque would be displayed in the cheque details screen If the screen has been invoked from the Application Browser then click on the account number a display field press F7 and enter the account number of this customer whose Cheque status you want to view Then press F8 The details of a Cheque leaf would be displayed Move to the concerned Cheque number record by using the arrow buttons on the toolbar or the lt down arrow gt key of your keyboard You can also invoke the Cheque details by inputting the Cheque number the details of which you want to view The Amount Beneficiary Presented On Date on Cheque are populated from the concerned module from where the Cheque transaction took place You can change any of the details In this screen the following details are updated from the front end modules Data Entry and Funds Transfer for a Cheque issued to a customer e Amount for which the Cheque is drawn e Status of the Cheque e Date on which the Cheque was presented for encashment To modify a status detail click unlock icon in the Application toolbar Make the desired changes Remem
323. mer reopening as well as if the de duplication rules are updated System performs de duplication check for customers uploaded through Excel and also for customers created through BPEL System allows modifying the de duplication rule condition if and whenever required Maintaining Joint Holder Details You can maintain joint holders details using Joint Holder Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDJHMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Joint Holder Maintenance E Enter Query Account Number Account Branch Account Description Account Currency Customer No Customer Name Account Type Single Mode of Operation Joint List of Joint Holders 1 0f 1 Customer Number Customer Name Joint Holder Type StartDate End Date A Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status 3 101 ORACLE Specify the following details Account Number Specify the account number for which you want to enquire about the joint holder details The adjoining option list displays the list of all valid account numbers Select the appropriate one Based on the account number selected the system defaults the following details e Account Description e Account Branch e Account Currency e Customer Number e Customer Name e Account Type e Mode of Operation List of Joint Ho
324. n Accounting Roles Product Code Product Description Class Details Default From Class Class Code Class Description Roles 10f1 la Accounting Role Role Description Account Head GL Description A The necessary accounting entries are mentioned below Select the appropriate accounting roles amount tags and Debit Credit indicators for each leg of the accounting entry Accounting entries for charges on PDCs Accounting Role Dr Cr Head Amount Tay Indicator Internal GLs PDC_CHARGE Cr Customer A c PDC_CUST_CHARGE Dr 124 ORACLE 12 2 2 Specifying Product Preferences Click Preferences button to invoke the Post Dated Cheques Product Preference screen Post Dated Cheques Product Preference Product Code Change of Operation Linked Product Discount Purchase Post Dated Cheque Type External PDC Track Drawer Limits Bulk Input Allowed Pass Contingent Holiday Treatment Forward Frequency Backward Cascade Scheduling Charge Details PDC Realization Frequency Monthly v PDC Realization Type Auto StartMonth January Manual Start Day Charge Collection Advance Arrears Product Code Specify the code for the Product Linked Product Select the Clearing product to be used when the product matures and the cheque is sent for outward clearing This is only applicable to External PDCs Post Dated Cheque Type Oracle FLEXCUBE processes the
325. n Card Specify the customer name that is to be printed on card oe ORACLE 3 2 38 3 2 38 1 Card Number Specify the debit card number to be requested The adjoining option list displays the valid debit card numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Card Application Date The card application date would be defaulted as the current date of the branch However you can change the same Primary Card The primary card check box remains checked by default Card Status The status of the card will be defaulted to Requested Click Ok to save the Debit card request details Maintaining Sweep Structure Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates linking cover accounts and TD accounts Based on the customer requirements you can link Cover accounts Auto Deposits Term Deposits to a Primary Account You can setup cover accounts for a primary account and use them during Sweep in and Reverse Sweep in process You can also perform an enquiry for the linkage details of Auto Deposits and Term Deposits along with cover account details Click Sweep In Setup button in the Customer Account Maintenance screen to invoke the Sweep Structure Maintenance screen Sweep Structure Maintenance Branch Code Account No GMA Auto Deposits Term deposit 1 0f1 E Sequence No Cover Account Currency Cover Account Cover Account Branch Utilized Amount The system defaults the following details from the
326. n has taken place the status of the Cheque is stored as unused Whenever a Cheque based transaction is initiated by Funds Transfer or Data Entry modules the status of this Cheque moves from unused to used in this matrix Subsequently if a Cheque is canceled or rejected the status can be updated in the status matrix e Apart from this tracking and upholding a stop payment instruction against Cheques is also a function that this sub system supports These stop payment instructions normal ly coming from a customer against a Cheque or a series of Cheque or an amount for which a Cheque was issued are applicable for a period or indefinitely Yet another feature supported by CASA is the facility to define amount blocks for accounts as per a customer s instruction or the instruction of the bank The system processes the expiry of such blocks automatically To put it briefly in the CASA sub system you maintain the following details e Cheque books issued to customers e Amount blocks enforced against accounts e Stop payment instructions issued by customers These details are maintained in what are called data tables and are called forth for interface during a Cheque processing by the Data Entry and Funds Transfer systems These tables are e Cheque Book Details Cheque Status and Cheque Details where you maintain Cheque book details e Amount block maintenance where you maintain amount blocks against particu
327. n is defaulted from the Credit Line associated with the customer account If you change the default option the system displays an override message Temp OD Limit The temporary OD limit is the limit upto which any overdraft is allowed for a specified time period over and above the limit set for this account This limit is independent of any credit line linked to this account This is mostly used for short term overdrawing Sublimit The sub limit represents that portion of the total credit amount that can be used by this customer account The sub limit need be input only when the account is to be limited to a portion of the available line amount While passing transactions to an account with a sub limit the first credit check made is against this sub limit amount If the sub limit is crossed you will be asked for an override Uncoll Funds Limit The uncollected funds limit represents the credit transaction amounts that have not been collected as of the current day You can set the limit upto which withdrawal is allowed against uncollected funds The uncollected opening balance is reset with the current uncollected balance amount during the EOD process This amount is to be considered when calculating Central Limit availability Offline Limit This is the limiting amount till which transactions will be carried out between account s for the account class you are defining here between branches when the database connectivity is not
328. n list Accrual Required Leave this box unchecked Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result FORMULA1 gt AMOUNT TRUNC FORMULA1 TAX1 100 FORMULA1 lt AMOUNT1 0 Debit Interest on Current Accounts Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box 21 5 ORACLE On Account Closure Month Check this box SDE Maintain the following SDEs e DAYS e DLY_NET_BAL_M e YEAR e ACCOUNT _LIMIT UDE Maintain the following UDEs e NORMAL_RATE1 e NORMAL_RATE2 e NORMAL_RATE3 Type For each of the UDEs select the option Rate from the adjoining drop down list Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain two booked formulae and one non booked formula Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Credit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check
329. n will be done for the operations while saving the PDC transaction Account Description The system displays the description of the specified account number based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level Beneficiary Account Number Specify the account in favour of which the PDC is drawn If the customer draws a PDC on his account for depositing into another account held in your bank then you can enter the beneficiary account here The beneficiary account can either be a valid customer account or a valid GL If you specify a Trust account you will have to specify project details in the Bulk Input Details section Beneficiary Name The system displays the name of the specified beneficiary based on the details maintained at Customer Maintenance level Instrument Number Specify the PDC number If PDC type is External this number should be unique for the given clearing branch and bank Amount Specify the amount of the PDC Account Number Specify the loan account number linked to the PDC The adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in CL MO and LE modules of Oracle FLEXCUBE You can choose the appropriate one For this loan account if the customer pays an advance instalment or makes an early settlement the system will delete the outstanding cheques A report of such cancelled cheques is generated on a daily basis Remarks Specify the reason for cancellation of post d
330. nce Sweep Eligible Balance ILM Sweep Eligible Balance Temporary Overdraft Limit Net Balance Turnover Details Opening Daily Turnover Cr Daily Turnover Dr Currant ACV Turnover Details Account Description Account Class Customer No Mode of Operation Instruction Expiry Date Display Type Status _ Posting Allowed Dormant Frozen No Credit No Debit Sweeps Additional Details Accrued Interest Dr Accrued Interest Cr Interest Due Charnac Nua Blocked _ Stop Payment Status Change Automatic Overdraft Sweep in Enabled The system displays the following details under Balance Details section e Opening 3 130 ORACLE 3 25 Daily Turnover Cr Daily Turnover Dr Currency ACY Additional Details The system displays the following details under Balance Details section Accrued Interest Dr Accrued Interest Cr Interest Due Charges Due Last Interest Debit Last Interest Credit Last DR Activity Last CR Activity System displays the transactions depending on the Statement Period selected and displays the following details under Transactions section Transaction Date Value Date Description Branch Credit Debit Quick CASA Account Opening You can open a quick CASA account using the Quick Customer Account Opening screen The Quick Customer Account Opening screen will support the
331. nch Available status is changed to Yes And the tanked accounting entries if any will be un tanked and released Note You can process the reversal of Instrument Transaction in the same way as tanking the transaction Specifying beneficiary details You must also specify the details of the instrument for the transaction These include beneficiary name and beneficiary s address It is mandatory to enter the beneficiary s name Country Specify the country of the beneficiary This adjoining option list displays all valid country codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Specifying the additional identifier details You may capture the additional identifier details This includes the Name and Value Adding a narrative You can specify an appropriate narrative for the transaction in this field This narrative is used in the account statement generated for the customer account Load ORACLE Maintaining clearing details Click Clearing button to invoke the Clearing Transaction Input Detail screen where you can capture the details for the outward clearing instrument Clearing Transaction Query x Z Branch Entry Number Product Code End Point Direction gt External Reference Reference No C Transaction Tanked Batch Number Remitter Details Beneficiary Details Customer Customer Account Account Country Country Instrument Details Account Details Draft
332. nch code here However you can modify it by selecting the branch code from the adjoining option list Issued Before Date Specify the date until which all the issued cheques should be considered for archival All the cheques issued to the account before the Issued Before Date will be considered for archival process Presented Before Date Specify the date until which the used cheques presented for payment should be considered for archiving All the used cheques presented for payment for the account before the Presented Before Date will be considered for archival process Start Cheque Number Specify the starting cheque number of the cheque series End Cheque Number Specify the ending cheque number of the cheque series The system archives those cheques which are in Used U status and Cancelled C status If inventory is enabled then reissue of the same cheque number will not be possible for cheque archival The cheques that do not conform to the archival branch s cheque mask will not be considered for archival If the cheques are not archived the system displays the information message as No Cheques are archived for selected criteria a authorization level A new cheque book is created in the cheque book maintenance for the cheque numbers which are not archived The number of leaves in the cheque book will be one if these cheques for an account are not in sequence otherwise the number of leaves will be equal
333. nd reversed on the same day to be reflected in the account statement you can specify the preference here This feature is applicable only for the customer account legs and not for the related GL legs Also reversals made through the DE module will not be considered for exclusion This specification is defaulted from the account class linked to the account You can change it for a specific account Statement Account A customer may have two or more accounts with your bank but may desire to receive a single consolidated account statement Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to link accounts For the particular account whose statement preferences you are defining you can indicate the parent account to which the account should be linked for statement generation purposes The statement account is applicable for all type of account statements Primary Secondary and Tertiary If the statement account has been specified you cannot enter other statement details If the statement account is not specified for a particular account then the account can be a statement account for other accounts If statement accounts have been maintained during EOD the account statement will not be individually generated for the child accounts Instead a consolidated account statement would be generated based on the frequency specified for the parent account ont ORACLE While closing a parent account a message will be shown requesting removal of the parent child acc
334. nee Detallls ccecccccceseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneaeeeeeteeeaeeees 3 24 3 2 6 Capturing Checklist Details 000 cccccccceeeeeceeeeneeeeeetntneeeeeeetnaeeeeettnaeeeeeees 3 25 3 2 7 Capturing Additional Details eccccccccccseeeeeeeenneeeeteeeeeeeeteeaeeeeeeneaeeees 3 28 3 2 8 Specifying Interest Details sesesrrieesrinnrrnrerrrnnrrrnnnnnenrrnnnrrnnnnnreenrnnrnnna 3 30 3 2 9 Specifying Charge Details ssseesssrrrenerrinrrnerrrrsnrrrnnnnnenrnnnnrrrnnnneeerrnanrena 3 36 3 2 10 Specifying Consolidated Charge Details cccccccccecceeettesteeeeetnteeeeeeees 3 37 3 2 11 Specifying BIC Details osier ierirrieii issiria i aeaii ias ehna aaia AE RA aE RAAE ETS 3 38 3 2 12 Specifying Account Operating Instruction Detalls 0 ccccccccccecettteeeeees 3 39 3 2 13 Specifying Standing Instruction Details 0 ccccccc cece eee ee tent eee tnneeeeeeeee 3 40 3 2 14 Specifying Linked Entities cc ccccceccceeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeaeeees 3 41 3 2 15 Specifying REG Details rre a ra e E E A A A 3 42 3 2 16 Specifying Account Status Details ccccccccceceete cece eee tnnneeeeeeenaeeeeneeae 3 43 3 2 17 Specifying Restriction Details cccccccccceseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneaeeeetennanees 3 44 3 2 18 Specifying Currency Limits Details ccccccccceeeeeceeeteeeeeeetnnneeeeeetnaeeeeenees 3 47 3 2 19 Specifying MIS Detalls ccccccccccceeeeeteeeneeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeaeeeeteeaaeeeeeteeaeeee
335. new and authorization operations Any additional modifications need to be updated in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen oe ORACLE You can invoke the Quick Customer Account Opening screen by typing STDCASAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Click the New button on Oracle FLEXCUBE to create a new CASA account Customer Accounts Maintenance eis E New amp Enter Query Customer No Customer Name Currency Account Branch Account Class Faten C Private Customer SD User Reference UEM Check List Account Description Options C Replicate Customer Account Type Single Signature Joint C Salary Account Mode of Operation X Account Facilities Account Open Date C Cheque Book List of Joint Holders C Passbook 10f1 CIATM Customer Number Customer Name Joint Holder Type Start Date End Date Ntemate Account Number P ji v Authorized Signatory S More Preferences z C Auto Debit Card Reques C Auto Cheque Book Requ Cheque Book Name 1 Cheque Book Name 2 X ATM Account Number lt m r Nominee Details Initial Funding 4 Of 1 Guardian Name Account Opening Amount N Relationship Pay In Option Pay In By Account Ame Address 1 Pay In By GL Date of Birth 3 Address 2 Offset Branch Relationship Address 3 Offset Account Address 1
336. ng Account and Interest Charge Booking Branch fields However you have the option of booking interest charge to a different account belonging to another branch also You can select the Interest Charge Booking Branch from the option list available The accounts maintained in the selected Booking Branch will be available in the option list provided for Interest Charge Booking Account You can select the account from this list Interest Charge will be liquidated into the selected account Interest Booking Account You can select the accounts for booking interests on transactions processed at your bank aan ORACLE At the time of creating an IC product if you have maintained the booking account type as Interest in the Interest and Charges Product Definition screen the Interest will be liquidated into the Interest Booking account By default the customer s account in the current branch will be displayed in this screen in the Interest Booking Account field However you have the option of booking interest to a different account belonging to another branch also The accounts maintained in the selected Booking Branch will be available in the adjoining option list You can select the appropriate account Interest will then be liquidated into the selected account Calculation account Specify the calculation account When you specify a calculation account then all balances and turnovers for the specified account are clubbed with
337. ng Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 19 YTD Cr Turnover CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 20 YTD Debit Turnover CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 12 ORACLE 20 5 1 21 Year End Transfer CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit 20 5 1 22 Year to Date No of Transactions 20 5 2 20 5 2 1 20 5 2 2 20 5 2 3 CLIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator CHG_BOOK CHARGE Debit CHG_INCOME CHARGE Credit Accounting Entries for Discounted Cheques On Discounting CDIS Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator Liability a c PD_TAG Debit PDC Beneficiary PD_TAG Credit On Activation LIQN Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator Clearing Suspense PD_TAG Debit GL Liability a c PD_TAG Credit On Rejection RETN Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator Past Due Account PD_TAG Debit Clearing Suspense PD_TAG Credit GL 20 13 O
338. ng Number refer to the Clearing User Manual The clearing details are needed only for External type PDCs Discount Purchase details Operation Select the operation from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Purchase Select this option if the Activation date is current date and when selected CPUR event will be fired e Discount Select this option if the Activation date is future date and when selected the event CDIS will be fired A validation will be done for the operations while saving the PDC transaction 129 ORACLE 12 2 3 3 12 2 3 4 Amount Specify the Purchase discount amount The full amount of the PDC will be the discount amount Cheque Status Select the status of the cheque from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Normal This is a normal cheque which is not discounted purchased For this you should choose the null option e Discounted This status is set to Discounted when the operation is selected as Dis count e Purchased This status is set to Purchased when the operation is selected as Pur chase e Collection When a normal cheque launched for collection Activation of PDC e Collection after Discount When a Discounted cheque launched for collection Activa tion of PDC e Collection after Purchase When a Purchased cheque launched for collection Activa tion of PDC e Returned When the cheque is dishonored rejec
339. ng drop down list The following list is displayed e Annual e Semi annual e Quarterly e Monthly e Fortnightly e Weekly e Daily On For a weekly statement you specify the day of the week on which account statements should be generated and for fortnightly and monthly statements the dates of the month To specify for weekly statements click on the adjoining drop down list The following list of days will be displayed e Monday e Tuesday e Wednesday e Thursday e Friday e Saturday e Sunday To specify for monthly statements enter a number between 1 and 31 corresponding to the system date If you set the statement date to 30 then account statements will be generated on e The last working day for months with lt 30 days e For months with 30 days on the 30th if 30th is a holiday on the next working day Iaa ORACLE If you set the statement date to 31 then account statements will be generated on e The 31st for month with 31 days if 31st is a holiday on the next working day e The last working day for months lt 31 days For a fortnightly statement you could specify 1 and 15 For all other cycles account statement will be generated on the last day of that cycle Generate Stat Only On Movement You can indicate that an account statement should be generated for the customer s account only when there has been a movement of funds into the account or when funds have been transferred out of the account For
340. ng option list Status Change Type Select a valid type of status change for which you want to generate the report from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e CASA Select if you want to generate report for CASA accounts e Loans Select if you want to generate report for Loan accounts e All Select if you want to generate report for Loan accounts From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the interest accrual report from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till when you wish to generate the interest accrual report from the adjoining calendar Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the CRR Movement Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Bank Code Bank Name Indicates Bank code and Bank Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name Report Run Date Indicates Current Branch Date Report Run Time Indicates Current Branch Time Op Id Indicates Logged in user From Date Indicates Date captured as start date To Date Indicates Date captured as end date 138 ORACLE Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report
341. ning arrow button Account Statement Report E New E3 Enter Query Account Selection Type One Account StatementType Brief Multiple Account Detailed Range Date Range From Date To Date Single Account Account Currency Charge v Book Date Booking Dated C Show Linked Account Value Date Details Multiple Account Print Options View 1 Of 1 Server Spool Account Number Currency Print Range From Account Number From Account Currency To Account Number To Account Currency Charges Events You can indicate the following preferences for generating the report Account Selection Type You have to indicate the account selection type of the customer The options available are e One Account e Multiple Account e Range Statement Type You have to indicate the statement type of the customer The options available are e Brief e Detailed Date Range You can indicate the following From Date Specify the date from when you are generating this report 18 ORACLE To Date Specify the date till when you are generating this report Single Account Account Number Specify the account number The option list displays all valid account numbers Choose the appropriate one Account Currency Specify the account currency The option list displays all valid account currencies Choose the appropriate one Charge You have to indicate the type of charges The options available are e Null Select th
342. ns also Credit Amount Specify the minimum transaction amount for the credit transaction to be eligible for reporting in the interim statement However you can modify the amount defaulted If the amounts are not defined at the account class for the currency in which the account is being created no defaulting of amounts shall be done Daily Statement Count Specify the count of interim statement generated during the day In case a statement is scheduled to generate but is not generated because there is no movement the counter will not be incremented The counter will be reset at End of Day Year to Date Statement Count Specify the count of interim statement generated for the account since start of the financial year The financial year will be as defined in the Accounting Period maintenance This counter would be set at the end of year Generate Balance Report To indicate that the customer account is considered for generation of its balance message check this box Of Select the mode of message for balance generation from the option list Report Transaction Since This section lists all the transactions the customer account has undergone in the interval of balance messages generated for the account You can choose the appropriate values applicable e Previous MT940 This indicates all transactions posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 940 in the current balance report e Previous MT941 This indicates all transaction
343. nsaction on the account the system updates the limit utilization and checks the balance amount against the permissible threshold On account of a transaction if the balance breaches the limit threshold the system will display an override message Viewing Component wise Breakup for Overdraft You can view the component wise outstanding amounts in ACY and the component wise oldest outstanding dates for overdraft accounts Viewing Turnover Amounts In the Customer Account Turnover Amounts screen you can view the total turnover of this customer account from the first date of this month to the current day s system date Also you can view the accumulated interest associated with debit or credit transactions after the last liquidation To view the turnovers for the account click the Turnover button The Customer Accounts Turnover Amounts screen is displayed Turnover MTD Account Currency Month to Date LCY After maintaining the required details you can return to the Amounts and dates screen Status Details The account status reflects the status of the account The account may have a No Credit or No Debit order issued against it or a Stop Payment order or it may have been frozen for some reason and therefore dormant While posting transactions to the customer account the system checks the status of the account before the entry is processed If the status of the account is dormant then the system will display
344. nse GL Account associated with the instrument type is debited for this amount On selection of the account the branch in which the account resides gets defaulted If you select a GL the current branch gets defaulted After you save and authorize the record the system automatically generates the Cheque leaf numbers based on the Cheque book number and the total number of Cheque leaves you have defined for the book The system also maintains the status of each leaf in the book Viewing the Cheque Leaf Number and Status Click Status button in the Instrument Type Maintenance screen to invoke the Status of Cheque screen In this screen you will see the individual Cheque numbers and Cheque status By default the status of a Cheque is Not Used Instrument Type Branch Account Cheque Book Number Account Branch Instrument Leaf Details E Cheque Number Status Amount Beneficiary Generation Date Value Date Not Used The operation you perform on a Cheque book effects the corresponding Cheque leaves also For instance if you choose to close a Cheque book the status of the Cheque leaves is also automatically updated to Cancelled On reopening the Cheque book the status becomes Not Used again Defining Cheque Details After the Cheque book is saved and authorized you can view the details of the individual Cheque leaves in the Instrument Type Leaf Maintenance screen
345. nstructions Linked Entities Reg AccountStatus Restrictions Currency Limits MIS Statement Limits JointHolders Fields Deposits Instruction Billing Parameters Account Signatory Interim Transactions Report Notice Cards Statistics Cheque Book Request DebitCard Request Sweepin Setup Documents ChangeLog Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Record Status Date Time Authorization Status Specify the following details Se ORACLE Document Type Specify the document type The adjoining option list displays all the document types that are maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Mandatory Check this box to indicate that the document specified here is mandatory Expiry Date Specify the expiry date of the document provided by the customer Note Expiry date will always be greater than Expected Date of Submission and Actual Sub mission Date Expected Date of Submission will always be greater than current date Expected Date of Submission Specify the expected date on which the customer is accepted to submit the required documents Actual Date of Submission System displays the actual date on which customer has submitted the required documents Document Reference System defaults the document reference here Checked Check this box to indicate that the received documents are acknowledged Note You cannot save and authorize an account if the mandatory
346. nt Sag ORACLE Once you have specified the search parameters click Search button The system displays the following information Authorization Status Record Status Branch Code Account Account Description Customer No Currency Account Class No Debits No Credits Stop Payments Dormant Account Open Date Alternate Account Number Cheque Book Passbook ATM Account Number Account Type Frozen MT110 Reconciliation Required 3 139 ORACLE 3 26 Querying Accounting Reconciliation You can query accounting reconciliation through Accounting Reconciliation Query screen You can invoke this screen by typing ACDRECNC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Accounting Reconciliation Query E new Enter query Account Or GL General Ledger Account Account Type GL Type Account Number GL Code Account Currency General Ledger Currency Date Date Reconciliation Both General Ledger Type Internal General Ledger Unreconciled Customer General Ledger Reconciled Reconciliation Both Unreconciled Reconciled eure Account Master 1 OF 1 Reconciliation Number Reference Number Amount UnreconciledAmount Date Details 1 Of 1 Reference Number Amount Reconcilliation Number Date Account or GL Indicate if you would like to view reconciliation details for an account or GL Ac
347. nt Currency Linked Product instrument Details Number Stationary Number Beneficiary Name Branch Instrument Type Status Expiry Date Issuing Bank Beneficiary Address 1 Beneficiary Address 2 Beneficiary Address 3 Beneficiary Address 4 Other Details Other Details Type 1 Details 1 Type 2 Details 2 Type 3 Details 3 Type 4 Details 4 Type 5 Details 5 Type 6 Details 6 Charges In this screen you can select the Close Mode which is to be used to close the account The option list positioned next to this field contains a list of all the Close Modes maintained in the Customer Account Closing Modes screen The product linked to the close mode will be defaulted Some of the close out modes may require additional details to complete the transaction These additional details can pertain to either of the following e The Offset Account os ORACLE 3 19 e The Instrument when the Close Out is through an Instrument with which you payoff the balance in the account Thus based on the mode selected the withdrawal entries are booked against the appropriate product The balance of the account will drop down to zero Subsequently the account is marked as closed If this customer is a corporate customer then you will not be able to close the customer account record if the following conditions are met e The account belongs to a savings or current account class e The account is a member of a nettin
348. nt as Job The balance statement can be facilitated to run as part of a scheduled job as part of the Oracle jobs initiated during processing The Jobs Browser screen of the application provides you the facility to run the balance statement as a synchronized task subject to specified time intervals in hours Invoke the Jobs Browser screen from the application typing CSSJOBBR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click on the adjoining arrow button oS ORACLE 3 2 31 4 C Advanced Search 9 Reset Job Module Process Status Records perpage 15 v First Previous 4 of 4 Next Last im Job Module Process Sequence Number Start Stop Status N Select the option Generate Balance Report from the Process option list All associated accounts of the particular branch that have been marked for generation of balance statements are procured by Oracle FLEXCUBE The debit and credit accounts considered since the previous issue of an MT941 MT942 are picked up for the current processing The previous messages are based on the parameters maintained for each account This processing produces details of the statement generation Generation of Ad hoc Reports Balance reports for each account under an account class can be generated on an ad hoc basis The Ad Hoc report generation screen is used for capturing details of a balance report sent ad hoc You can
349. nt received from all branches and pays it manually to the government Note You need to uncheck the option Available Balance Check Required in the Transaction Code Maintenance Screen STDTRCOD to force debit the stamp duty amount for the transaction code used in the accounting entries The System Data Element CURRENT_BAL is used to obtain the closing balance of an account The User Data Element STAMP_DUTY is used to define the for stamp duty rate for an account Using the above SDE and UDE you need to create a formula and link it to the accounts For details on the interest rule refer the chapter Annexure C IC Rule Set up a ORACLE 6 1 6 2 6 Maintaining Passbook Introduction You can maintain all the details needed for the issuance of passbook at the Bank parameter and account class level The details maintained at the Bank parameter and account class level will be used for computing and issuing all on the account Maintaining Passbook Details You can invoke the New Passbook Issue web branch screen by typing 7030 in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button New Passbook Issue Branch Date 2013 06 03 H save lt i Hold External Reference Number FJB1315400010458 Branch 001 az Passbook Type Account Passbook Number Account Description Status Customer Id Remarks Populate Charge History
350. nt reference Remarks Specify the additional information if any Upload Click Upload button to open the Document Upload sub screen The Document Upload sub screen is displayed below ao ORACLE 3 2 24 Document Upload Document Upload N 4 40m gt M HE M Document Category Document Type Document Reference Remarks Upload Vi 2 4 ADDRESSPROOF gt BANK STATEMENT a3 B EEEE Document Upload ___ Document Path D FCUBS12 Accessibility In the Document Upload sub screen specify the corresponding document path and click the Submit button Once the document is uploaded through the upload button the system displays the document reference View Click View to view the document uploaded Specifying Joint Holder Details You can capture details of joint holders of the account using the Joint Holders screen Click the Joint Holders button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to invoke this screen Joint Holders Branch Account Number Customer No List of Joint Holders 10f1 E Customer Number Customer Name Joint Holder Type Start Date End Date Authorized Signatory Account Number The system displays the account number here Customer Number The system defaults the customer number based on the selected account number Branch Code The system displays the branch code of the current branch 362 ORACLE
351. nter At Client Report Output Print Printer Branch Code e The system defaults the branch code as current branch code Account e Select the account from the adjoining option list It displays all active account numbers for which at least one passbook has been issued e Based on the selected account following details get displayed e Account Description e Passbook Number e Status e To create report the following report related parameters need to be selected e Report Format e Report Output e PrinterAt e Printer Click Ok to generate the passbook report based on the given parameters os ORACLE 7 1 7 2 7 Maintaining Cheque Book Details Introduction In the Cheque book details table you can maintain details of Cheque books issued to your customers In addition you can view the status of each Cheque whether used cancelled rejected or if a stop payment has been issued against it When Cheque based transactions are initiated in the Data Entry or Funds Transfer modules the system updates the amount and date of the transaction in this table If a Cheque has been cancelled by the customer or has been returned unpaid by you this event can also be captured with the Stop payment table where you maintain your customers instructions for stop payment For each Cheque the system maintains a history of the Cheque status For instance a customer requests a stop payment revokes it and subsequently t
352. nth end on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer IACR Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator 20 7 ORACLE IBSR PNL 1 IACR Debit IBSR ACCR 1 IACR Credit IBSR PNL_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Debit IBSR ACR_ADvJ 1 IACR_ADJ Credit IBSR PNL 2 IACR Credit IBSR ACCR 2 IACR Debit IBSR PNL_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Credit IBSR ACR_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Debit ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IBSR ACCR 1 ILIQ Debit IBSR BOOK 1 ILIQ Credit IBSR ACQUIRED 1 IACQUIRED Debit IBSR BOOK 1 IACQUIRED Credit IBSR ACCR 2 ILIQ Credit IBSR BOOK 2 ILIQ Debit IBSR ACQUIRED 2 IACQUIRED Credit IBSR BOOK 2 IACQUIRED Debit IBSR TPBL 3 TAX Credit IBSR BOOK 3 TAX Debit IBSR TPBL_ADJ 3 TAX_ADJ Credit IBSR BOOK 3 TAX_ADJ Debit 20 8 ORACLE 20 5 1 5 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer IACR Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOCM PNL 1 IACR Debit IOCM ACCR 1 IACR Credit IOCM PNL_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Debit IOCM ACR_ADJ 1 IACR_ADJ Credit IOCM PNL 2 IACR Credit IOCM ACCR 2 IACR Debit IOCM PNL_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Credit IOCM ACR_ADJ 2 IACR_ADJ Debit ILIQ Accounting Entries Accounting Role Amount Tag Debit Credit Indicator IOCM ACCR
353. o generate an MT 210 by default can be over ridden when you enter a contract involving a debit to the nostro account Once you have specified this preference for a nostro account you can change it whenever necessary For instance if you have not specified that an MT 210 be generated you can unlock the record and specify the generation of MT 210 Conversely if you have specified that MT 210 generation is applicable you can unlock the record and specify that it is no longer applicable Lodgement Book Deposit Slip Book If you have allowed the use of lodgment books for an account class this specification is defaulted for all customer accounts that use such a class You can change the Account Class default and make the required specification If you wish to allow orders of lodgment books for individual customer accounts you can indicate so in the Customer Account Maintenance screen by selecting the Lodgment Book option Consolidated Certificate Required You need to indicate whether consolidation for inward clearing is required at the Customer Account level This option gets defaulted from the Account Class Maintenance screen If this option is unchecked in the Account Class Maintenance screen then it cannot be enabled here This option will process a consolidated entry for all the transactions for a customer in an inward clearing batch Please refer Clearing user manual for more information Back Period Entry Allowed You can
354. o Deposit amount as Linked Amount 2 If Auto Deposit account class or CASA account class is not enabled for Sweeps then when linked CASA account balance falls below minimum balance the system breaks Auto Deposits However only when Sweeps check box is checked at both CASA and Auto Deposit Account class level the Auto Deposits are part of sweep structure 3 Once automatic linkage is established by the system the system disables modification of linkage percentage linked amount irrespective of whether there is utilization or not The system also disabled de linking of the Auto Deposit from Primary CASA account oe ORACLE 3 2 38 3 Term Deposit Click Term Deposits tab in the Sweep Structure Maintenance screen to maintain auto deposit details Sweep Structure Maintenance Branch Code Account No Cover Account Auto Deposits Term deposit 1 Of 4 E E Linkage Order DepositBranch DepositAccount Maturity Date Original DepositAmount Linkage Percent Linked Amount Available Amount Utiliz You can maintain the following deposit account details Linkage Order The system defaults the linkage order of the specified parent deposit account when you save the sweep structure record This number is used to identify the preference level of the deposit account Deposit Account Specify the deposit account that should be linked with the specified linkage order The adjoining option list displays a
355. o view the details of primary customer changes Customer Change Details Branch Code 000 Account No VEVCECS Customer Change Log Error Messages 1 Of 1 E Error ErrorType Error Messages Maintenance You can view the following details Branch Code The system displays the branch code Account The system displays the account number for which the primary account has been changed Validate Tab From the Validate tab you can validate the customer changes and view the error override messages Click Validate button The system will displays the following details if there is a possible error or override during the process Error Code This is the error code for the error override message Type This indicates whether the message was an error message or an override message Message This field displays the details of the error override message aoe ORACLE 3 6 3 2 The list will contain the details of possible errors in the beginning followed by the possible overrides You can generate a report of the error override messages using the Report button Once you Click this button the system will display the Report Options screen Select the appropriate options and click OK button to generate the report You can view the following details in the report Header Under the Header you can view the following details e Branch code e Account Number e New Customer Number e Old
356. old Indicates the amount on hold Available balance Indicates the available balance of the account 17 29 Customer Limit Position Tracking Report You can generate Customer Limit Position Report using Customer Limit Position Tracking Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARPCSLW in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Limit Position Tracking Report Liability Id Option Liability Number Report Format z Printer At Client Report Output v Printer Liability ID Option Select the liability Id from the following options e All e Single Liability Number Select the liability number from the adjoining option list if the liability id option is selected as Single Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Wee ORACLE Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name Branch Date Indicates the branch open date User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates the date on which the report was gener ated
357. on of the record Checker Id amp Time Indicates the Identification of the checker who author ized the record and date of authorization 17 34 Document Checklist Report You can generate a report of document checklist using Document Checklist screen You can invoke this screen by typing STRDOCL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Document check list Branch Code Document Status Pending v Date Range From Date To Date Report Format Report Output Printer At Client Printer Branch Code Specify the branch code from the adjoining option list Document Status Select the status of the document from the adjoining drop down list vee ORACLE From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till wnen you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicate
358. ook is issued All the branches maintained in Oracle FLEXCUBE are displayed in an option list Select the branch code from the option list Account No This is the nostro account maintained with other banks If this Account is involved in a deal settlement the type of instrument associated with the account will be defaulted in the Instrument Type field of the Settlement Message Details screen invoked from the Contract Online screen of a front end module Note You can associate a settlement account with one instrument type only The branch in which the nostro account resides is defaulted on selection of the account number If you select a GL the current branch is defaulted No of Leaves Specify the total number of Cheque leaves in the Cheque Book you are defining Cheque Book No This is the number of the Cheque Book maintained for the Instrument Type These numbers will be unique for a specific branch and instrument type LPAD Required The user has an option to specify whether the instrument numbers have to be left padded with zeroes If you enable this option the instrument numbers will be prefixed by zeroes By clicking Status button you can view the status of each instrument Ft Upload As discussed earlier Oracle FLEXCUBE offers you the facility to print a consolidated Cheque for a counterparty module and instrument type combination If you choose to print a consolidated Cheque you are also req
359. or existing collaterals system supports modification of linked amount and spread The modification will be effect from the start of the current liquidation cycle Hair Cut Specify the haircut percentage available for the collateral category you entered System validates whether the TD Linked to the OD account is marked for auto rollover If Auto rollover is not marked for the TD then the system will automatically mark the TD as Auto rollover during authorization of the OD Account Rollover type will be set to P if interest booking account is same as TD and payout details for interest component is not maintained aop ORACLE 3 2 23 for the TD Rollover type will be set to P if interest booking account is not same as TD or payout details for interest component is maintained for the TD Specifying Document Details You can capture the customer related documents in central content management repository through the Document Upload screen Click Documents button to invoke this screen Passbook Details Branch Passbook Number Account Status Account Description ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer Here you need to specify the following details Document Category Specify the category of the document to be uploaded Document Type Specify the type of document that is to be uploaded Document Reference The system generates and displays a unique identifier for docume
360. or which the report is being generated using the following options e All If you choose this the system will generate the report for all the branches e Single If you choose this you need to specify the branch code for which the report should be generated The option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Date Range From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates the date on which the report was generated Report Run Time Indicates the time of report generation Tesan ORACLE Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Branch Indicates the branch code Branch Name Indicates t
361. order to achieve this you would have to apply two products one defined for credit interest and another defined for debit interest In this screen you can choose the interest products that you want to apply on an account Note The UDE currency defined for the product in the Interest Product Preferences screen that you apply on the account is displayed Note that the UDE values that you specify for the account subsequently will be taken to be in this currency You can opt to generate an advice for the benefit of the customer when the values of the UDEs defined for the interest rule change Generate Rate Change Advice Check the box Generate UDE change advice at account level to indicate that interest rate change advice has to be generated for the account at EOD System generates interest rate change advices for Customer Accounts and Savings accounts when the interest rate changes as part of EOD For those accounts when interest rate changes the details are handed off for rate change advice generation and the same is generated in the pre determined swift format as per MT 935 The advice tag used for interest rate change is RTCHG_ADVICE The advice format for interest rate change as per MT935 is given below Status Tag Field Name ponteny Remarks Options M 20 Transaction Refer 16x Unique Transaction ence Number Reference Number generated by system O 23 Further Identification 16x Specifies the kind of int
362. ories for the account using the Signatory Details screen To invoke this screen click the Account Signatory button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Signatory Details Account Number Account Branch Account Description Currency Minimum No of Signatories Account Message Signatory Details 1 Of 1 Customer ID Relation Type Signature Id Signatory Name Signatory Type Here you can capture the following details Branch The system defaults the current branch here Account Number This is the account number to which signatories are to being linked Account Description The system displays the description for the account you have selected SDa ORACLE 3 2 31 Customer Number Enter the customer signatory you want to link to the account You can link a customer signatory to an account either by e Click on the option list next to the Signatory Number A list of customer signatory num bers whose details have been captured will be displayed along with their names Pick up the signatory whom you want to make an account signatory for the account e Keying in the customer Signatory Number and Name directly if the signatory number has not been maintained through the Customer Signatory details screen e If the check box Replicate Signature is checked in account level the signature details will be defaulted from the customer maintenance however you are a
363. ormant Activated Report screen by typing STRDAEOD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Dormant Activated Report Branch Code Activated Date Report Format PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid code for the Branch in which the customer has an account from the adjoining option list Activated Date Specify a valid date when the dormant account was activated from the adjoining calendar Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report The other content displayed in the Dormant Activated Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Module The module from which the report was generated Vtg ORACLE Field Name Field Description Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated Run Time The time at which the report was generated User ID Indicates User ID of the user who generated the report Page No The page number of the report Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report grouped by the product code and currency Field Name Field Description P
364. ormation is provided up to the previous working day Printing of this information for an account is only possible if the Account Statistics option has been enabled in the Account Class Maintenance for the account class used by the account If account statistics has been enabled an accounting End of Day EOD process updates the statistics table both period wise and according to financial years The book dated balances are used for computation of statistics and the balances are maintained according to accounting periods Querying for Month Wise Customer Account Statistics You can query for month wise statistics for an account in the Monthly Account Statistics screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDACSTA in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Monthly account statistics E New E3 Enter Query Account Details Customer Name Customer No Branch Code Customer Acc No Currency Cumulative Account Statistics No of Debit Transaction Debit Average Total Balance No of Credit Transaction Credit Average Monthly Average No Returned Cheques Days in Debit Simple Average Balance No of Overdrafts Bays ta Cmd Matis Balance Monthly Credit Average Monthly Debit Average Minimum Balance 1 Of 1 Run Date Customer No Account No Branch Code Customer Name Total Balance Maximum Balanc Specify the following fields Customer No Specify
365. ot allow you to check these check boxes at Auto Deposit Account level e If Sweep in amp Reverse Sweep check boxes are checked at Auto Deposit Account Class level then the system will not allow you to uncheck these check boxes at Auto Deposit Account level The account level validations and process for CASA Cover Auto Deposit and TD accounts are detailed below CASA Account e If Enable Sweep in check box is unchecked while creating a CASA account and is checked during life cycle based on customer request then the existing auto deposits will be part of sweep in structure provided the account class of Auto Deposit is enabled for sweeps e You can uncheck Enable Sweep in check box at Primary CASA account level only if cover accounts and term deposits are de linked However you need to de link the cover 2108 ORACLE accounts and term deposits before disabling Sweep in feature at primary CASA ac count Also since de linking is disabled for auto deposits the system will automatically de link auto deposits once Enable Sweep in check box is unchecked at primary CASA account level e During account opening account amendment you can uncheck both the check boxes even if they are checked at Account class level e While closing CASA account the system by default de links the linked Cover accounts and Term deposits and displays the information message notifying the de linking of linked account e f any Auto
366. ounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result MON_AVG_BAL gt 0 AND MON_AVG_ BAL gt MIN _BAL_REQD 0 MON_AVG_BAL lt AVSLAMT1 CHGAMT1 MON_AVG_BAL lt AVSLAMT2 AND MON_AVG_BAL gt AVSLAMT1 CHGAMT2 MON_AVG_BAL lt AVSLAMT3 AND MON_AVG_BAL gt AVSLAMT2 CHGAMT3 MON_AVG_BAL lt AVSLAMT4 AND MON_AVG_BAL gt AVSLAMT3 CHGAMT4 MON_AVG_BAL lt AVSLAMT5 AND MON_AVG_BAL gt AVSLAMT4 CHGAMT5 Formula 2 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Tax from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Leave this box unchecked Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression Case Result FORMULA1 gt 0 AND FORMULA1 lt MON_AVG_BAL TRUNC FORMULA1 TAX3 100 Dormancy Charge Specify the following details ately ORACLE On Account Opening Month Check this box On Account Closure Month Check this box
367. ount Specify the offset Account If you have chosen Pay In By Account as the pay in option specify the customer account that should be debited while posting accounting entries The adjoining option list displays all valid customer accounts and customer GLs maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one If you choose Pay In By GL the system will display the offset GL maintained for the branch in the Term Deposit Payin Parameters Maintenance screen Waive Account Opening Charges Check this box to indicate that account opening charges should be waived for individual customer account Specifying Other Options Replicate Customer Signature The signature of the customer gets defaulted from the linked CIF customer level to account This value will be defaulted only if the customer type is individual with single or joint mode of operation Salary Account Check this box to indicate the salary account which should be selected for loan recovery on salary credit By default this option is unchecked IBAN Required Check this box to capture the details of the IBAN account for a specific customer IBAN Account Number Specify the IBAN Account Number To capture the details of the IBAN account click the M button The IBAN details sub screen will be displayed In this screen you can capture the IBAN Account Number as well as the bank code of the bank where the IBAN account resides Note
368. ount and updates as zero De linking Auto Deposits from Primary CASA account If Enable Sweep in check box is unchecked for Primary CASA account as part of account amendment then the system will de link the existing Auto deposits from Sweep structure These de linked Auto deposits and new auto deposits created after the change are broken whenever CASA account balance goes below minimum balance De linking Term Deposit from Sweep In Structure The system facilitates you to de link the term deposit utilized as part of sweep in from Sweep in structure The moment Term deposit is de linked the system reverses sweep in amount stored against the term deposit account and updates as zero So that the system need not track it for replenishment Handling Batch Closure of Auto Deposits with Zero Balance Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates batch closure of auto deposits with zero balance if any or all of the following criteria are satisfied e If Enable Reverse Sweep in is unchecked for Primary CASA account e If Enable Reverse Sweep in is unchecked for Auto Deposit account If the Auto Deposit account is completely utilized then the system closes it online e Sweep in Sequence Sweep in and Reverse Sweep in Sequence During Sweep in and Reverse Sweep in process the system sequences processing of linked accounts Cover auto deposits and term deposits are utilized in the defined order of sequence Sweep in Sequence The sequ
369. ount description is not entered the system will display an error message Account Type You have to indicate whether the account is to be opened only by the account holder or whether it can be jointly operated Mode of Operation Select the mode of operation from the following options e Single e Jointly e Either Anyone or Survivor e Former or Survivor e Mandate Holder Account Open Date The system displays the current branch date However you need to specify the date on which the account was opened Address 1 4 Specify the address of the customer Location An address for a customer account is based on the Location and Media combination Location codes maintained through the Account Address Location Type Maintenance screen are made available against this field The address maintained here is always the primary or the default address Each customer can have several addresses for a particular media To distinguish between one address of a customer from another for a given media it is essential for you to specify a unique location for each address Also if you are amending an address here the same gets updated in the Customer Account Address Detailed table after the validations are through Media Indicate the media for which the charge should be levied Select one of the following options from the option list e Mail e Telex e SWIFT e Fax Country Code Specify the country of the customer Thi
370. ount linkage To view the details of loan instalment recovery and charge recovery details in the Account Statement Report following tags will be included e _LNCHGDTLS_ e _CLCHGACC_ 3 2 21 Specifying Account Limits You can capture details of account limits using the Account Limits screen Click the Limits button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to invoke this screen Account Limits Limit Currency Sublimit Temporary Overdraft Start Uncollected Funds Limit Temporary Overdraft End Temporary Overdraft Limit Netting Required Offline Limit Credit Start Date Daylight Limit Credit Rev Date Notification Percentage Cr Transaction Limit TOD Renewal C Renew TOD Renew Frequency E Renew Unit Next Renewal Limit TD Collateral Linkages Auto Create Collateral Pool TD Collateral Linkages 1 Of 1 Collateral Type Collateral Available Amount Linked Amount Applicabl E Term Deposit J OD Limit 10f1 Customer No Effective Date Liability Number Linkage Type Linkage Ref No Contribution i x Temp OD Start and End The start and end dates represent the dates from which the temporary overdraft limit becomes effective upto the date on which it should ceases to be effective oS ORACLE Netting Required To process linked accounts which are marked for referral you will need to enable the Netting Required option This optio
371. ounting entries for the charge calculated for any of the events associated with a PDC 1229 ORACLE 12 5 4 3 Purpose You have the option of specifying the purpose for which the PDC is issued This is for information only Currency Specify the currency in which the charge should be calculated Move funds to be collected Check this box to trigger the realization of funds to customer account manually Check this box only when the funds are not in collected stage and when the cheque status is not rejected Checking this field in any other scenarios will throw an error while saving Drawer ID Specify the drawer Id This adjoining option list displays all valid drawer Ids maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Also if you enter the fields instrument number frequency no of entries for a bulk input where the check in series box is not selected an error will be thrown while saving The following operations are also allowed for this screen after the query operation e Unlock e Save e Authorization e Unlock Changing details of an unprocessed PDC You can only modify an unauthorized and unprocessed PDC If during modification you change the amount activation date currency remitter account number or charge payable details then the contingent en tries passed during initiation gets deleted and new entries are passed based on the modification done Specifying Project Details Click the Project De
372. ounts you need to e Maintain a non booked formula for APY as part of the interest formula in the Interest and Charges rule used It must be remembered that only one APY formula may be main tained for an interest rule e Inthe Regulation Parameters Maintenance screen specify the non booked APY formu la defined involving the interest formula in the interest rule for the product as an APY type formula You must also specify the basis average balance or daily balance upon which the APY must be calculated Specifying the APY Basis When you identify the APY formula you must also specify the basis upon which the interest used for APY computation will be computed You can choose either the average balance basis i e the interest is computed based on average balance and APY is computed up to the latest interest liquidation or a daily balance basis interest is computed based on daily balance and APY calculation takes into account the interest accrued till the current statement date If the interest is computed on an average balance basis specify LIQD as the APY basis or if the interest is computed on a daily balance basis specify ACCR as the APY basis For an IC deposit you must specify the APY basis as ACCR The different scenarios that could arise upon choosing these options are shown below Basis Case APY Logic Average Balance Statement frequency is asynchronous with liquidation frequency
373. ounts for Retail Customer 21 10 21 2 5 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer 21 13 21 2 6 Charge as Dr Interest when the Balance is Less than Minimum Average BalanCe it 855 sieaiit ite i ial ae beet aa ees 21 15 21 2 7 Dormancy ChasrGe seiere eea a raii Ee 21 17 21 3 UDE Value Maintenance ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceecaaeaecaeeeeeeeeeeteneteees 21 19 21 3 1 Interest on Saving and current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer 21 20 21 3 2 Debit Interest on Current ACCOUNTS 0 1 ccccccccceeeeeeeestecteeeteeeteeetetteeteess 21 20 21 3 3 Interest on Current account for Corporate Customet c0ee 21 20 21 3 4 Interest on Liqd Before Month End on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail CUStOMED ccccccesseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeteeeeesneteeeseenaes 21 20 21 3 5 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts For Retail Customer 21 21 21 3 6 Charge On Less Average Balance ccccccccccccseeeteeeeteeteteeeneeteeteneaeeees 21 21 21 3 Stamp Duly Taxa e E E AA 21 22 21 4 IC Rates Maintenance 22 Functi n ID GIOSSARY asc cscicacciciceaecncecncectcs tees eee ce cede 22 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 Preface Introduction This manual is designed to help you quickly get acquainted with the Current and Savings Account sub module of Oracle FLEXCUBE It provides an overview to the module and provides information on using the Current and Savings Ac
374. overdue charge compo nent is always collected in arrears irrespective of preferences defined 126 ORACLE Frequency amp Cascade Scheduling Cheque the Cascade scheduling option if you wish subsequent schedule days to be recalculated when a particular schedule day is shifted If you do not select this option then the original schedule is maintained This Cheque box is enabled only if you have chosen to allow bulk input of PDCs PDC Realization Select the type of PDC realization from the following options e Auto Select this option for the automatic movement of funds to collected as a batch on the Customer Float day e Manual Select this option for the manual movement of funds to collected 12 2 3 Entering Details of Post Dated Cheques You can invoke the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen by typing PDDONLIN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input ENew E3 Enter Query ir Event Sequence Number Refund Interest Source Code Grace Days External Reference Record Status Branch Code Transaction Reference Instrument Number Product Code Currency Remitter Account Number Beneficiary Account Number Remarks Amount User Reference Value Date Loan Account Number Drawer Identification
375. owed to change it for a specific account You can choose to print the IBAN Number in advices that are sent to the customer by enabling the check box positioned next to the Display IBAN on Advices field If the Display IBAN on Advices check box is disabled you can enable this option by checking the box Consequently the IBAN Account Number will be printed on all customer correspondence Debit Credit advices involving the particular account Jal ORACLE Because of choosing to print IBAN numbers in the correspondence sent to the customer the Oracle FLEXCUBE account number will be replaced by the IBAN number The lists of SWIFT messages that will include IBAN account numbers are as follows e MT940 Customer Statement Message e MT950 Statement Message e MT900 Confirmation of debit e MT910 Confirmation of Credit Note While processing incoming payments the system checks to see whether the account in volved is an IBAN account If the account is an IBAN account it will be processed with the corresponding Oracle FLEXCUBE account number Secondary A c Statement This refers to the type of statement to be generated periodically by the system for this account You can specify whether you want a detailed or summary statement or if you do not want a statement for this account at all Cycle You can specify the frequency for generating the account statements To specify the frequency of the statements click on the adjoini
376. own list Accrual Required Leave the box unchecked Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expressions Case Result FORMULA2 lt AMOUNT1 0 FORMULA2 gt AMOUNT 1 TRUNC FORMULA2 TAX1 100 FORMULA2 gt AMOUNT2 TRUNC FORMULA2 TAX2 100 Interest on Saving and Current Bank Accounts for Retail Customer Specify the following details On Account Opening Month Check this box 10 ORACLE On Account Closure Month Check this box SDE Maintain the following SDEs e DAYS e VD_DLY_CR_BAL_M e VD_DLY_DR_BAL_M e YEAR UDE Maintain the following UDEs User Defined Type Elements NORMAL_RATE1 Rate NORMAL_RATE2 Rate NORMAL_RATE3 Rate NORMAL_RATE4 Rate AMOUNT1 Amount AMOUNT2 Amount AMOUNT3 Amount TAX1 Rate Get Latest For each of the UDEs select the option Use Effective from the adjoining drop down list Click Formulas button and invoke the Formulas screen You need to maintain two booked formulae and one tax formula Formula 1 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Credit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals
377. played on the screen Minimum You must indicate the minimum charge that can be applied for the account Maximum You must indicate the maximum charge that can be applied for the account Open By default each charge consolidation charge setup that you set up is enabled and active You can also disable the setup by checking the Open box Waive Charges You can choose to waive consolidated charges for an account Discount Amount In this field you can indicate the flat discount amount if any which would be applicable for the consolidated charge calculated for the account After the discounting has been applied the Maximum and Minimum validations are performed Alternatively the discount if any which is applicable can be specified as a percentage of the calculated consolidated charge amount Discount Percentage You can indicate the discount percentage if any which would need to be applied to the calculated charge After the discounting has been applied the Maximum and Minimum validations are performed The discount if any which is applicable can also be specified as a flat discount amount Specifying BIC Details You can capture details of all SWIFT BIC that should be allowed for a customer account using the Authorized SWIFT BICs for Customer Account screen To invoke this screen click BIC button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen oe ORACLE 3 2 12 E3 Authorized SWIFT BICs for
378. pplication tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Ts ORACLE Account Open or Close Report ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates the date on which the report was generated Report Run Time Indicates the time of report generation Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Account Number Indicates the customer account number Short Name Indicates the short name of the customer Full Name Indicates the full name of the customer Currency Indicates the account currency Current Balance Indicates the current account balance Account Officer Code Indicates the code of the account officer 1640 ORACLE Maker ID Indicates the identification of the maker of the record Maker Date Stamp Indicates the date and time when the record was created Che
379. ption Priority Maximum Message Count Purge Message Acknowledgment Nak Processing Swift Messages SWIFT Message Type Consolidated Message Type Normal For Product Setup __ Generate at input Show in product Input By Date Time Authorized By Date Time Modification Number WB Authorized Open You need to maintain eight records with details given below Sr Module Message Type SWIFT Message Consolidation No ge tyP Type Message Type 1 AC ACST_BALANCE MT941 ACST_DETAILED 2 AC ACST_DETAILED ACST_DETAILED 3 AC ACST_DE ACST_DETAILED TAILED2 4 AC ACST_DE ACST_DETAILED TAILED3 5 AC ACST_DE ACST_DETAILED TAIL_VD 6 AC ACST_INT_DTL MT942 ACST_DETAILED 7 AC MT940 MT940 ACST_DETAILED 8 AC MT950 MT950 ACST_DETAILED For further details refer the chapter titled Maintaining Messaging Branch Preferences in the Messaging System User Manual ORACLE 11 2 4 Maintaining Customer Address You can invoke the Customer Address Maintenance screen by typing MSDCUSAD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Address E New E Enter Query Customer Address Media Customer No Language Location Test Keyword Country Delivery By Answerback C Send by Email Add Hold Mail Text Name Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 50F P
380. ption event code description a8 ORACLE 7 2 5 1 Viewing Accounting Entries You can view accounting entries in the Events screen Click on Accounting Entries button to invoke Accounting Entries screen Accounting Entries Reference No Event Account Transaction Code Amount Tag Reference Number System displays the transaction reference number here Event System displays the event code of the transaction here Accounting Entries System displays the following details under this section e Branch Account branch code e Account Account number e Dr Cr C Indicates Credit and D indicates Debit e Amount Tag Amount Tag of the transaction e Currency Account currency e Foreign Currency Amount Amount in foreign currency e Local Currency Amount Amount in local currency e Date Date of the transaction e Value Date Value date of the transaction e Code Transaction code i ORACLE 7 2 6 Maintaining Cheque Details You can invoke the Cheque Details Maintenance screen by typing CADCHKDT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button e Cheque Details Maintenance New amp Enter Query Branch Cheque Number Account Number Amount Beneficiary Presented On Remarks Status NotUsed Stopped Date On Cheque Fields Maker Date Ti
381. ption Status Customer Id Remarks 10f1 E Passbook Number IssueDate Status Status Description Status Change Date The system displays the details of all the passbooks issued for the selected account The following details are displayed e Passbook Number e Issue Date e Status e Status Description e Status Change Date Passbook details are displayed in descending order based on the date of pass book issuance Account Entries On saving the operation the charge amount is liquidated The below given table indicates the accounting entries for the same Dr Cr Indicator Accounting Role Amount Tag DR Customer account CHG_AMT CR Charge GL mapped CHG_AMT oe ORACLE 6 3 Changing Passbook Status You can invoke the Passbook Status Change screen by typing 7031 in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Passbook Status Change Branch Date 2013 06 03 H save M Hold External Reference Number FJB1315400010459 Branch 001 Customer ID Account Passbook Number Issue Date Status Reason 1 Of 1 E Passbook Number IssueDate Status Status Description Status Change Date External Reference Number System generates and displays the reference number Customer ID The system displays the Customer ID based on the selected account Account Number Sel
382. r AD Creation The following batches are available in the system to handle batches for AD creation DEDEPBAT If AD instruction is maintained at account level then the batch creates AD If instruction is not maintained at the account level then the batch creates AD based on account class level maintenance Batch is maintained in DE module in the End of Txn Input stage DEAUTDEP The system will create AD only if account level instructions are main tained If not maintained then AD will not be created for that account Batch is main tained in IC module in the End of Txn Input stage DESWPBAT Intra day batch for AD creation PR ORACLE 3 2 27 Specifying Billing Parameters You can capture billing parameters for the account using the Billing Parameters screen To invoke this screen click the Billing Parameters button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen r Billing Parameters Branch Account Consolidating Branch Consolidating Account Consolidating Currency Billing Liquidation Settlement Branch Settlement Account Settlement Currency J Direct Debit Payable Bank Account Name Agreement Id Billing Details 1 Of 1 Billing Product You will have to maintain a set of parameters for the billing module While settling or liquidating the bill the default parameters that you have maintained for the account involved in this module will be used
383. r Rejected Report using Cancelled or Rejected Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing CORRJDD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Cancelled or Rejected Report Report Date Report Date ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer Report Date Specify the report date from the adjoining calendar Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows 10A ORACLE Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Branch Date Indicates the date of Branch in which report is taken Page No Displays Page No out of total No of pages in report Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates Current System Date Report Run Time Indicates Current System Time Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Number of Cheques Cancelled Indicates the number of cheques cancelled MC Number Indicates the MC Number Date of Booking Indicat
384. ranch that has issued the post dated Cheques Instrument Number This is the PDC number If PDC type is External this number should be unique for the given clearing branch amp bank Clearing Details In the fields provided enter select the Clearing product Select the product that is ready for clearing Issuer Branch Select the branch that is issuing the post dated Cheques Clearing Bank Select the bank that is clearing the post dated Cheques issued Clearing Branch Select the branch that is clearing the post dated Cheques issued Sector Code Select the code of the sector that is processing the post dated Cheques Issuer Bank Select the bank that is issuing the post dated Cheques Bulk Transaction Reference Number Specify the bulk transaction number that is used in transactions For detailed field explanation on End Point amp Routing Number refer to the Clearing User Manual The clearing details are needed only for External type PDCs Charge Payable Details You need to enter the following details for the processing of charges for the PDC Charge Branch Select the branch in which the charge payable account is maintained Status Indicate the current status of the PDC by selecting from the following values e U Unprocessed e A Active Initiated e V Reversed e L Liquidated e C Cancelled Charge Account Number The account which is to be debited for the charge this is necessary for passing acc
385. re printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name Branch Code Branch Name Indicates Current Branch code and Branch Name User ID Indicates the Identification of the User Module Indicates the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates date on which the report was generated Report Run Time Indicates time of report generation Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Branch Code Indicates the branch code Tes ORACLE Branch Name Indicates the name of the branch Account Number Indicates the account number Account Open Date Indicates the date when the account was opened Account Type Indicates the type of account Account Currency Indicates the account currency Customer Name and RM Code Indicates customer name and Relationship Manager Code Nationality Indicates the nationality of the customer Residing Country Indicates the country where the customer resides Customer Identification and Details Indicates the customer identification and detials Maker ID amp Date Indicates the Identification of the maker and date of creati
386. redit that happens to the settlement account In other words the system will track the account for receivables credits As and when a credit happens the funds will be allocated to the loan or retail teller contract for liquidation If the track receivable option is checked for the account the system will track the receivables for the account if sufficient funds are not available in the account The allocation of funds will happen in a sequence that you specify at the account class level This is explained in the section titled Maintaining Account Classes Referral Required Referral refers to the process of handling customer transactions which force the accounts involved in such a transaction to exceed the overdraft limit Examples of typical transactions which force an account to move into overdraft are Payment and Collections Funds Transfers Standing Instructions or Clearing transactions Note that you should have checked the box Referral Required in the product preferences screen of the aforesaid modules and the Clearing product applicable to them The Referral Required option is defaulted from the account class linked to the account You can change it for a specific account If an account is marked for referral the details of transactions resulting in the account moving into Overdraft will be sent to the referral queue Note that charge fee or interest debited to the customer account will not be referred to the Referral
387. rest Balance Indicates the interest balance Number of Days This indicates number of days for which the interest is computed Interest Rate This indicates interest rate based on which the interest is computed Amount This indicates calculated interest amount Total Credit Capitalized Indicates the total credit capitalized Total Debit Capitalized Indicates the total debit capitalized Total Tax Amount This indicates the total tax amount over the interest amount in the specified period Note If the customer account is linked to multiple products or formulae then the interest state ment displays the credit and debit interest details separately for that customer account 17 18 ORACLE 17 10 Dormant Activated Report An account is moved to Dormancy state in the absence of any customer initiated transaction in that account for a period maintained at Account Class Maintenance level After a specific period the status will be changed to unclaimed deposit These accounts are activated once the customer initiates a transaction At the end of the Dormant Activity you can generate Dormant Activated Report as part of EOD which summarizes the transaction in the dormant accounts It is a report of dormant accounts which were activated on that day The accounts in this report are grouped based on the account class and currency type of the account You can invoke D
388. rge Account Charge Branch Charge Currency Loan Details Previous Statement 10f1 Previous Statement Date AccountNo Branch Code ca No of Previous Statements Maker Date Time Mod No Checker Date Time Record Status Authorization Status Specify the following details Statement ID Specify the statement plan identification Customer No Select the customer number from the adjoining option list All Accounts Loans Check this box to generate statement for all accounts and loans of the customer Populate Click Populate button to default all the accounts deposits and loans belonging to the customer If All Accounts Loans is unchecked then the Populate button will be disabled You will have to manually specify the details in this case CASA Details The system displays the following CASA details of the customer Tiig ORACLE e Account No The system displays all the open and closed CASA accounts based on the customer selected e Account Description e Branch Code Deposit Details The system displays the following deposit details of the customer e Account No The system displays all the open and closed deposit accounts based on the customer selected e Account Description e Branch Code Loan details The system displays the following loan details of the customer e Account No The system displays all the open and closed loan accoun
389. rmation provided The information is saved differently in the following scenarios e Ifthe auto authorize is enabled for the corresponding account the system will save and authorize the account e If the auto authorize is disabled for the corresponding account the account will be saved in unauthorized status The authorizer will query the newly created account in Customer Accounts Maintenance screen to authorize the same Specifying MIS Details You can capture Management Information System details for the account using the Management Information System screen To invoke this screen click MIS button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen For more details on the Management Information System screen refer to the section Specifying MIS Details in this chapter Specifying UDF Details You can capture User Defined Fields for the account using the User Defined Fields screen To invoke this screen click Fields button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen For more details on the User Defined Fields screen refer to the section Specifying UDF Details in this chapter e197 ORACLE 3 25 5 3 25 6 3 25 7 3 25 8 Specifying Cheque Book Request Details Click on the Cheque Book Request button in the Customer Account Maintenance screen to invoke the Cheque Book Request screen For more details on the Cheque Book Request screen ref
390. roduct Code Indicates Account Class Currency Indicates Currency of the Account The dormant details for each account class and currency are displayed in the report Account Indicates Customer Account Account Name Indicates Account Description Day s Credit Amount Indicates Sum of Transaction Credit Amount for today in Account Currency Day s Debit Amount Indicates Sum of Transaction Debit Amount for today in Account Currency Book Balance Indicates Book Balance Dormancy Start Date Indicates Dormancy Start Day Dormant Days Indicates Number of Dormant Days Maker ID Indicates Maker id of the Transaction Checker ID Indicates Checked Id of the transaction Txn code Indicates Transaction code of the Transaction Txn Description Indicates Transaction Description of the Transaction 17 11 Stop Cheques Maintained Report When a customer losses cheque leaf issued for a Savings or Current Accounts the same is informed to the respective branch The corresponding branch updates these details in the system to avoid paying out of these cheques During EOD you can generate Stop Cheques Maintained Report which lists out all the stop payment instruction carried out on that day Stop cheques in this report are grouped based on the account type eee ORACLE You can invoke Stop Cheques Maintained Report screen by typing STRSPEOD in the field at the top right corner of
391. rrent date but cannot be a future date Fa ORACLE Note Effective Date should not be earlier than the start date of the linked limits booking date of CASA account If multiple lines are attached to an OD account then the SDE for line amount returns the sum of the line amount of the attached facilities till the current day But the percentage mentioned while linking the line is not consid ered The interest is recalculated if the effective date or limit amount is changed If the effective date is within the current period then the interest is recalculated from the period start date and the accrual entry is passed If the effective date is earlier than the current liquidation period then interest recalculated for the period prior to the current liquidation period is posted as adjustment entries Effective date is applicable only for the linkage type Lines If effective date is specified for Collateral or Collateral pool then the system displays an error message You cannot attach a line which was active on past date and inactive on the system date The option for facility displays the facilities active on application date and not for the effec tive date You can delink the unutilized lines The date of delinking is stored in an internal data store From the effective date till the date of delinking the line will be considered as linked Any modification of the facility amount is also stored in internal d
392. rt Run Time Indicates Current System Time Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Account Class Indicates the account class Currency Indicates the currency of the transaction Threshold Amount Indicates the threshold amount Account Number Indicates the account number Account Name Indicates the account name Customer ID Indicates the customer ID Customer Name Indicates the name of the customer Customer Telephone No Indicates the customer telephone number Available Balance Indicates the available balance 17 66 ORACLE 17 39 Ad Hoc Combined Statement You can generate ad hoc combined statement through Ad Hoc Combined Statement screen You can invoke this screen by typing STDCDSMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Ad hoc Combined Statement Customer No Statement ID Customer Name Balance Book Dated Value Dated Based on Date Range Print Options view From Date Server Spool To Date E Elapply Online Charges Send to Customer Report Charges Customer No Select the customer number from the adjoining option list Customer Name The system displays the customer name Statement ID Select the statement ID from the adjoining option list Balance You can sele
393. s SODALERT e Identify the SOD accounts to be processed e Read the percentage for breach calculation e Identify if the breach happened e Generate the alert to intermediate data store e Generate the MSG handoff in case the medium is mail e Complete the message generation if the medium is mail e Update the dispatch flag as processed Creating a Message Advice Format You need to create a message advice format through the Advice Format Maintenance screen with the format named SOD_CR_UTIL You should also create an outgoing generic interface to generate ASCII file where in the component details for the generic interface are the elements from the new data store You need to schedule this generic interface to be executed during EOD through GIDPRSIF batch Note The system processes alerts only if the email address and mobile number are maintained for a customer You can know the Limit Utilization Breach for the account by the application of the following formula Utilized limit amount 2 SOD Amount SOD notification percentage 100 The Intermediate data store consists of the following details e DCN e BRN e Customer Account Number e Customer No e Customer Mail e Customer Mobile No e Utilized Amount e Overdraft Amount eS ORACLE e Dispatch Flag You need to maintain the following message advice format through the Advice Format Maintenance screen RH lt SOD ACCOUNT UTILIZATION
394. s button to view the linked entities When you click Populate button after selecting the customer account the system will update the changed customer as the primary account holder in Linked Entities screen The other details will remain the same However you can modify the details For further details on the Linked Entities screen refer to the section Specifying Linked Entities in this chapter Viewing Account Signatory Details Click Account Signatory button to view the account signatory details When you click Populate button after selecting the customer account the system will update the account signatory details based on the changed customer ot ORACLE 3 6 3 3 6 3 1 If you have checked the box Replicate Customer Signature then the system clears the signatures maintained for the old customer in the Account Signatory sub screen and displays the rest of the signatures This may include signatures of the joint holders The system will also default the signature maintained for the changed primary account holder If you have not checked the option Replicate Customer Signature then the system clears the signatures maintained for the old customer For further details on the Account Signatory details refer to the section Specifying Account Signatory Details in this chapter Viewing Customer Change Details Click Customer Change Details button t
395. s 3 47 3 2 20 Specifying Statement Detalls 00 cccccccececc cence ett tteeeeeetnnneeeeettneeeenena 3 49 3 2 21 Specifying ACCOUNE LIMES cece et rr aE Er E AEAEE NE O ETNE 3 55 3 2 22 Specifying Linkages Detallls ccccccccctceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteneeaaeeeeeeeanees 3 59 3 2 23 Specifying Document Detalls c cccccccecseeeeeeeneeeeeteeeeaeeeeteneaaeeeetenananees 3 61 3 2 24 Specifying Joint Holder Detallls 0 ccccccceccccceeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeteeeeeeeesseaeeees 3 62 3 2 25 Specifying UDF DOS sareen EEE A E R 3 64 3 2 26 Specifying Deposits InstructionS eessssneeerreererinrrrerrrrnnnrrrnnnneeerrnnrrena 3 64 3 2 27 Specifying Billing ParametefS eeesseeessinrnseerrenrrrrnnnnenerrnnrrrnnnnneernnnnrnea 3 67 3 2 28 Closure of accounts with outstanding Billing Invoices 0 eeeeeeeeeeee tees 3 68 3 2 29 Initiating manual liquidation for DINS cc ccc cese eee eeeete eee eeneeaeeeeetenaeenees 3 69 3 2 30 Specifying Account Signatory Details cccccccsseseeeeseeeeeeteeeeeeeetenneeees 3 69 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 16 3 17 3 18 3 19 3 20 3 21 3 22 3 23 3 24 3 25 3 26 3 2 31 Specifying Details for Balance Report Statement cccccccceeeeteeteees 3 70 3 2 32 Maintaining Notice Preferences for WithOrawal c ccccccessteeeteeneeeees 3 76 3 2 33 Viewing Cards Details 2 scsccccccscsssceceessssdeceessnnnscecee
396. s Maintenance You can maintain rate codes for branches using the Interest and Charges Branch Availability Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing ICDRESTR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button IC Rate Code Branch Availability EX New Enter Query Rate Code Branch Restrictions Allow Disallow Branch Specific Rates E Branch Code Description Input By Date Time Modification Number Wi Authorized Open Authorized By Date Time You need to maintain the following rate code for all branches of your bank e FLOATRATE For the aforesaid rate code you need to maintain rates and effective dates in the Interest and Charges Rate Input screen You can invoke the Interest and Charges Rate Input screen by 21 23 ORACLE typing ICDRATES in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button interest amp Charges Rate Input Ey New E3 Enter Query Rate Currency Code Branch Code Rate Code khalal Rate Open 7 Fields Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number WB Authorized W Open These rates are picked up by the CASA module while processing interest applicable on a CASA Refer the chapter Floating Rate Codes for IC
397. s adjoining option list displays all valid country codes maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one ORACLE 3 2 1 1 3 2 1 2 Note The country information is captured to enable Mantas to analyse the transactions for pos sible money laundering activities Specifying Account Facilities As part of specifying the account facilities you can indicate whether the account holder can avail of the following facilities e Achequebook facility e A passbook facility e A CAS account facility e An ATM facility You can indicate that the account holder can avail of a Chequebook Passbook ATM facility by checking the box positioned next to each of these fields If you have indicated that the account holder needs to be provided with the check book facility you can also specify whether automatic reordering of cheque books should be allowed for the account In addition you will have to maintain the check book details through the respective screen Similarly you can choose to indicate that the account holder needs to be provided with a Passbook and ATM facility Note Although these specifications are defaulted from the account class screen where you had maintained these specifications for all accounts belonging to a class the options specified at the account level will supersede that specified for the account class Cheque System checks the box by default if you have selected the option for availing
398. s adjoining option list displays all valid drawer Ids maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one You can as well attach multiple drawer identification Drawer Name The system displays the drawer name Customer Drawee Line ID Specify the limit line for customer and drawer combination This adjoining option list displays all valid limit lines maintained for the liability Id You can choose the appropriate one Viewing Customer Cheque Discount Summary You can query view the customer cheque discount details of the post dated cheques in the Customer Cheque Discounting Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing 1232 ORACLE PDSCHDMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Customer Cheque Discounting Summary q4 Advanced Search 9 Reset Authorization Status Record Status Customer Identification Liability Account Records per page 415 v 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Customer Identification Liability Account Past Due Account Here you can query on customer cheque discounting details based on any one or all of the following criteria e Customer Number e Liability Account PDC settlement account e Past Due account Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authori
399. s box Rounding Required Check this box Interest Method Default From Currency Definition Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression Case Result MON_AVG_BAL lt 0 ABS MON_AVG_BAL RATE1 DAYS YEAR 100 Formula 2 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Credit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box aly ORACLE 21 2 4 Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression Case Result MON_AVG_BAL gt 0 ABS MON_AVG_BAL RATE2 DAYS YEAR 100 Formula 3 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Tax from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Periodic from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop d
400. s discounted and if it exceeds the limit attached an override will be thrown on saving Note When the PDC transaction is either reversed after liquidation or cancelled before liquida tion the limit line reduced during discounting of the Cheque will get update to the extent to which it was reduced 12 2 3 6 Viewing Charges Parameters Charge parameters specified for a particular product default for the individual PDCs entered under that product You can view these charges for individual PDCs Click Charges button in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen to invoke the Charge Details sub screen Charge Details Contract Reference Event Sequence Number Charge Details a Component Event Currency Amount 12 2 4 Viewing Accounting Entries Accounting entries and overrides specified for a particular product default for the individual PDCs entered under that product You can view these for individual PDCs Click Accounting Taia ORACLE Entries button in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen to invoke the Accounting Entries sub screen e Accounting Entries amp Overrides Event Debit Credit Amount Tag Code Date 1213 ORACLE 12 2 5 Viewing ICFF Details Click the ICCF Details button in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen to invoke the ICCF Details sunscreen Main View De
401. s eanes ra E iis ETIT ERA A TOE A 9 1 9 1 1 Defining Amount Block Reasons sssseeeeerieeersrnnrreerrrnnurrnnrnneeerrnnerrnnnnee 9 1 9 1 2 Viewing Hold Code Summary eesssreeesrrrrrreerrrenrrrrrrnneeriranrrrrnnneenrrnnnrennne 9 2 9 1 3 Maintaining Individual Amount BIOCKS w0 sccecceceeeneeeeeeennneeeeteeeneeteeeeenaes 9 3 9 1 4 Viewing Amoun BIOCK cccccccceeeeeceeeeeeeee ika itede a aa iaki e SA ia Eaha AeA Aaii 9 6 9 1 5 Maintaining Consolidated Amount Block Details ccccscccccsseseeeeeeeseee 9 8 9 1 6 Maintaining Consolidated Amount BIOCKS cccccscccceecststeeeeetttteeteseeeaes 9 9 Maintaining Stop Payment Details cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 10 1 10 1 Introduction iwi ce neki aie iene vin ena nine iii ees 10 1 10 2 Maintaining Stop Payment OFders ceeececceeee eee eetneee eee eeeeeeeeeieeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaa 10 1 10 2 1 Maintaining Stop Payment Instructions 0 0 cceecec cette eee tntteeeeeetneeeeeeees 10 2 Generating Account Statements ccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 11 1 TER y TMTO CUCU ON ss 22 ce ieee in sasetecktpelaetia A ccd cutive edad shedeed tetnes apse tealace tates 11 1 11 2 Maintaining Statement Preferences 0 0 ccc eee e ene e eter eteieeeeeeeaeeeeeetnnaeeeeeeeea 11 1 11 2 1 Specifying Format of Account Statements cccccccceeseeeteeneteteeteenneetees 11 1 11 2 2 Maintaining Account Class Details 0 0 cccccccccceeeeeeteeene
402. s field is mandatory If you specify the Unit ID the system will display the corresponding project name here Unit Payment Indicate whether the transaction is a unit payment or not by choosing the appropriate value from the adjoining drop down list The following values are available e Yes e No Unit ID Specify the unit ID of the project This field will be enabled only if you have selected Yes against Unit Payment The adjoining option list displays all unit IDs along with the unit holder names corresponding to the project name chosen You can select the appropriate one Deposit Slip Number Specify the deposit slip number for the payment 12 15 ORACLE 12 2 7 Specifying Limits Click the Limits button in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen to invoke the Linkage Details screen You can capture multiple credit lines in this screen Linkage Details Transaction Reference El PDC Linkage Details Customer Number Linkage Type Linked Reference Linkage Percentage Linkage Amount Jaz Facility ez Specify the following details Customer Number Specify the customer number The adjoining option list displays all the valid customer names maintained in the screen You can choose the appropriate one Linkage Type Specify the linkage type from the adjoining drop down list The list displays the following values e Facility
403. s posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 941 in the current balance report e Previous MT950 This indicates all transactions posted and authorized since the issue of a previous MT 950 in the current balance report You can synchronize the time instance by hours for generation of the balance message by clicking the Times button aia ORACLE 3 2 31 2 3 2 31 3 Account Report Gen Time 1 Of 4 Generation Time This screen is employed to indicate the the time instance in hours for the generation of the balance report Message generation time Specify the timing for generation of the MT 941 MT942 message You can specify the time interval in hours only The details for issuing the balance reports are discussed in the chapter Maintaining Mandatory information for different accounts under a particular class The details involved in generation of a balance report for a specific customer account correspond with those discussed for account classes Balance Statement Handoff The balance statement can be handed off as part of scheduled task under Oracle FLEXCUBE You need to assign its frequency in hours This process is initiated for all accounts requiring a balance account statement As discussed previously the time for generation of the statement is determined and specified In case of no subsequent transactions reports the statement is not generated Assigning Balance Stateme
404. s the Module of the Report Report Run Date Indicates Current System Date Report Run Time Indicates Current System Time Page No The page number of the report Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Branch Code Indicates the branch code Customer Number Indicates the customer number Customer Name Indicates customer name Customer Account Number Indicates the account number of the customer Document Type Indicates the type of document Expiry Date Indicates the expiry date Expected Date Submission Indicates the expected date of submission Actual Submission Date Indicates the actual submission date 17 35 Customer Account Branch Transfer Report You can generate CASA branch transfer report using CASA Branch Transfer Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing STRFRCAS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Tegi ORACLE CASA Branch Transfer Report Previous Branch Code Account Class Current Branch Code Customer No Transfered Date Customer Account No ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer Previous Branch Code Specify the previous branch code from the adjoining option list Current Branch Code Specify the current branch code from the adjoining option list Transferr
405. se in any inherently dangerous applications including applications that may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate failsafe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information on content products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services Oracle
406. sed along with their status Reports Details of stop payment instructions enforced against various accounts Details of records that have been purged Purge The user has the facility to purge old records which are no longer being used ee ORACLE 3 1 3 2 3 Maintaining Customer Accounts Introduction You can define customer accounts for all the customers of your bank through the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Each account that you define is identified with an account number The structure of the account number is based on the Account Mask you have maintained through the Account Parameters sub screen of the Bank wide Parameters screen The Account Number can be combination of the CIF Number the Account Class Currency and any other alphabet s or number s of the account or currency as defined For an account number you also need to define in this screen other parameters like the account class the type of account joint or single the reporting lines for the account the currency in which transactions can be passed to this account the customer s account limit the check book passbook ATM facility the various statuses applicable to the account and so on Every account created or modified in Oracle FLEXCUBE needs to be authorized to become effective Whenever a new customer account is created or an existing record is modified the system generates a notification message on the record author
407. sioning Details section of the Customer Account Maintenance screen Provisioning Percentage Account Number Provisioning Percentage Details 1010 Status Provision Percent Discount Percentage LI Oo L Account Number The system displays the customer account number 20 ORACLE 3 2 3 9 Status Specify the status of the account for which you are maintaining provisioning percentages The adjoining option list displays all valid status codes maintained in the system Select the appropriate one Provision Percent If you wish to indicate a specific provisioning percentage to be applicable for the account you can specify it in the Provisioning Percentage screen If you do not specify any provisioning percentage the provisioning batch picks up the applicable provisioning percentage from the Exposure Provisioning Percentage Maintenance for the exposure category of the account and the account status Discount Percentage If you wish to indicate a specific discount percentage to be applicable for the account you can specify it in the Provisioning Percentage screen If you do not specify any discount percentage the provisioning batch picks up the applicable discount percentage from the Exposure Provisioning Percentage Maintenance for the exposure category of the account and the account status Capturing Positive Pay Positive Pay For the account you are maintaining you can specify whet
408. splays all unit IDs along with the unit holder names corresponding to the project name chosen You can select the appropriate one Deposit Slip Number Specify the deposit slip number for the payment Viewing Summary of Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input You can query view and delete the transaction details of the post dated cheques bulk inputs in the Post Dated Cheques Bulk Input Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDSBULKI in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Ct Advanced Search 9 Reset Authorization Status X Record Status Transaction Reference az Loan Account Number Number Records per page 15 v First Previous 4 of 4 Next Last Go Record Status Transaction Reference Number Sector Code External Reference Authorizai Record St Here you can query on post dated cheques transaction details based on any one or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Transaction Reference Number e Record Status e Loan Account Number Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Transaction Reference Number e Sector Code e External Reference e Number of Entries 228 ORACLE 12 5 1 12 5 2 e Product
409. ssage Type e Customer Address e Batch EOD Inputs Specifying Format of Account Statements Oracle FLEXCUBE offers you a format on the basis of which you can maintain a layout for account statements to be generated The maintenance form shown below offers you the flexibility of maintaining format details like the lines per page and columns per page according to your requirements as also to maintain the tags required for populating the details The system generates account statements including ad hoc account statements according to the maintenance provided by you You can invoke the Advice Format Maintenance screen by typing MSDADVFT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button You need to maintain two advice formats one for Savings accounts and the other for Nostro accounts viz ACST_DETAILED and SWIFT respectively as shown below 11 1 ORACLE 11 2 1 1 ACST_DETAILED You need to maintain details as shown in the screen below Advice Format Maintenance EbNew E3 Enter Query fe Format Lines Columns Language Form Type Import File Format Text Message Format lE a Module Message Type Media Branch Currency Product OCOC a C zz Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number W Authorized
410. start from the minimum If an alpha character reaches the maximum i e Z the immediately preceding alpha character will be incremented to the next alphabet Issue Date This is the date on which the Cheque book was issued to the customer Order Details Against order details you can enter any detail such as the name of the person who has collected the book on the customer s behalf or the details of any special request for additional number of leaves in the Cheque book and so on After having made the required mandatory entries and having saved your work your user ID will be displayed at the made by field at the bottom of the screen the date and time at which you saved the product will be populated However the authorization status will remain blank which means that your entries have not been authorized by a user other than you Status remains open or closed depending upon the status of the record Request Status Select the status of the cheque book request from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values e Requested e Generated e Delivered e Destroyed Request Mode The system displays the mode by which the cheque book request was made This list displays the following values e Oracle Flexcube e Any other external system Language Code Select the language code from the adjoining option It displays all the language code in the system Delivery Mode Select the mode of delivery of th
411. suanceesessandecetessauecectes 3 78 3 2 34 Viewing Statistics Detalls cccccccecsecteeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeaeeeeteeeaaaeeetneeanees 3 79 3 2 35 Specifying Change log Detallls cccccesccececseeeeeeennneeeeeeeeneeeeeetnaeeeeeees 3 79 3 2 36 Specifying Cheque Book Request Detalls 2 2 ccccssecerceeceeeeeeeeeteensees 3 80 3 2 37 Specifying Debit Card Request Details 0 cccccccceeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeteenaeeees 3 81 3 2 38 Maintaining Sweep StruCture eccccccccecceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeaeteeeteeaeeees 3 82 3 2 39 Generating Alert for Secure Overdraft Utilization cccecceettteeeeeneeeees 3 85 3 2 40 Maintaining Customer Account Limits Details 00ccccccceceeenseeeeeeenees 3 87 Viewing Customer Accounts ccccceeettere eee eete eee eee eineeee eee teeeeeeeaeeeeeetieeeeeenea 3 90 Viewing Customer Accounts DetailS 0 cccecceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeecneeeeeetneeeeeeetneeeeeeees 3 90 Viewing Customer Account Sweep History details ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeee 3 92 Changing Primary Party of an ACCOUNT cc ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaaees 3 93 3 6 1 Viewing linked Entities eae EREE E a E EOR E 3 94 3 6 2 Viewing Account Signatory Details ecccccceeeeeseeeeeeeteeeeeteneeeeeetenaaeeees 3 94 3 6 3 Viewing Customer Change Details cccccceccecseesieeeeeenneeeeeeeeneeeeeneeae 3 95 3 6 4 Viewing Primary Party Change Summary cseceeeec cette tee teeeneetee
412. sure Report using Account Closure and Reason Report screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARPACCL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 18 ORACLE Account Closure amp Reason Report All Branches Single Branch Branch Code Date Range From Date To Date ReportFormat PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer Branch Code You can generate this report for all the branches or a single branch alone You can indicate the branch for which the report is being generated using the following options e All If you choose this the system will generate the report for all the branches e Single If you choose this you need to specify the branch code for which the report should be generated The option list displays all valid branch codes maintained in the system Choose the appropriate one Date Range From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar To Date Specify a valid date till when you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Report Name Indicates Report Name
413. t c ccccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeaecaecaeeeeeeeeseeseeseesecsnacaeeaeeeeees 17 56 17 33 Non Resident Account Report cccccccccceeceeeeeeeececeeceaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetennensniaeeees 17 58 17 34 Document Checklist Report ccccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesesncncaeeaeeeeees 17 60 17 35 Customer Account Branch Transfer Report ceccecceeeeeeeeeeeseenenceeeeeeeeeees 17 61 17 36 Customer Cheque Discounting Report ccceccccceceeeeeeeeeeeececeenenaecaeeeeeeeeeess 17 63 17 37 Cancelled or Rejected Report cccccceeceeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeesteeenaeeees 17 64 17 38 Large Debit Balance Report cc ccceceee settee ee eeeeeneeeeeeeteeeeeeetieeeeeeeteeeeeenees 17 65 17 39 Ad Hoc Combined Statement c cccccecccececeeeeeeeeeceeceaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteesesneenaeees 17 67 17 39 17 Charge Detalls er arrrirarreiniar eiii arri eri E aa a iR E A Aa aiea 17 68 17 39 2 Combined Statement Generation Report cccccccccesestestteeeseeettees 17 69 17 40 Customer Change Report ssssseessssrresserrnreeerinneesrennsdsinnnnesettanennttinnastennnaeennnnnant 17 70 17 40 1 Contents Of the RODOSE aerer aa a y 17 71 GIOSS ONY EE E A E E cs eeacecarccctes eaten 18 1 18 1 Important TEMS nied anaes Paar aide dae acids 18 1 PRINTS MUS PY soaci ds scans TTE r E E 19 1 DOM MOG CTOR a cats Meh iade tit teens sea Tt lac Dead cas ak hist oo eae ae eee alt nd ata E 19 1 1
414. t the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Soeg ORACLE amp Lodgment Book Detail EbNew E3 Enter Query Lodgment Book Detail Account Number First Lodgment Number Number Of Leaves Order Date Issue Date Order Details Include for Lodgment Printing Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Bi Authorized W Open For each request you need to capture the following details Account Number You can specify the account number of the customer account in respect of which the request for the lodgment book was received Start Number for the Lodgment Book You can specify the start number for the leaves in the lodgment book This depends upon your specification in the Bank Wide Parameters in respect of uniqueness of lodgment book numbers For Example In the Bank Wide Parameters you have specified that lodgment book numbers must be unique for the branch This means that lodgment numbers need to be unique across all accounts of that branch For instance if a book is maintained with the Start Number as 1 and containing 25 leaves you cannot start another book in respect of any other account with these numbers If you have specified that lodgment book numbers must be unique to accounts in the branch and a book is maintained with the Start Number as 1 and containing 25 leaves you cannot start another book in
415. t is configured as error then the system will disable saving of cover account linkage operation if the cover account is frozen dormant debit restricted If it is configured as override then the system will enable linkage however during sweep in process the cover account will be skipped if the status is frozen dormant debit restricted So that the system need not track it for replenishment e You can disable sweep in feature for a cover account only after de linking it from sweep structure Else the system will display an error message e You can disable reverse sweep in feature for a cover account even after utilization However the utilization due to sweep in will not become zero Also the system will not consider the cover account for reverse sweep in since the Reverse Sweep In field is disabled when the funds are available in primary CASA account After disabling the Reverse Sweep In field at cover account level if you re enable Reverse Sweep In field then the system triggers reverse sweep in whenever there are funds in primary CASA account considering the old utilization amount Note Though disabling reverse sweep in flag and again enabling it after some time is not a generic business scenario we will handle this in design to avoid any future issues a ORACLE While linking cover accounts to a Primary CASA account the system will validate that Enable Sweep in check box is checked for
416. t of all the valid beneficiary accounts maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Value Date From Date Enter the date from when you are generating this report To Date Enter the date till when you are generating this report Click OK button to generate the report Click Exit to return to the Reports Browser Body of the report The generated report will have the following information Field Name Field Description Account No Deposit No This indicates the TD account Number Product code This indicates the product code Product description This indicates the product description Customer ID This indicates the customer Id Customer Name This indicates the customer name Cheque number This indicates the cheque number Discounted date This indicates the discounted date Cheque date This indicates the cheque date Tes ORACLE 17 8 17 8 1 Field Name Field Description Cheque CCY This indicates the cheque currency Cheque amount This indicates the cheque amount Cheque Status This indicates the cheque status Drawer identification This indicates the drawer identification Drawer Name This indicates the drawer name Drawer bank code for the cheque This indicates the drawer bank code for the cheque Aggregation Fields Field Name Field Description Total cheque amount This indicates the total ch
417. t of the Account Withdraw able Uncollected funds Minimum Balance Minimum Balance will be considered only if it is lesser than the available balance If the available balance is greater than zero and less than the minimum balance then the sys tem considers available balance as zero As the unauthorized debits and amount block are already considered for calculating the available balance the unauthorized debits and amount block are not included in the for mula for new net balance The net balance will be in the account currency Net balance is not applicable and will be empty if a valid non revolving line is linked to the customer account Status The system displays the following details under Status section Posting Allowed Blocked Dormant Stop Payment o 126 ORACLE Frozen Status Change Automatic No Credits Overdraft No Debits Sweeps The system displays the following details under Sweeps section Sweep in Enabled 3 129 ORACLE The system will capture the required information from the Transaction Enquiry screen and defaults the same information in transaction details cy Customer Account Balance enter Query Basic Details Branch Code Account No Currency Account Open Date Ownership Memo Details 1 10f4 Instruction ID Instruction Description Cheque Date Balances Current Balance Uncollected Blocked Available Total Available Book Bala
418. t system to auto generate the First cheque Number You can select YES or No If YES the system will generate the First Check Number based on the auto generation logic without cheque sum and will save the maintenance If No is selected for the override you can manually input the First Cheque Number and save Cheque Book Type If the cheque book is generated with inventory tracking then specify the inventory by selecting it from the adjoining option list Kind Of Cheque book A cheque book for customer can be of two types commercial and Euro A radio button is provided by which you can make your choice as displayed on the screen You can issue the ice ORACLE Euro cheque book to a customer whose account specifies for a Euro Cheques option in the customer account maintenance screen Order Date This is the date on which the customer placed a request for a new Cheque book If order date is not provided then the system defaults the system current date on save Incrementing Alpha numeric Cheque Numbers f the cheque mask is defined as alpha numeric the numeric characters will be incremented by adding the number of leaves requested to the last issued cheque number in case of auto numbering scheme and auto re order of cheque books during EOD If the numeric characters reach its maximum the immediately preceding alpha character will be incremented to the next alphabet and the numeric serial will
419. tabase through the Instrument details screen The Instruments module of Oracle FLEXCUBE provides for the maintenance of appropriate reference information which would enable entry of instrument transactions from an Oracle FLEXCUBE and also enable you to view and enrich transactions that have been entered through a Branch The accounting and charges details for combinations of product customer branch and currency that will be applicable for instruments transactions must be maintained in the host Oracle FLEXCUBE installation through the ARC Maintenance Maintaining the Details of the Instrument As part of the instrument type maintenance you have to maintain a list of currencies branches and DAO GL for an instrument type You can invoke the Instrument Type Maintenance screen by typing DDDPRMNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button 13 1 ORACLE 13 2 1 Instrument Product Maintenance E New amp Enter Query Instrument type Instrument Description Preferences Expiry Frequency Auto Authorize Yes Days Allow Online Auth No Months Instrument Liquidation No Years Requires Issue Revalidation Frequency Allow Revalidation C Allow Duplicate Issuance Days Months Years Product Status 10f1 50 Status Product Code Message Type C P O D BH EB DAO Account 1 Of 1 Currency DAO Branch
420. tails Interest Grace Period Contract Reference asl Currency Event Rate Type Max Rate Minimum Rate Customer Margin Grace Period Interest Period Fixed Rate Rate Code Description Description Floating Rate Details Reset Tenor Borrow Lend Indicator Rate Cycle Type E Waiver hg eee hi Consider as Discount E a d ae v The following fields are displayed here e Grace Period e Contract Reference Number e Component e Currency e Event e Rate Type e Maximum Rate e Minimum Rate e Customer Margin e Interest Periods e Fixed Rate e Rate Code 12 14 Interest Amount Denominator Basis Maximum Spread Effective Profit Rate Rate Code Usage Acquired Interest ae Accrual Required Y k ORACLE 12 2 6 e Description e Interest Amount e Spread Specifying Project Details Click the Project Details button in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen to invoke the Project Details screen You will have to capture project details in this screen only if the beneficiary account is a Trust account Project Details Project Name Unit Payment Unit iD Deposit Slip Number Specify the following details Project Name Specify the developer project name for which payment is being made The adjoining option list displays all valid projects maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Input to thi
421. tails button in the Post Dated Cheques Manual Liquidation screen to invoke the Project Details screen You will have to capture project details in this screen only if the beneficiary account is a Trust account Project Details Project Name Unit Payment Yes Unit IO Deposit Slip Number 1230 ORACLE 12 5 4 4 Specify the following details Project Name Specify the developer project name for which payment is being made The adjoining option list displays all valid projects maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Input to this field is mandatory If you specify the Unit ID the system will display the corresponding project name here Unit Payment Indicate whether the transaction is a unit payment or not by choosing the appropriate value from the adjoining drop down list The following values are available e Yes e No Unit ID Specify the unit ID of the project This field will be enabled only if you have selected Yes against Unit Payment The adjoining option list displays all unit IDs along with the unit holder names corresponding to the project name chosen You can select the appropriate one Deposit Slip Number Specify the deposit slip number for the payment Specifying Limits Click the Limits button in the Post Dated Cheques Manual Liquidation screen to invoke the Linkage Details screen You can capture multiple credit lines in this screen
422. tal of Limits Percentage should be 100 Linkage Amount The system displays the amount contributed for the credit line 232 ORACLE 12 6 Maintaining Drawer Status Details You can maintain the drawer status details using Drawer Status Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDDDWRST in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Drawer Status Maintenance E New amp Enter Query Drawer Status Code Description Default Status Fields Maker Date Time Checker Date Time Mod No Record Status Authorization Status You can enter the following details Drawer Status Code Specify a unique drawer status code here Description Enter a brief description about the status code Default Status Check this box to indicate the whether to default the status or not 123 ORACLE 12 7 Maintaining Drawer Details You can maintain the drawer details using Drawer Maintenance screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDDDWRMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Drawer Maintenance E New Enter Query Drawer Details Liability Identification Drawer Identification Drawer Status Customer Id Drawer Black listed Drawer Name Cheque Return Count Address 1 Remarks Drawer Bank Details 1 Of 1 Bank Code Bank Name Account
423. tatus of the account The Since field will reflect the date on which the account moves to the current status Subsequently the system will default the value of CIF Status as available in the Customer Maintenance screen This status is the worst status among all the loans savings accounts and current accounts for the customer in the current branch Note This is done if you have opted for status processing at the Group CIF level as part of your branch preferences Since The date on which the status of the account is changed to the current status is displayed here Propagate Reporting Details This field indicates whether the reporting lines defined for status movement for the account class that this account reports to must also be applicable to it The following GL s are defined in the Account Class Maintenance for posting account balances when a status movement occurs on any accounts belonging to the account class e The Debit and Credit GL s to which account balances must be posted for movement to each status e The Central Bank Reporting Debit and Credit GL s e Head Office Reporting Debit and Credit GL s When you select this option the GL s maintained for the account class will be applicable to the customer account you are defining in this screen The reporting lines will be propagated to the account whenever a status change occurs If you do not want the account class details to be propagated to
424. ted the status of the PDC would be updated to Returned e Passed When the status of the funds is marked as collected the status of the PDC will be updated as Passed e Pullback When the pullback operation is performed the cheque status will be Pullback Interest Computation Dates Select the appropriate dates for interest computation from the adjoining list From date Select the date from which the interest computation has to start from the adjoining calendar button These details are allowed only for the CDIS CPUR event To date Select the date till which the interest should be collected for discount from the adjoining calendar button It is arrived by adding the days from the date of discounting till the activation date number of float days of customer value date defined in the ARC maintenance for the clearing product defined for a PDC product Charge Payable Details You need to enter the following details for the processing of charges for the PDC Charge Branch Select the branch in which the charge payable account is maintained Status Indicate the current status of the PDC by selecting from the following values e U Unprocessed e A Active Initiated e V Reversed e L Liquidated e C Cancelled 8 ORACLE 12 2 3 5 Charge Account Number The account which is to be debited for the charge this is necessary for passing accounting entries for the charge calculated for any of the
425. ted from the adjoining option list Date Specify the date for which you wish to generate the report from the adjoining calendar Contents of the Report The parameters specified while generating the report are printed at the beginning of the report Other content displayed in the Inter Branch Accounts Opened Today Report is as follows Header The following details are displayed in the header section Field Name Field Description Branch Indicates Branch Code and Branch Name Run Date Indicates Date on which report is generated Run Time Indicates the time on which the report is generated Module The module from which the report is generated User ID Indicates User ID Page No The page number of the report Body of the Report The following details are displayed as body of the generated report Field Name Field Description Branch Code Indicates Branch code of the Account 17 25 ORACLE Field Name Field Description Customer ID Indicates Customer ID Customer Short Name Indicates Customer Short name Account Class Indicates Account Class of the Account Account No Indicates Account Number Account Desc Indicates Account description Account Opening Date Indicates Account Opening Date 17 14 Account Status Movement Report You can maintain Account Status Movement conditions at the Account Class level based on the cond
426. teeenatees 3 99 Maintaining Customer De duplication cc ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeennaeeeeeeeaes 3 100 Maintaining Joint Holder Details ec ceeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaeeeeeneaas 3 101 Viewing Joint Holder Details ccc eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeseeenaeeees 3 103 Reconciliation of MT110 with Incoming Cheque Transactions 3 104 3 10 1 Processing MT110 INCOMING Message ccceeeeeeeceentteeeeeeentteeteeeenaes 3 104 3 10 2 Processing Inward Cheque Clearing Transaction 2 ccccsseceeesees 3 104 Processing Escrow SWEEPS ccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeenaeeeeeseeaaes 3 105 Processing Swaab Meeran a ea Ps hence atin ecg A ee eater 3 106 3 12 1 Sweep in and Reverse Sweep in Sequence ceeeeeeeeteettteteeeeteeeees 3 109 3 12 2 Reversal of Sweep in TranSaction 2 ccccccccecccceceeeeeeetecteestsstneseeeseess 3 110 Levying Penalty Interest on Notice Accounts c cceeeeeteeeeeeeeteeeeeeettteeeeeeeeaees 3 111 Maintaining Notice Period for Withdrawal ececccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeeaaees 3 112 Viewing Utilization of Free AMOUNTS eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaas 3 113 Viewing Dummy Numbers Associated with CIF Number sses 3 114 Withdrawal of Funds without Penalty cc ceecseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeees 3 114 Closing ACCOUNT niticc ieee died ei en dint ene ed
427. ters you also have to specify the type of cheque that you would like to order This is captured in the field Cheque Type which is maintained as an UDF Refer to the User Defined Fields User Manual for details on defining UDFs Click Fields button in the Cheque Book Details screen toolbar to invoke the User Defined Fields screen i ORACLE User Defined Fields Details Field Name LBL_FIELD_VAL_DES The UDF Cheque Type will be displayed in this screen Select the appropriate value from the option list provided The possible values are e J 20 page x 3 5 Personal e K 40 page x 3 5 Business e P 40 page x 3 5 Business e L 40 page x 3 5 2 Part e R 80 page x 3 5 Business 7 2 2 Viewing the Status of a Cheque For each cheque book issued to a customer the system maintains the status of each leaf in the book The status of a cheque leaf can be one of the following Symbol Status Significance N Not Used This cheque has not been used U Used This cheque has been used R Rejected This cheque has been returned without clearance S Stopped A stop payment has been issued for this cheque C Can This cheque has been cancelled celled To view the status of a Cheque book the details of which are on display click View Cheque Status button on the Cheque Book Maintenance table The
428. the cover account at account level Else the system will not allow linking the cover account to the Primary CASA account If Enable Reverse Sweep in check box is not checked at Cover account level then the system will not trigger reverse sweep in of funds from Primary CASA account when Pri mary CASA account is credited You cannot check the Enable Sweep in and Enable Reverse Sweep in check boxes at Cover account level if these check boxes are not enabled at Account class level However if the check boxes are checked at Account class level the same can be dis abled at Account level during account opening account amendment If a Cover account is enabled with No credits then the system skips that account during reverse sweep in process However the system tracks the Sweep in amount and credits once No Credits check box is unchecked Auto and TD Accounts The following are the validations and processes for auto deposits on specified deposit account When you create an Auto deposit using surplus funds from a primary CASA account The system will validate if Enable Sweep in check box is checked at the primary CASA account level and at the Auto Deposit Account class level If Enable Sweep in check box is checked at both places then the system will create automatic linkage of Auto deposits with primary CASA account as part of Sweep Struc ture Maintenance screen The latest deposit is placed on t
429. the following values e Authorised e Unauthorised Record Status Indicate the record status of the debit card by selecting one of the following values e Open e Closed Branch Code The system displays the branch code where the debit card has been issued Request Reference Number The system displays the request reference number of the card issuance record Card Number The system displays the debit card number of the card holder Multiple cards can be issued to a customer Srg ORACLE 3 2 34 Viewing Statistics Details Click Statistics button to view the details on Highest Debit Balance for the last 12 months including the current month Account Statistics Branch Code Customer Account No Debit Balance 1of1 Wj Month Highest Outstanding Balance Customer No Account Currency You can view the following details here e Branch Code e Customer No e Account Number e Currency e Month e Highest Outstanding Balance 3 2 35 Specifying Change log Details Click on the Change Log button in the Customer Account Maintenance screen to invoke the Change Log screen Change Log Branch Account Change Log Details 1 Of 1 F MIS Class Transaction Date Old MIS Code New MIS Code Branch The current logged in branch code is displayed here 3 79 ORACLE 3 2 36 Specifying Cheque Book Request Details Click on the Cheque Book Requ
430. the reconciliation number Date Specify the date 3 142 ORACLE 4 1 4 2 4 Maintaining Tax Allowance Limit Introduction You can maintain tax free allowance limit at the customer account level The allowance limit at account level will be used only for Interest computed on the account Maintaining Customer Tax Allowance You can access this screen by typing STDCULMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button The screen appears as shown below Customer Tax Allowance Limit ENew E3 Enter Query fe Customer Tax Group Description Customer Number Customer Name Tax Category Description From Date To Date Limit Currency Limit Amount Remarks Input By Authorized By Modification Date Time Date Time Number Wi Authorized E Open Specify the following details Customer Account Number You need to specify the customer account for which you wish to maintain Tax Allowance Limit The customer name will be displayed alongside Tax Category Specify the Tax Category for which you wish to maintain tax allowance limit at the customer account level The description appears displayed alongside Customer Number You need to specify the Customer Number for which the Customer Account Tax allowance Limit is being defined Customer Name The custom
431. the same Cheque number in both the start Cheque number and the end Cheque number fields Note This is not mandatory if the stop payment type is an amount End Cheque Number This is the last cheque of the range If the instruction is specified for a range of Cheques the number of the first and the last Cheque of the range should be specified by the customer This is not mandatory if the stop payment type is an amount i ORACLE Cheque Amount If the stop payment type is amount the Cheque amount represents the amount for which the Cheque was drawn Confirmation Status The confirmation status indicates whether you have confirmed the stop payment instruction issued by the customer Effective Date This is the date on which the stop payment comes into effect A future dated stop payment is affected after the Beginning of Day process has been executed for the day the effective date of the stop payment Expiry Date The stop payment expires on this day A stop payment is effective till the End of Day is run on the expiry date On expiry of a stop payment the status in the Customer Accounts Maintenance table gets updated if no other stop payment is enforced on this account If you do not specify an expiry date the stop payment will remain effective till it is revoked Remarks Here you can enter information specific to the stop payment that you are capturing For example you can indic
432. this box Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression ato ORACLE Case Result DLY_NET_BAL_M gt 0 ABS DLY_NET_BAL_M NORMAL_RATE1 DAYS YEAR 100 Formula 2 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Non Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Rounding Required Check this box Click Formula Wizard button and invoke the Formula Wizard screen In this screen you need to maintain the following expression Case Result DLY_NET_BAL_M lt 0 ABS DLY_NET_BAL_M Formula 3 Specify the following details Book Flag Select Booked from the adjoining drop down list Periodicity Select Daily from the adjoining drop down list Debit Credit Select Debit from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Month Select Actuals from the adjoining drop down list Days in a Year Select 365 from the adjoining drop down list Accrual Required Check this box aler ORACLE 21 2 3 Rounding Required Check this box if roundin
433. thod applied annually and monthly must maintain the APY basis as statement is provided ACCR Daily Statement frequency is more than liqui APY calculation includes the inter Balance dation frequency as well and Statement est accrued till the current state frequency not in sync with liquidation fre ment date For such cases you quency must maintain the APY basis as ACCR Deposit Certificate Printing You can have deposit certificates displaying the computed APY printed either as part of the EOD process or ad hoc printed from the menu Dutgoing Message CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT DATE 31 DEC 2000 REFERENCE NUMBER RDD1rtm090 AMERICAN BANK MAIN BRANCH A DEPOSIT OF 20000 GBP MATURING ON 31 JAN 2001 ANNUAL PERCENTAGE YEILD IS AS FOLLOWS RETM APY 10 547 FOR AMERICAN BANK MAIN BRANCH Page ET of ena E Edited For Example to compute APY Your pays 30 37 in interest on a 1 000 six month certificate of deposit where the six month period used by your bank contains 182 days the annual percentage yield would be APY 100 1 30 37 1 000 365 182 1 6 18 14 2 ORACLE To ensure the APY computation in the system you must Define interest formula say FORMULA1 Define a system defined element SDE for Balance Define a SDE for Days number of days in the period say DAYS Define a SDE for number of days in year say YEAR Define a non booked formula FORMULA2 as 1 FORMU
434. tion date Latest Credit Date Indicates Latest credit transaction date Latest Debit Txn Indicates Latest debit transaction amount Latest Credit Txn Indicates Latest credit transaction amount 17 19 Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report If there are no customer initiated transactions for the period set at the product level the CASA account status will be changed to dormancy After a specific period in the dormancy status the money is transferred to the unclaimed General Ledger account as decided by the bank If any of the accounts have a credit balance that is less than the amount specified in the dormant status then you can view details of these accounts in Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report This report will generate a list of dormant accounts which have credit balances less than the minimum amount This is a nil Balance Dormant Account Report for CASA Accounts Accounts are grouped based on the product type You can invoke Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report screen by typing CARDORAC in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Taag ORACLE Insignificant Balance Dormant Account Report From Date To Date Insignificant Amount Report Format PDF Printer At Client Report Output Print Printer You can specify the following parameters here From Date Specify a valid date from when you wish to generate t
435. to which the sweep is carried out e Amount The amount to be swept to Sweep to account e Minimum Required Balance The minimum balance indicates that only the amounts above this limit will be used for auto creating deposits e Source Code The code assigned for the sweep e External Reference Number e Sequence Number The system generated sequence number for the instruction you are maintaining e Deposit Currency The currency in which the deposit is made e Tenor Tenor for the deposits that are opened under an account class in terms of years months and days oe ORACLE Sweep Multiple Of The sweep can only be in multiples of the sweep specified Retry Till Date The instructions specified will be invalid after this date Any failed sweeps after this date will not be picked up for processing the next day While saving auto deposit instructions of customer account If auto deposit accounts already exist for the Account then the system displays an error message as Active Auto Deposits are already exist Cannot modify the Account Class Currency The system will validate if the auto deposit currency is part of the Interest amp Charges Product s account class and currency combination of the Auto Deposit Account class If it is not then the system displays an error message as The Auto deposit Currency is not part of the Interest and Charges Product s account class and currency combination 3 2 26 1 Handling Batches fo
436. tructions are marked as Reconciled and liquidated Deferred reconciliation will be overridden by a stop payment instruction if any An error message or an override will be shown if a Cheque that comes in for clearing has a stop pay instruction against it but has no positive pay instruction Funding Account Click on the adjoining option list to choose the account into which funds have to be transferred on receipt of a positive pay instruction The accounts that satisfy the following conditions will be available in the list of Positive Pay Parking Account e Both accounts belong to the same customer e The currency of both the accounts is the same ae ORACLE 3 2 3 10 3 2 3 11 3 2 3 12 3 2 3 13 3 2 4 Validation Digit Validation digit will be having values only 0 and 9 If validation digit is 9 then 9 mod 9 remainder for the check number Excluding the check digit should be equal to the check digit for the check to be passed else the check is rejected The check digit is the last digits of the check i e if check number is 1800 then check digit is 0 The mod 9 remainder of the check number should be equal to the check digit for the check to be passed if validation digit in customer accounts maintenance is 0 else the check is rejected Capturing Sweep Enable Sweep In The system checks or unchecks the check box based on the status maintained at Account Class Maintenance level Enable Reverse Sweep in The
437. ts based on the customer selected e Branch Code Statement Format Select the statement format from the adjoining option list Frequency Cycle Frequency Select the frequency at which the combined statement should be generated from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Annual e Semi Annual e Quarterly e Monthly e Fortnightly e Weekly e Daily Statement Day Select the day on which combined statement should be generated from the adjoining drop down list If value for Statement Day is not selected then the system defaults the values based on the frequency cycle selected The statement gets generated on the month end of the defaulted values The statement displays the balance for CASA and TD accounts based on book dated or value dated balance This will be parameterized at the bank level For the parameter COMBINED_STATEMENT the system defaults the value as BOOK_DATED Met ORACLE Charge Account Apply Charge Check this box to apply charge during the EOD batch process Charge Account Select the charge account from the adjoining option list Charge Account is mandatory if Apply Charge is checked Charge Branch The system displays the branch of the selected charge account Charge Currency The system displays the currency of the selected charge account Previous Statement Previous Statement Date The system displays the last combined statement generation date No
438. tween 1 and 31 corresponding to the system date If you set the statement date to 30 then account statements will be generated on e The last working day for months with lt 30 days e For months with 30 days on the 30th if 30th is a holiday on the next working day If you set the statement date to 31 then account statements will be generated on e The 31st for month with 31 days if 31st is a holiday on the next working day e The last working day for months lt 31 days For a fortnightly statement you could specify 1 and 15 For all other cycles account statement will be generated on the last day of that cycle Generate Stat Only On Movement You can indicate that an account statement should be generated for the customer s account only when there has been a movement of funds into the account or when funds have been transferred out of the account For instance let us assume that on the August 21 2001 you have set the account statement generation frequency as Daily for the account LI020804 On September 5 2001 there has been no movement of funds in the particular account If you have opted for the Generate Only on Movement option the system will not generate a statement message for September 5 2001 If you choose not to enable this option account statements will be generated regardless of whether there has been a movement of funds or not Exclude Same Day Reversal trns from Stmt If you do not wish transactions booked a
439. uction number Stop Payment No Pipe T The stop payment can be issued either on an amount or on ype cheque s Start Check No The starting cheque leaf number Th i h leaf End Cheque No e ending cheque leaf number The amount for which stop payment is done Amount p pay The date from which the stop payment is effective Effective Date p pay The date on which the stop payment validity will expire Expiry Date pag j p 19 ORACLE 17 5 Customer Statistics Data The table below displays customer statistics for the last six months Body of the report Customer Number FLEXCUBE Customer Number Account No FLEXCUBE Account Number Acc Currency Account Currency Cust Name Customer name Acc Branch The branch in which the account was created Last Debit Last debit amount on the account for the month Last Credit Last credit amount on the account for the month Last Over Draft Last overdraft amount on the account for the month Simple Average Balance Simple Average balance of the account for the month Minimum Balance Minimum balance of the account for the month Maximum balance Maximum balance of the account for the month No of Dr transactions Number of debit transactions for that month No of Cr Transactions Number of credit transactions for that month Closing Balance Month end closing balance of that account Total Balan
440. uctured deposit the subscription amount will be blocked from the given CASA ac count automatically and this system generated block is updated with SD contract refer ence number in remarks field Reference No For user input amount block maintenances you need to specify a unique reference number In case of amount blocks automatically placed by the system during processing of external deals and escrow the system generates the reference number Note For system generated amount blocks corresponding to external deals Oracle FL EXCUBE Reference number automatically generated in External Deal linkage screen gets defaulted here The system generated Escrow amount blocks are identified with an unique original transaction Reference No You are not allowed to modify or close Escrow Amount Blocks System displays the consolidated blocked amount of the particular account in Amounts and Dates details of the customer account ORACLE System will not allow to closing the respective customer account unless existing active amount blocks are closed Hold Code Specify a valid hold code The adjoining option list displays all valid hold codes maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Hold Description The system displays the hold code description Note For system generated amount blocks corresponding to external deals the description maintained at Hold Code Maintenance screen for Hold Code Type
441. uest sub screen You need to specify the required details in that screen Cheque Book Name 1 Specify the name that needs to be displayed in the cheque book Cheque Book Name 2 Specify an alternative name that needs to be displayed in the cheque book ATM Account Number Specify the account number associated with the ATM card Initial Funding Initial Funding consist of the information on initial funding of the account Specify the following account information ese ORACLE 3 25 2 Account Opening Amount Specify the opening amount of the account The amount should not be less than the limit specified in the account class currency preferences level Pay In Option Select the Pay In Option for the account The options provided are e Pay In By Account e Pay In By GL This should be maintained in the Term Deposit Pay in Parameters Main tenance screen with Branch code Offset Branch Specify the branch code of the account for redemption Offset Account Specify the offset account Waive Account Opening Charges Check the box to waive off the opening charges of the corresponding account Note If the Initial funding details maintained at the account class level then on account level the same is mandatory Specifying the Check List Details Check List is an optional tab based on the workflow of the bank Customer Accounts Maintenance E New amp Enter Query Customer No Customer Nam
442. uired to keep a track of the individual amounts that have contributed towards the consolidated Cheque You can do a Ft upload to achieve this When the upload is run the suspense GL is debited for the consolidated amount to credit the miscellaneous GL Ft Upload Account discussed later Internally the system provides the break up of the consolidated amount The Ft Upload function is run after the consolidated Cheque is printed You can configure the upload function to be run as part of the EOD process Only on selection of the FT Upload option the following fields are enabled FT Upload Product You can associate an Outgoing Ft product to all the transactions that need to be uploaded When the upload function is run at EOD the system creates a corresponding Ft Contract Reference Number for each transaction and stores it internally Therefore all the uploaded contracts will be identified by the Ft Cont Ref No in addition to the original Cont Ref No 134 ORACLE 15 2 1 15 2 2 If you reverse the original contract the system displays the corresponding Ft contract reference numbers also You have to reverse the Ft Contract Ref nos manually If a Cheque has already been printed you are required to cancel the Cheque manually save and authorize the cancellation and then proceed with reversal FT Upload Account This is the miscellaneous GL that is credited with the consolidated Cheque amount when an Ft upload occurs The suspe
443. umber based on the details maintained at Customer Account Maintenance level Viewing Adhoc Consolidated Statement Request Summary You can view a summary of adhoc consolidated statement requests using the Adhoc Consolidated Statement Request Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing Hye ORACLE STSCRSMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button Adhoc Consolidated Statement Request Summary ct Advanced Search 9 Reset Authorization Status Reference Number Branch Code Record Status Customer Number Process Status Records per page 15 v 10f1 Authorization Status Record Status Reference Number Customer Number Branch Code You can query on records based on any or all of the following criteria e Authorization Status e Record Status e Reference Number e Customer Number e Branch Code e Process Status Request Type Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization Status e Record Status e Reference Number e Customer Number e Branch Code e Request Type e From Date e To Date e Request Date e Process Date e Process Status 11 2 7 Maintaining Automatic Consolidated Statement Requests You can maintain statement requests of customers who would require consolidated statem
444. unds In the Uncollected Funds Manual Release screen you can also choose to change the available date for a transaction with uncollected funds To do this you must first display the record of the transaction with uncollected funds unlock it and specify a new available date in the Available Date field The system sets the available date for such a transaction as the new date you have specified You can only specify a future date when you are changing the available date for a transaction with uncollected funds Intra day Release of Uncollected Funds During the course of a business day you can manually release uncollected funds for transactions that have been posted using a transaction code for which the Intraday Release option has been enabled and are due for release on or before the current date You can do this by executing the Intraday Funds Release batch process in the Intraday Funds Release screen You can invoke the Intra Day Batch Start screen by typing BADIDBAT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button a ORACLE b Login Page ElNew E3 Enter Query Function The Beginning of Day process skips the release of uncollected funds in respect of transactions posted using a transaction code for which the Intraday Release option has been enabled During the End of Day batch process uncollected funds for transactions that have been posted using a
445. unt based on either product and or transaction code If you have indicated to allow Dr Transactions for the product ABCD and attempt to post a credit entry the system will seek an override You can continue the transaction despite the restrictions by providing appropriate reasons for the same During maintenance or online operations in the respective contract screens for the restricted transactions when you specify the customer account the system checks whether the account is restricted for the product that has been selected or the debit credit transaction type If so an override is sought when such contracts are saved Cr During transaction processing the system will validate whether any restrictions are placed on the account based on either product and or transaction code If you have indicated to allow Dr transactions for the product ABCD and attempt to post a credit entry the system will seek an override You can continue the transaction despite the restrictions by providing appropriate reasons for the same During maintenance or online operations in the respective contract screens for the restricted transactions when you specify the customer account the system checks whether the account is restricted for the product that has been selected or the debit credit transaction type If so an override is sought when such contracts are saved i ORACLE 3 2 17 2 Specifying Transaction Restriction Special Condition By def
446. unt class However you can modify it at the account level Notes If Max No of Cheque Rejections is not maintained at customer account mainte nance system will not mark the cheque facility to N for any number of cheque re jections Ifthe bank resets the check book facility to Y which was earlier updated to N by the system because of violation of max no of check rejections the cheque rejection count will be taken by the system freshly An override message is displayed when the user manually updates the cheque book facility from N to Y Auto Cheque Book Request Check this box if you want the system to create a request for the cheque book automatically for the account during account creation When you check this box the system allows you to capture cheque book request details in the Cheque Book Request screen as part of account creation Capturing ATM Details Branch Specify the branch code of the account ATM Account Number Specify the ATM account number in this field only if you have opted for the ATM facility for that account The ATM account number which is a numeric value will be used only for information purpose and no further processing will be done based on this field Daily Amount Limit Specify the daily limit of the amount that can be withdrawn from the ATM Daily Count Limit Specify the maximum number of times the customer is allowed to use ATM facility in
447. unt v E l T m Fields Project Details Input By Authorized By Modification Wi Authorized Date Time Date Time Number W Open The fields in this screen are the same as those in the Post Dated Cheques Transaction Input screen mentioned above Additionally you have to specify the number of instruments the instrument number frequency and the activation date frequency i e the frequency with which the PDCs fall due in days months and years Check in Series Check this box to enable bulk input of post dated cheques If this box is not checked you have to enter the individual details of the cheque for the same clearing product and currency If you check this box you can specify project details in the Project Details screen Refer the section Specifying Project Details in this User Manual for details about the Project Details screen Tata ORACLE Bulk Input Details You can input bulk number of cheques even if it is drawn on different accounts and different amounts here The following details are captured here Operation Select the operation from the adjoining drop down list The available options are e Purchase Select this option if the Activation date is current date and when selected CPUR event will be fired e Discount Select this option if the Activation date is future date and when selected the event CDIS will be fired A validatio
448. urchased Teller ID Maker ID of the transaction Authorizer ID Checker ID of the transaction Status Cheque status Reject Code Reject code for cancellation Reject Reason Reject reason for cancellation Interest Statement Report Oracle FLEXCUBE facilitates generation of the Interest Statement Report for Customer Accounts without liquidating the Customer Accounts You can generate Interest Statement Report for Customer Accounts using Customer Account Interest Statement screen You can invoke this screen by typing CARINSTM in the 17 16 ORACLE field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Account Interest Statement Branch Code Customer Number Account Number From Date To Date Report Format PrinterAt Client v Report Output Printer You can specify the following parameters here Branch Code Specify a valid branch code in which the customer has an account The adjoining option list displays all valid and authorized Branch codes You can select the appropriate one Customer Number Specify a valid customer identification number The adjoining option list displays all valid and authorized customer identification numbers You can select the appropriate one Account Number Specify a valid customer account number for which you wish to generate the interest statement report T
449. ws an error message if modulo 9 validation is checked When uploading a positive pay cheque the system will perform a Modulo 9 Validation if Modulo 9 validation is enabled for the product If the validation fails this particular check will not be uploaded The same will be valid in case of Cheque Replacement while for alphanumeric checks system will skip the check and display an error oe ORACLE Stale Days If you have specified a positive pay facility for the account you are maintaining then you have to indicate the number of stale days for the transaction If the date of processing happens after the specified stale date then the transaction gives an exception error You have to do an override for this exception Fund Branch Click on the adjoining option list to choose from the list of branches maintained The positive pay parking account will be picked from this branch Deferred Reconciliation Enabling this check box indicates whether or not the Positive Pay account has the Deferred Reconciliation facility Deferred Reconciliation is the facility wherein a Positive pay cheque which is free of any disparity is cleared by the bank even in the absence of any instruction from the drawer of the cheque The instruction can be deferred Deferred Reconciliation function goes hand in hand with the Positive Pay described above and Deferred Reconciliation is applicable only for Positive Pay Accounts e If Positive Pay No and Deferred Reconc
450. y screen You can invoke this screen by typing PDSDWRMT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking the adjoining arrow button LBL_DRAWERSMRY C advanced Search Reset Authorization Status Record Status Drawer Name Drawer Status Drawer Identification Customer Id Drawer Black listed X Records per page 15 v 10f1 S Authorization Status Record Status Drawer Identification DrawerName Customerld Drawer Status oi Here you can query on drawer details based on any one or all of the following criteria e Drawer Identification e Drawer Name e Drawer Status e Customer Number Click Search button The system identifies all records satisfying the specified criteria and displays the following details for each one of them e Authorization status e Record status e Drawer Identification e Drawer Name e Drawer Status e Customer Number e Drawer Blacklisted 1238 ORACLE 12 9 Maintaining Post Dated Cheque Reject Code You can maintain reject codes that are applicable to the rejection of post dated cheques using Post Dated Cheque Reject Code Maintenance screen To invoke this screen type PDDRJCOD in the field at the top right corner of the application toolbar and click the adjoining arrow button Post Dated Cheques Reject Code Maintenance E New amp Enter Query Reject Code Reject Reason
451. y the Central Bank line to which this account will report to if it is in credit This central bank line is maintained in the Reporting Lines Maintenance screen Dr Head Office Line Specify the Debit Head Office GL to which the account will report if they are in a debit Cr Head Office Line Specify the Credit Head Office GL to which this account will report if it is running in credit Specifying Restriction Details You can specify restrictions for the account using the Products and Transaction Codes Restriction screen To invoke this screen click the Restriction button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen Products and Transaction Codes Restriction Branch Code Product Details Product List Allowed Disallowed Special Condition Applicable Not Applicable 10710 Product Description Debit Credit m L Transaction Details Transaction List Allowed Disallowed Special Condition Applicable Not Applicable 1010 O Transaction Code Description Debit Credit ot ORACLE 3 2 17 1 Specifying Product Restriction Special Condition By default the restrictions maintained at the account class level will be displayed here When you define transaction code or product restriction attributes for an account itself rather than for the account class to which it belongs it is referred to as a Special Condition You can apply special conditions by selecting the option Special Con
452. y updated as the next maturity date of the TD Collateral Specify the Term deposit or the collateral which needs to be linked to the overdraft account from the adjoining option list Note Multiple TDs Collaterals can be linked to a single OD Account Branch The system displays the branch code of the TD or collateral Available Amount The system displays the available amount of the TD or collateral Linked Amount Specify the linkage amount The linked amount should not be greater that the available collateral amount Applicable Interest Rate The system displays the interest rate applicable to the TD or collateral on choosing the collateral Interest Spread Specify the spread amount which will be used to calculate the rate of interest If collateral type is chosen as unsecured collateral then you should input the interest rate in the interest spread field On saving the system defaults the rate of interest same as interest spread Rate of Interest The system displays the interest rate applicable to the OD Account Collateral Category Specify the collateral category using which collateral will be created from the adjoining option list If collateral type is TD or collateral then only secured collateral category will be displayed in the option list If collateral type is unsecured collateral then only the unsecured collateral category will be displayed in the option list You can De link or Add new TD Collateral F
453. yet the system will not allow you to modify the joint holder details from STDCUSAC screen and vice versa until it is authorized However you can modify the account details other than joint holder details Spa ORACLE You can enter the joint holder details only if Account Type is Joint If the account type is Joint then it is mandatory to specify the details of at least one joint holder 3 2 25 Specifying UDF Details You can capture User Defined Fields for the account using the UDF screen To invoke this screen click the Fields button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen User Defined Fields Field Name Value Description 3 2 26 Specifying Deposits Instructions The system defaults the latest modified sequence number record from Deposit Instruction screen This latest modified sequence number is applicable for creation of new Auto Deposit creation Every modification at Account level reflects at Deposit Instruction screen based on the sequence number Oracle FLEXCUBE allows you to create auto deposits from a savings account if the balance in the account exceeds a certain limit You can capture details for creation of auto deposits cds ORACLE using the Deposits Instruction screen To invoke this screen click the Deposits Instruction button in the Customer Accounts Maintenance screen
454. ype is PDC issued by the bank the remitter account can either be a GL or Nostro account e Ifthe PDC type is External PDC the remitter account should be a valid GL Beneficiary Account Number This is the number of the account in favor of which the PDC is drawn If the customer draws a PDC on his account for depositing into another account held in your bank then you can enter the beneficiary account number here The beneficiary account can either be a valid customer account or a valid GL If you specify a Trust account you will have to specify project details by clicking Project Details button Amount and Currency From the option list select the currency in which the PDC is denominated Also specify the amount of the PDC Value Date Specify the date on which the PDC was deposited Cheque Date Specify the date on which the cheque is issued Account Number Specify the unique loan account number linked to the PDC The adjoining option list displays all valid account numbers maintained in the CL MO and LE modules in the system You can choose the appropriate one For this loan account if the customer pays an advance instalment or makes an early settlement the system will delete the outstanding cheques A report of such cancelled cheques is generated on a daily basis Beneficiary Name The system displays the name of the specified beneficiary based on the details maintained at Customer Maintenance level Dr
455. ystem You can choose the appropriate one 780 ORACLE 3 2 37 Request Status The value of this will be defaulted to Requested status Click Ok to save the cheque book request details Specifying Debit Card Request Details Click on the Debit Card Request button in the Customer Account Maintenance screen to invoke the Debit Card Request Details screen Debit Card Details Card Details Branch Code Request Reference Number Customer No Account No Card products Card BIN Name On Card Card Number Card Application Date Primary Card Card Status Requested You will be able to invoke this screen only if you have checked the Auto Debit Card Request check box in the Customer Account Maintenance screen Branch Code The branch detail gets defaulted from the account branch Request Reference Number The reference number of the request is auto generated and populated when you click on the Default button Customer No The customer number of the account gets defaulted Account No The account number gets defaulted from account details Card Products Specify the card products The adjoining option list displays the card products maintained in the system You can select the appropriate ones Card Bin Specify the card bin The adjoining option list displays the card bins maintained for the specified card product You can choose the appropriate one Name o
456. zation status e Record status e Customer Number e Liability Account PDC settlement account e Past Due account 12 11 1 Events and Accounting Roles For the Booking of Cheque Discounting an event CDIS is triggered and for booking of Cheque Purchase an event CPUR is triggered An event PULL will be triggered for pullback processing When the customer opts for pullback of the cheque the cheque transaction will be cancelled and pullback charges are applied The Reverse operation can be used to perform the pullback process 1240 ORACLE 12 11 1 1 Discounted cheque Advance Charge collection with Accrual 12 41 Event CDIS Check discounted PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_TAG Cr Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Dr RIA lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Event PULL CHECK DISCOUNTING PD_TAG Cr Customer PD_TAG Dr Income lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr Customer lt Interest comp gt _LIQD Cr PDC_ISSUE PD_TAG Cr PDC_ISSUE_CONTR PD_TAG Dr Customer PD_CHG_TAG Dr PD_PULLINC PD_CHG_TAG Cr Event RETN Customer PD_TAG Dr Cheque discounted PD_TAG Cr RIA lt interestcomp gt _Adj Dr Income lt interestcomp gt _Adj Cr ORACLE Event ACCR RIA lt Interest comp gt _ACCR Dr Income lt Interest comp gt ACCR Cr 12 11 1 2 Discounted Advance charge collection without Accrual

Current and Savings Account User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents